始めましょう

"bear"に関するスクリプトを検索

Pattern Detector by Dahhans DfirstX| Pattern | Description | Signal | | ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | | Head & Shoulders | 3 peaks: left shoulder, higher head, right shoulder at same level | Bearish reversal | | Inverse H&S | 3 valleys: left, lower head, right at same level | Bullish reversal | | Double Top | 2 peaks at similar price level | Bearish reversal | | Double Bottom | 2 valleys at similar price level | Bullish reversal | | Bull Engulfing | Green candle completely covers red candle | Bullish | | Bear Engulfing | Red candle completely covers green candle | Bearish | | Hammer | Small body, long lower wick | Bullish reversal | | Shooting Star | Small body, long upper wick | Bearish reversal |
Pine Script® インジケーター
dahhan1996の投稿
Multi Anchored VWAP w/ATR Adv+📊 Level Beast – Multi-Anchor VWAP w/ ATR Advantage — Professional Volume-Weighted Framework for Intraday & Swing Traders The Level Beast – Multi-Anchor VWAP w/ ATR Advantage is a professional-grade volume-weighted average price framework that combines dual-timeframe VWAP anchors, statistical deviation bands, real-time range tracking, and adaptive session rails into one institutional-style reference tool. It provides intraday traders with session-anchored equilibrium structure and swing traders with weekly context, while tracking how much of the expected daily range has already been consumed. This is not a signal generator or predictive system. It is a structural reference framework that shows you where volume-weighted equilibrium sits, where statistical extremes begin, and whether the market still has room to move or has already exhausted its range. ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━ 🎯 Core Concept — Trade Equilibrium, Not Noise Markets revolve around areas where volume and price converge . VWAP represents that equilibrium — the average price weighted by volume. When price is above VWAP , buyers control the tape on average. When price is below VWAP , sellers control the tape on average. When price chops around VWAP , the market is balanced and indecisive. The purpose of this indicator is to give you: Two VWAP anchors (Session + Weekly) so you can see both intraday and broader swing structure Statistical deviation bands to define extremes and mean-reversion zones Real-time range tracking to know how much of the day's expected movement has been used Projected range boundaries to see where the day is statistically likely to end Adaptive session rails to mark the session's evolving high/low reference points Everything is designed to help you: ✅ Identify when price is stretched vs. balanced ✅ Know where mean-reversion is statistically likely ✅ Avoid chasing moves that have already consumed the day's range ✅ Frame your risk around volume-weighted structure instead of arbitrary lines ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━ 📊 Component 1: Dual VWAP Anchors (Session + Weekly) What They Are The indicator displays two independent VWAPs: 1. Session VWAP (Daily Anchor) Resets every trading day at the session open Represents intraday equilibrium Shows where today's volume-weighted average price sits 2. Weekly VWAP Resets every Monday (or first trading day of the week) Represents swing equilibrium Shows where this week's volume-weighted average price sits Each VWAP is independent and can be toggled on/off separately. How to Read Them Session VWAP: Price above Session VWAP → Buyers are in control intraday; focus on continuation or pullbacks to VWAP for support Price below Session VWAP → Sellers are in control intraday; focus on downside continuation or rallies to VWAP for resistance Price chopping around Session VWAP → Market is balanced; expect range-bound behavior until a clear direction emerges Weekly VWAP: Price above Weekly VWAP → Buyers have controlled the week; higher timeframe trend is constructive Price below Weekly VWAP → Sellers have controlled the week; higher timeframe trend is pressured Session VWAP above Weekly VWAP → Intraday strength is outpacing weekly strength; watch for resistance at weekly VWAP Session VWAP below Weekly VWAP → Intraday weakness is outpacing weekly weakness; watch for support at weekly VWAP Why Dual Anchors Matter Most VWAP tools only show one anchor. This forces you to choose between intraday context and swing context. With dual anchors , you get both: Scalpers and day traders use Session VWAP for entries, exits, and invalidation Swing traders use Weekly VWAP to frame bias and confirm trend alignment When both VWAPs align (price above both or below both), directional conviction is stronger When VWAPs diverge (price between them), expect chop or consolidation Example of Dual VWAP Structure: Session VWAP (blue) and Weekly VWAP (orange) showing price action crossing between them, then aligning above both for a strong directional move. Notice how price respected both anchors as support once reclaimed. ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━ 📐 Component 2: Statistical Deviation Bands What They Are The indicator plots three sets of statistical bands around each VWAP anchor: Inner Bands — Normal range of price movement Middle Bands — Extended range; mean-reversion becomes likely Outer Bands — Extreme range; strong mean-reversion zone or breakout alert How to Read Them Inner Bands: Represent the normal distribution of price movement around VWAP Use as standard support/resistance levels Breakouts beyond inner bands signal momentum building Middle Bands: Price at middle bands is statistically stretched High-probability mean-reversion zone If price holds beyond middle bands, trend is very strong Outer Bands: Price at outer bands is extremely stretched Either: Mean-reversion is imminent (fade the extreme) Or a major breakout is happening (strong trend continuation) Trading the Bands Mean-Reversion Trades: Price hits middle or outer bands → Look for rejection back toward VWAP Use tighter stops beyond the band Target VWAP or the opposite band Trend-Following Trades: Price breaks and holds beyond middle bands → Trend is strong; don't fade it Look for pullbacks to the band (now acting as support/resistance) for continuation entries If outer bands break cleanly and hold, major move is underway Chop Avoidance: Price oscillating inside inner bands → Market is balanced; avoid directional trades Wait for a clean break beyond inner bands with volume confirmation Visual Clarity Each band set is color-coded with transparent fills so you can see the zones clearly without cluttering the chart: Session Bands: Blue → Yellow → Red (inner to outer) Weekly Bands: Orange → Cyan → Purple (inner to outer) Example of Band Behavior: Price hitting the outer deviation band and reversing back to VWAP (mean-reversion), then later breaking through the middle band and holding for continuation. Notice how the bands act as support/resistance once broken. Price breaking out of the deviation bands, extending beyond the outer band, then rejecting back at the extreme. This shows both breakout behavior and mean-reversion in action. ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━ 📏 Component 3: Real-Time Range Tracker What It Is A live display in the top-right corner showing you critical range information and how much of the expected daily range has been consumed . The tracker shows: Expected range on multiple timeframes Current chart timeframe range Real-time utilization percentage How to Read It The utilization percentage changes color based on how much range has been used: Green → Plenty of range left; market has room to move Yellow → Most of the expected range has been used; be cautious chasing Red → Daily range expectations exceeded ; either a massive event or exhaustion is near Why Range Tracking Matters If you see high utilization early in the session: The market has already moved a significant portion of its expected range Chasing trades now is statistically risky Either wait for a range expansion event or step aside If you see low utilization late in the session: The market has been unusually quiet Expect either: Compression before a breakout Or a quiet, low-volume day with no follow-through This single metric can save you from chasing exhausted moves. Use Cases Scenario 1: High Utilization Early Time: 10:30 AM Utilization: Yellow/Red (high) Action: Stand aside or tighten stops; most of the move is done Scenario 2: Low Utilization Late Time: 2:00 PM Utilization: Green (low) Action: Either wait for compression breakout or accept it's a quiet day Scenario 3: Normal Progression Utilization building steadily throughout the day Action: Trade normally; range is expanding as expected ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━ 📐 Component 4: Projected Range Boundaries What They Are Static projection bands that lock to the session open price and display where the day is statistically expected to reach based on historical range behavior. These bands: Do not move once set at the session open Project the expected daily high and low Reset each new trading day Stair-step when zoomed out across multiple days How to Read Them Price approaching Upper Boundary: Market is nearing its statistically expected daily high Either: Reversal is likely (mean-reversion) Or a breakout is happening (extended range day) Price approaching Lower Boundary: Market is nearing its statistically expected daily low Same logic: either reversal or breakdown Price oscillating inside the boundaries: Normal intraday behavior Market is trading within expected range Price breaking and holding beyond the boundaries: Major event day Range expansion is happening Expect wider swings and higher volatility Why Static Boundaries Matter Unlike moving bands that shift with price, these boundaries are pre-defined before the market even opens . This gives you: ✅ Clear target zones set in advance ✅ No moving goalposts — bands don't shift as price moves ✅ Objective reference for "stretched" vs. "normal" range Trading Applications Long Trades: Target the Upper Boundary If price reaches and rejects, take profit If price breaks and holds beyond, either close or trail Short Trades: Target the Lower Boundary If price reaches and rejects, take profit If price breaks and holds beyond, either close or trail Invalidation: If you're long and price breaks below the Lower Boundary , your thesis is wrong If you're short and price breaks above the Upper Boundary , your thesis is wrong Example of ATR Range Envelope: The orange ATR range envelope (projected boundaries) locked at session open, showing the expected daily high and low zones. Price traded within the envelope for most of the session, respecting the projected boundaries. ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━ 📏 Component 5: Adaptive Session Rails What They Are Session-bounded reference levels that track the evolving average high and low of the trading session. These rails: Reset each trading day Build progressively as the session unfolds Adapt to the session's actual volatility Can be anchored to session open or a custom time (essential for futures) How to Read Them Price above the Upper Rail: Market is trading above the session's average high Strength is building; consider continuation Price below the Lower Rail: Market is trading below the session's average low Weakness is building; consider downside continuation Price between the rails: Market is trading inside the session's average range Normal intraday behavior; no extreme condition yet Rails converging (tight range): Low volatility session Expect either compression before breakout or a quiet day Rails expanding (wide range): High volatility session Market is making larger swings; adjust stops and targets accordingly Why Adaptive Rails Matter Unlike fixed support/resistance, these rails adapt to the session's actual behavior . If the market is having a quiet day , the rails will be tight. If the market is having a volatile day , the rails will be wide. This gives you context-aware reference levels instead of static lines that ignore current conditions. Futures-Friendly Custom Anchoring For futures traders (ES, NQ), overnight sessions create 23 hours of data before real volume arrives. The indicator allows you to set a custom anchor time (e.g., 9:30 AM) so the rails reset when actual participation begins, not at midnight. This ensures: ✅ Rails reflect real session behavior ✅ No contamination from overnight thin data ✅ Clean reference levels when volume actually matters Example of Adaptive Session Rails: Cyan HiLo Range Rails showing the session's evolving average high and low. Notice how price breaks above the upper rail, retraces back into the rails for support, then continues higher. The rails adapt to the session's volatility. ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━ 🧠 How to Trade the Indicator — Practical Daily Framework Here's a step-by-step process for integrating this tool into your trading: 1️⃣ Check Range Status First Before taking any trade , look at the range utilization in the top-right corner. Green → Room to move; safe to take directional trades Yellow → Stretched; be cautious; tighten stops Red → Extreme; avoid chasing unless major breakout confirmed Why this matters: If utilization is high early in the session, the market has already moved most of its expected range. Chasing a breakout here is statistically risky. 2️⃣ Frame Bias with Dual VWAPs Establish where price sits relative to both VWAPs: Above both VWAPs → Bullish bias; focus on pullbacks to VWAP for long entries Below both VWAPs → Bearish bias; focus on rallies to VWAP for short entries Between VWAPs → No clear bias; expect chop; trade smaller or wait If VWAPs are diverging: The market is in a transition zone Expect indecision, false breakouts, and whipsaws Reduce position size or stand aside 3️⃣ Use Statistical Bands for Entries and Exits Mean-Reversion Setups: Wait for price to hit middle or outer bands Look for rejection wicks or volume decline at the band Enter toward VWAP with stops beyond the band Target VWAP or the opposite band Trend-Following Setups: If price breaks and holds beyond middle bands, trend is strong Wait for a pullback to the band (now acting as support/resistance) Enter in the direction of the trend with stops below the pullback low Target the next band or projected boundary Avoid Trading Inside Inner Bands: If price is oscillating inside the inner bands , the market is balanced No directional edge exists Wait for a clean break beyond inner bands before taking directional trades 4️⃣ Use Projected Boundaries as Targets The Projected Range Boundaries give you pre-defined daily targets: Long trades: Target the Upper Boundary Short trades: Target the Lower Boundary If price breaks and holds beyond the boundary: Either close for profit (mean-reversion) Or trail the stop (extended range day / breakout) Invalidation: If you're long and price breaks below the Lower Boundary , exit If you're short and price breaks above the Upper Boundary , exit This prevents you from holding trades that violate statistical range expectations. 5️⃣ Use Adaptive Rails as Confirmation The Adaptive Session Rails show you where the session's average extremes sit: If price is above the Upper Rail and holding, strength is real If price is below the Lower Rail and holding, weakness is real If price keeps rejecting the Upper Rail , expect resistance If price keeps bouncing off the Lower Rail , expect support When Rails are tight: Low volatility session Expect compression before breakout or a quiet day Trade smaller or wait for expansion When Rails are wide: High volatility session Larger stops and targets are justified Be aggressive if conditions align 6️⃣ Combine Everything for High-Conviction Trades The most powerful setups occur when multiple elements align: Example: Bullish Setup ✅ Price above both VWAPs (bias confirmed) ✅ Range utilization green/low (room to move) ✅ Price pulls back to Session VWAP or inner band (entry zone) ✅ Price holding above Lower Adaptive Rail (strength confirmed) ✅ Upper Projected Boundary still above price (room to target exists) Trade: Enter long at VWAP with stop below inner band Target Upper Projected Boundary If middle band breaks and holds, let it run to outer band or boundary Example: Bearish Setup ✅ Price below both VWAPs (bias confirmed) ✅ Range utilization green/low (room to move) ✅ Price rallies to Session VWAP or inner band (entry zone) ✅ Price failing below Upper Adaptive Rail (weakness confirmed) ✅ Lower Projected Boundary still below price (room to target exists) Trade: Enter short at VWAP with stop above inner band Target Lower Projected Boundary If middle band breaks and holds, let it run to outer band or boundary ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━ 📍 Special Situations & Context 1️⃣ Opening Inside a Statistical Band When the session opens inside a middle or outer band: Do not assume immediate reversal The market may be gapping into an extreme zone but could consolidate there Wait for confirmation: Rejection wick back toward VWAP → Mean-reversion setup Hold and acceptance beyond the band → Extended move setup 2️⃣ VWAP Reclaim / Loss of VWAP One of the most powerful signals is VWAP reclaim or loss: VWAP Reclaim (Bullish): Price was below VWAP, then breaks above and holds for multiple candles Shift from seller control to buyer control Look for continuation long setups VWAP Loss (Bearish): Price was above VWAP, then breaks below and holds for multiple candles Shift from buyer control to seller control Look for continuation short setups False Reclaim/Loss: Price crosses VWAP but immediately gets rejected back Treat as a failed breakout Fade the move back toward the original side 3️⃣ Extreme Range Utilization Early in the Day If range utilization turns red before 11:00 AM: Major event is happening (news, earnings, economic data) Historical averages no longer apply Today is not an average day Either: Stand aside (too much uncertainty) Or trade with wider stops and expect extended volatility 4️⃣ Weekly VWAP as Multi-Timeframe Confluence When Session VWAP crosses Weekly VWAP: If Session VWAP is above Weekly VWAP , intraday strength is leading weekly strength If Session VWAP is below Weekly VWAP , intraday weakness is leading weekly weakness Watch for: Session VWAP pulling back to Weekly VWAP and bouncing (higher timeframe support) Session VWAP rallying to Weekly VWAP and failing (higher timeframe resistance) This gives you multi-timeframe confluence for high-conviction trades. 5️⃣ Adaptive Rails Compression Before Breakout When Adaptive Rails are extremely tight: Low volatility environment Market is compressing Expect either: Explosive breakout in one direction Or continued range-bound chop How to trade it: Wait for a clean break beyond the rails with volume Enter in the direction of the break with stops inside the rails Target the projected boundaries or statistical bands ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━ ⚙️ Customization Options The indicator is designed to be flexible while maintaining clean visuals. VWAP Source Selection Choose from multiple price calculation methods Or connect to another indicator's output for advanced strategies Band Calculation Mode Toggle between different statistical methods Adjust sensitivity to match your trading style Visibility Toggles Turn Session VWAP on/off Turn Weekly VWAP on/off Show/hide individual band sets Show/hide Projected Boundaries Show/hide Adaptive Rails Show/hide Range Utilization Display Color Customization Session VWAP & Bands: Fully customizable Weekly VWAP & Bands: Fully customizable Projected Boundaries: Customizable color and transparency Adaptive Rails: Customizable color and line width All colors can be changed to match your chart theme. Adaptive Rails Settings Anchor Timeframe: Select the timeframe for rail calculation Anchor Mode: Session Open or Custom Time Custom Time: Enter time for futures/overnight instruments Visual Options: Toggle step dots on/off ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━ ⚠️ What This Indicator Is NOT To keep expectations clear: ❌ It is not a signal service No buy/sell arrows No automated trade alerts ❌ It is not a guarantee No guarantee of reversal, continuation, or performance Markets can and will violate statistical norms ❌ It is not a standalone system You still need entry triggers (price action, volume, order flow) You still need risk management (position sizing, stop placement) ✅ What it IS: A structural reference framework for VWAP equilibrium, statistical extremes, and range expectations A decision-support tool for traders who want clarity, organization, and repeatability A professional-grade setup used by institutional-style traders ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━ 📌 Final Guideline The indicator shows you: Where equilibrium sits ( Dual VWAPs ) Where extremes begin ( Statistical Bands ) How much range is left ( Real-Time Tracker ) Where the day is expected to end ( Projected Boundaries ) Where the session's average extremes sit ( Adaptive Rails ) Your job is to: Wait for price to engage these levels Confirm with your own tools (price action, volume, order flow) Execute with discipline (defined stops, targets, and invalidation) Trade the structure. Confirm with your tools. Avoid guessing. ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━ 📜 Disclaimer Trading and investing in financial markets involves significant risk, including the risk of loss of capital. This indicator is an informational and analytical tool only. It reflects our interpretation of market structure and conditions and is intended to support your own analysis, not replace it. Nothing in this script or its description constitutes financial, investment, or trading advice, nor a recommendation to buy or sell any security, derivative, or instrument. The indicator does not and cannot tell you what to do; you are solely responsible for all decisions you make and for evaluating the risks of those decisions. By using this indicator, you acknowledge that you understand these risks and agree that the authors bear no responsibility or liability for any losses, damages, or outcomes resulting from its use. Always use your own judgment and independent analysis before taking any trade.
Pine Script® インジケーター
LevelBeastの投稿
XRAY Liquidity Map v2.2 by Assis GhriebXRAY Liquidity Map v2.2 XRAY Liquidity Map is a structured visualization tool designed to identify and display liquidity gap zones based on price imbalance and volatility-adjusted thresholds. The indicator detects bullish and bearish liquidity areas using an ATR-based gap filter and dynamically tracks their behavior as price interacts with them. Zones are automatically updated, extended, and optionally marked as filled once mitigated. This tool focuses on objective price imbalance mapping. It does not generate trade signals and does not rely on external liquidity models, order block systems, or institutional flow concepts. Designed for traders who prefer clear visual identification of liquidity gaps and structural inefficiencies across timeframes.
Pine Script® インジケーター
Assisghの投稿
[blackcat] L2 Trade with Storm█ OVERVIEW This indicator identifies trend reversals and short-term trading opportunities by combining pattern recognition with Bollinger Band analysis. It visualizes uptrends and downtrends using candlestick coloring while generating filtered buy/sell signals based on volatility expansion and trend strength. █ CONCEPTS This indicator utilizes a multi-layered approach to identify high-probability reversal points: Key principles: • Pattern Recognition : Detects consecutive price movements to identify sustained uptrends and downtrends, including pullback and bounce patterns within each trend phase • Moving Average Analysis : Uses a weighted Morning Star Line and Lead Line (26-bar SMA) to determine overall trend direction and momentum • Volatility Filtering : Incorporates Bollinger Band Width analysis to filter out sideways consolidation periods and focus on trending markets • Multi-Condition Signal Generation : Combines pattern detection, volatility expansion, and trend slope analysis to generate reliable trade signals █ HOW TO USE 1 — Add the indicator to your chart from the Indicators menu 2 — Observe the candlestick coloring: green candles indicate uptrend phases, red candles indicate downtrend phases 3 — Look for buy signals (green arrows) and sell signals (red arrows) that appear after trend strength filtering 4 — Use the Bollinger Band limit lines (yellow) as dynamic support/resistance references Signal Interpretation • Buy Signal (↑) : Appears when a downtrend reverses to uptrend, volatility is expanding, and the Lead Line is rising • Sell Signal (↓) : Appears when an uptrend reverses to downtrend, volatility is expanding, and the Lead Line is falling • B Label : Marks raw uptrend reversal points (before filtering) • S Label : Marks raw downtrend reversal points (before filtering) █ FEATURES Visual Elements • Trend Candlesticks : Green candles for uptrend phases, red candles for downtrend phases • Reversal Candlesticks : Lime candles for bullish reversals, fuchsia candles for bearish reversals • Lead Line : Pink when rising, green when falling - indicates trend direction • Bollinger Band Limits : Yellow lines showing ±2 standard deviation boundaries • Signal Labels : Green arrows for buy signals, red arrows for sell signals Trend Strength Filter Module The indicator includes an advanced filtering system (V2.0) that: • Measures Bollinger Band Width to detect volatility expansion • Analyzes Lead Line slope to confirm trend direction strength • Filters out signals during sideways consolidation periods • Requires price to deviate from the middle band for valid signals █ RECOMMENDED SETTINGS • Timeframe : Works best on 15-minute to 4-hour timeframes for cryptocurrency trading • Market Type : Designed for volatile markets like BTC and other cryptocurrencies • Confirmation : Consider using additional indicators for confirmation before entering trades █ LIMITATIONS • Signals may lag due to the pattern recognition requiring multiple bars to confirm trends • False signals can still occur during choppy market conditions despite the filtering system • Not suitable for very low timeframes (below 5 minutes) due to noise • Performance may vary across different asset classes and market conditions • Does not include built-in risk management or position sizing █ NOTES • This indicator is designed for educational purposes and should not be used as the sole basis for trading decisions • The pattern detection system tracks up to 10 fluctuation patterns within each trend phase • Original "B" (Buy) and "S" (Sell) labels show raw reversal points, while arrow signals show filtered signals • The Morning Star Line uses a 20-period weighted moving average with declining weights • Backtesting and paper trading are strongly recommended before live trading ═════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════ DISCLAIMER Past performance does not guarantee future results. For educational purposes only. Always backtest before live trading. Never risk more than you can afford to lose.
Pine Script® インジケーター
blackcat1402の投稿
QMF- Market Structure & Signal Suite [BullByte]QUANTUM MOMENTUM FUSION - Market Structure and Signal Suite OVERVIEW Quantum Momentum Fusion is a comprehensive market analysis framework built around a multi-dimensional momentum oscillator. This indicator was designed to give traders a complete analytical workspace in a single tool, combining momentum measurement, market structure identification, trendline analysis, divergence detection, and multi-timeframe context into one unified system. The core philosophy behind QMF is that successful trading decisions come from understanding multiple aspects of market behavior simultaneously, not from relying on any single indicator or signal. The oscillator serves as the analytical foundation, and every other component builds upon it to create a complete picture of current market conditions. This description will walk through each component of the indicator, explaining what it measures, why that information matters, and how to interpret what you see on the chart. Whether you are an experienced trader familiar with oscillator analysis or newer to technical indicators, each section aims to make the concepts accessible and practical. THE QUANTUM ENGINE: UNDERSTANDING THE CORE OSCILLATOR (why its original and not a mashup) At the heart of this indicator is the Quantum Momentum Fusion oscillator, displayed in its own pane below the price chart. Unlike traditional oscillators that measure a single aspect of price behavior, the QMF oscillator synthesizes four distinct market dimensions into one unified reading. WHAT IS AN OSCILLATOR For those less familiar with the term, an oscillator is a technical indicator that fluctuates between defined boundaries, typically showing whether an asset is experiencing strong buying pressure, strong selling pressure, or neutral conditions. The QMF oscillator moves between 0 and 100, with 50 representing the neutral midpoint. When the oscillator is high (above 70), it suggests the market has experienced significant upward momentum and may be approaching exhaustion. When low (below 30), it suggests the market has experienced significant downward momentum and may be due for a bounce. The space between these extremes represents normal market fluctuation. THE FOUR DIMENSIONS What makes the QMF oscillator different from standard momentum indicators is that it combines four separate measurements into its calculation. Each dimension captures a different aspect of market behavior: VELOCITY DIMENSION This measures how quickly momentum itself is changing. Think of it like acceleration in a car. Knowing the car is moving forward (direction) is useful, but knowing whether the driver is pressing the accelerator or the brake (acceleration) tells you what is likely to happen next. The velocity dimension calculates the rate of change of the rate of change, providing early warning when momentum is about to shift direction. In practical terms, this can show momentum weakening before price actually reverses. Why it matters: Price can continue in one direction for a while even after the underlying momentum starts to fade. By measuring acceleration, you can identify potential turning points earlier than with simple momentum indicators. How it appears: This dimension is calculated internally and combined with the others. You do not see it separately, but its effect shows in the oscillator responding earlier to momentum shifts. VOLUME DIMENSION This measures price movement weighted by trading volume. A price move accompanied by high volume has different significance than the same price move on low volume. High volume suggests conviction and participation from larger traders. Low volume suggests the move may lack follow-through. The volume dimension multiplies price change by a volume ratio (current volume compared to average volume), giving greater weight to moves that have volume confirmation behind them. Why it matters: Volume often precedes price. Strong volume on a move suggests institutional participation and increases the probability that the move will continue. Weak volume on a move suggests it may be easily reversed. How it appears: Moves with strong volume conviction will push the oscillator more definitively, while low-volume moves will have muted effect on the reading. VOLATILITY DIMENSION This normalizes price movement against the current volatility environment. Markets go through periods of high volatility (large price swings) and low volatility (small price swings). A 1% move during a low volatility period is more significant than a 1% move during a high volatility period. The volatility dimension divides price change by Average True Range (ATR), which measures typical price range. This tells you whether current movement is significant relative to what is normal for this market right now. Why it matters: Without volatility normalization, the oscillator would react the same way to all price moves regardless of context. By adjusting for volatility, the oscillator identifies moves that are genuinely significant versus normal noise within the current regime. How it appears: During quiet markets, smaller price moves can still register as significant if they exceed normal volatility. During volatile markets, the oscillator will not overreact to moves that are within expected range. SESSION DIMENSION This tracks where price is positioned relative to the session Volume Weighted Average Price (VWAP). VWAP represents the average price at which trading has occurred during the session, weighted by volume. Institutional traders often use VWAP as a benchmark for fair value. When price is consistently above VWAP, it suggests buyers are willing to pay above average prices, indicating accumulation. When price is consistently below VWAP, it suggests sellers are accepting below average prices, indicating distribution. Why it matters: VWAP positioning provides insight into whether institutional traders are likely accumulating or distributing. Price repeatedly returning to and bouncing from VWAP can indicate support, while price repeatedly failing at VWAP can indicate resistance. How it appears: The session dimension contributes bullish readings when price maintains above VWAP and bearish readings when price maintains below VWAP. ADAPTIVE WEIGHTING The four dimensions are combined using configurable weights, and the system can operate in Adaptive Mode. When Adaptive Mode is enabled, the indicator automatically adjusts its sensitivity based on the current volatility regime. During high volatility periods, sensitivity increases to capture larger moves. During low volatility periods, sensitivity decreases to filter out noise. This means the oscillator adapts to changing market conditions without requiring manual adjustment. READING THE OSCILLATOR: DISPLAY MODES AND ZONES The QMF oscillator can be displayed in four different visual formats. Each shows the same underlying data but presents it differently based on trader preference. ENERGY CANDLES This mode displays the oscillator as candlestick-style candles. Just as price candles show open, high, low, and close for price, energy candles show these values for the QMF oscillator. Green candles indicate the oscillator closed higher than it opened (bullish momentum). Red candles indicate the oscillator closed lower than it opened (bearish momentum). The body size shows how much the oscillator moved during the period. Larger bodies indicate stronger momentum conviction. This format is useful for traders who are comfortable reading candlestick patterns and want to apply similar visual analysis to the oscillator. QMF LINE This mode displays the oscillator as a traditional line chart with a signal line overlay. The main QMF line shows current momentum. The signal line is a smoothed average of the QMF that helps identify direction changes. When the QMF line is above the signal line, momentum is bullish. When below, momentum is bearish. Crossovers between the two lines can indicate momentum shifts. This format is familiar to traders who use indicators like MACD and prefer clean line-based visualization. IMPULSE BARS This mode displays the oscillator as a histogram centered on the 50 midline. Bars above 50 indicate bullish momentum, bars below 50 indicate bearish momentum. Bar height shows momentum strength. The color intensity changes based on momentum direction. Bars that are increasing in the bullish direction show brighter color. Bars that are decreasing show muted color. This makes it easy to see momentum acceleration and deceleration at a glance. HEIKIN FLOW This mode applies Heikin-Ashi smoothing to the energy candles. Heikin-Ashi is a Japanese technique that averages price data to create smoother trends with fewer reversals. The result is cleaner visual trends that are easier to follow, though with slightly more lag than standard energy candles. This format is useful for identifying sustained momentum moves without getting distracted by minor fluctuations. OSCILLATOR ZONES Regardless of display mode, the oscillator pane includes horizontal reference lines that define important zones: Midline at 50: The neutral point. When the oscillator is above 50, overall momentum is bullish. When below 50, overall momentum is bearish. Overbought level at 70: When the oscillator crosses above this level, the market is showing strong bullish momentum. However, this also means prices have risen significantly and bearish reversal probability increases the longer the oscillator stays elevated. Oversold level at 30: When the oscillator crosses below this level, the market is showing strong bearish momentum. However, this also means prices have fallen significantly and bullish reversal probability increases. Extreme overbought at 85: Maximum bullish exhaustion. At this level, almost all short-term buying pressure has been expended. Reversal probability is high. Extreme oversold at 15: Maximum bearish exhaustion. At this level, almost all short-term selling pressure has been expended. Reversal probability is high. Understanding these zones helps you assess the current market condition before looking at any other indicator components. MARKET STRUCTURE: DYNAMIC SUPPORT AND RESISTANCE The second major component of the indicator is market structure analysis through dynamic support and resistance levels. Unlike price-based support and resistance, these levels are calculated directly on the oscillator. WHAT ARE OSCILLATOR-BASED S/R LEVELS When the QMF oscillator reaches a high point and then reverses lower, that high point becomes a resistance level on the oscillator. When the oscillator reaches a low point and then reverses higher, that low point becomes a support level. These levels represent momentum thresholds that the market has previously found difficult to exceed. They answer the question: At what momentum reading has the oscillator historically reversed? WHY THIS MATTERS Oscillator support and resistance provides different information than price support and resistance. Price S/R tells you where buyers and sellers have previously entered the market. Oscillator S/R tells you what level of momentum the market has been able to sustain. If the oscillator approaches its resistance level, it suggests momentum is reaching the upper bounds of what has been achievable recently. Either momentum will break through (indicating unusually strong conditions) or it will reverse (indicating normal mean reversion). Similarly, if the oscillator approaches support, it suggests momentum is reaching exhaustion levels that have previously triggered bounces. HOW IT APPEARS ON THE CHART Resistance is displayed as a horizontal red line with a RES label on the oscillator pane. Support is displayed as a horizontal cyan line with a SUP label. These lines update dynamically as new pivots form. When the oscillator breaks through these levels, markers appear: R with up arrow: Resistance level broken, indicating unusually strong bullish momentum S with down arrow: Support level broken, indicating unusually strong bearish momentum R with checkmark: Resistance held, price rejected at this level S with checkmark: Support held, price bounced from this level The dashboard also shows current S/R status: whether the oscillator recently broke resistance, broke support, is currently at resistance, is currently at support, or is in clear space between levels. AUTOMATED TRENDLINES: MOMENTUM TREND STRUCTURE The third major component is automated trendline detection on the oscillator. This identifies trending behavior in momentum itself, separate from price trends. WHAT ARE OSCILLATOR TRENDLINES Just as you can draw trendlines on a price chart connecting swing lows (uptrend) or swing highs (downtrend), the indicator draws trendlines on the oscillator connecting pivot points. Support trendlines connect oscillator pivot lows and project forward with a flat or rising slope. These show upward trending momentum where each pullback finds support at a higher level. Resistance trendlines connect oscillator pivot highs and project forward with a flat or falling slope. These show downward trending momentum where each rally faces resistance at a lower level. WHY THIS MATTERS Price trends and momentum trends do not always align. Price can continue making higher highs while momentum makes lower highs, a condition called bearish divergence. Momentum trendlines help visualize this behavior. When momentum is making higher lows (rising support trendline), it suggests underlying strength even if price is consolidating. When momentum is making lower highs (falling resistance trendline), it suggests underlying weakness even if price is holding. Breaks of these trendlines often precede price moves. If a falling momentum resistance trendline breaks upward, it suggests bearish pressure is releasing and bullish momentum may follow. If a rising momentum support trendline breaks downward, it suggests bullish pressure is failing and bearish momentum may follow. HOW IT APPEARS ON THE CHART Support trendlines appear in blue/cyan, resistance trendlines appear in pink/magenta. Lines extend forward from the most recent pivot point to show projected levels. Small circle markers can optionally appear at each pivot point used to construct the trendlines, helping you verify the anchor points. When the oscillator breaks through a trendline, markers appear: TL with up arrow: Resistance trendline broken upward (bullish breakout) TL with down arrow: Support trendline broken downward (bearish breakdown) Trendline strength is calculated based on three factors: how many pivot points validate the line, how recently it formed, and the angle of the slope. Stronger trendlines have more touches, formed recently, and have moderate slopes. You can filter trendlines by strength to show only the most significant ones. Optional trendline zones can display a shaded area around each trendline rather than just a single line, showing a zone of influence rather than a precise level. DIVERGENCE: WHEN PRICE AND MOMENTUM DISAGREE The fourth major component is divergence detection, which identifies discrepancies between price action and oscillator behavior. WHAT IS DIVERGENCE Divergence occurs when price makes a new high or low, but the oscillator fails to confirm it. This disagreement between price and momentum often precedes reversals. There are four types of divergence: REGULAR BULLISH DIVERGENCE Price makes a lower low (new low point below the previous low), but the oscillator makes a higher low (its low point is above its previous low). This suggests that despite price going lower, selling momentum is actually weakening. The implication is that sellers are losing conviction and a bounce or reversal may be approaching. Visual example: Imagine price drops from 100 to 95, bounces to 97, then drops again to 93. At the same time, the oscillator drops to 25, bounces to 35, then drops only to 30. Price made a lower low (93 vs 95) but the oscillator made a higher low (30 vs 25). This is regular bullish divergence. REGULAR BEARISH DIVERGENCE Price makes a higher high (new high point above the previous high), but the oscillator makes a lower high (its high point is below its previous high). This suggests that despite price going higher, buying momentum is actually weakening. The implication is that buyers are losing conviction and a pullback or reversal may be approaching. HIDDEN BULLISH DIVERGENCE Price makes a higher low (its low point is above its previous low), but the oscillator makes a lower low (new low below its previous low). This occurs during uptrends and suggests the trend will continue. Price is holding higher but momentum briefly dipped further, indicating a temporary pullback within a larger uptrend. HIDDEN BEARISH DIVERGENCE Price makes a lower high (its high point is below its previous high), but the oscillator makes a higher high (new high above its previous high). This occurs during downtrends and suggests the trend will continue. Price is staying lower but momentum briefly spiked higher, indicating a temporary bounce within a larger downtrend. Regular divergence suggests reversal. Hidden divergence suggests continuation. HOW IT APPEARS ON THE CHART When divergence is confirmed, labels appear on the oscillator: BULL DIV: Regular bullish divergence confirmed BEAR DIV: Regular bearish divergence confirmed H-BULL: Hidden bullish divergence confirmed H-BEAR: Hidden bearish divergence confirmed Dotted lines connect the pivot points on the oscillator to show the divergence pattern. Regular divergence uses solid colored lines, hidden divergence uses dashed lines. The dashboard shows divergence status in real-time: CHECKING BULL: A potential bullish divergence pattern is forming but not yet confirmed CHECKING BEAR: A potential bearish divergence pattern is forming but not yet confirmed BULL CONFIRMED: Bullish divergence has been validated BEAR CONFIRMED: Bearish divergence has been validated NONE: No divergence currently active Divergence strength is calculated from the magnitude of the oscillator discrepancy. Only divergences meeting the minimum strength threshold are displayed to filter out minor, less significant patterns. FLOW RIBBONS: VISUALIZING MOMENTUM ALIGNMENT The fifth major component is the Flow Ribbon system, which displays multiple moving averages of the QMF oscillator to visualize momentum trend and alignment. WHAT ARE FLOW RIBBONS Flow ribbons consist of three Exponential Moving Averages (EMAs) applied to the QMF oscillator values. Think of them as smoothed versions of the oscillator at different speeds: Fast Ribbon : Responds quickly to momentum changes, showing recent momentum direction Medium Ribbon: Balances responsiveness with smoothness, showing intermediate momentum Slow Ribbon: Moves slowly and shows longer-term momentum context When these three lines are plotted together with filled area between them, they create a visual ribbon that expands and contracts based on momentum conditions. WHY RIBBON ALIGNMENT MATTERS The relationship between these three averages tells you about momentum structure: BULLISH ALIGNMENT (Fast above Medium above Slow) When the ribbons are stacked with fast on top, medium in middle, and slow on bottom, momentum is aligned bullishly across multiple timeframes. Short-term momentum leads, with medium and long-term momentum confirming. This is the strongest bullish configuration. BEARISH ALIGNMENT (Fast below Medium below Slow) When the ribbons are inverted with fast on bottom, medium in middle, and slow on top, momentum is aligned bearishly across multiple timeframes. Short-term momentum leads downward, with medium and long-term momentum confirming. This is the strongest bearish configuration. MIXED/TRANSITIONING When the ribbons are not properly stacked, momentum is in transition. This often occurs during consolidation, trend changes, or choppy conditions. Trading during mixed ribbon states carries higher uncertainty. RIBBON EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION Beyond alignment, the distance between the fast and slow ribbon provides additional information: EXPANDING RIBBON When the gap between fast and slow ribbon is increasing, momentum is accelerating. In a bullish alignment with expansion, upward momentum is strengthening. In a bearish alignment with expansion, downward momentum is strengthening. Expansion confirms trend conviction. CONTRACTING RIBBON When the gap between fast and slow ribbon is decreasing, momentum is decelerating. The current trend may be losing steam. Contraction often precedes consolidation or reversal. It serves as an early warning that the current move may be exhausting. HOW IT APPEARS ON THE CHART The fast ribbon appears as a thicker line, the slow ribbon as a thinner line. The area between them fills with color: Green fill: Bullish ribbon alignment Red fill: Bearish ribbon alignment Gray fill: Neutral or transitioning state The dashboard shows ribbon state as BULL, BEAR, or NEUT, and indicates whether ribbons are expanding (EXP) or contracting (CON). Ribbon crossovers occur when the fast ribbon crosses the slow ribbon, signaling potential momentum shifts. These crossovers are confirmed only after the bar closes to prevent false signals from intrabar movement. REVERSAL CLOUDS: PROBABILITY ZONES The sixth major component is the Reversal Cloud system, which visualizes zones where momentum reversals have elevated probability. WHAT ARE REVERSAL CLOUDS Reversal clouds are shaded areas around the QMF oscillator that indicate probability zones for mean reversion. They answer the question: How far from average has momentum extended, and what is the probability it will revert? When the oscillator moves far from its normal range, it creates stretched conditions. Like a rubber band pulled to its limit, the probability increases that it will snap back toward center. Reversal clouds visualize these stretched conditions. CLOUD CALCULATION METHODS Five different calculation methods are available, each with different characteristics: DYNAMIC BOLLINGER Uses statistical standard deviation to create bands that adapt to oscillator volatility. When the oscillator is volatile, bands widen. When the oscillator is calm, bands narrow. This method identifies moves that are statistically significant relative to recent oscillator behavior. GOLDEN RATIO Applies Fibonacci proportions (0.214 and 0.786) to the oscillator range. These ratios appear throughout nature and markets. Some traders believe these proportions have psychological significance in market behavior. ADAPTIVE HALO Scales cloud width based on price ATR rather than oscillator volatility. This connects cloud width to actual price volatility, making the clouds wider during volatile price action and narrower during calm periods. VOLATILITY SQUEEZE Uses short-term standard deviation to create bands that contract during low volatility and expand during high volatility. This method is particularly useful for identifying potential breakout conditions when volatility is compressed. ICHIMOKU RSI Applies concepts from Ichimoku Kinko Hyo equilibrium theory to create balanced zones. Uses multiple lookback periods to establish equilibrium levels where the oscillator tends to find balance. HOW TO READ THE CLOUDS The oscillator moves through the cloud area as momentum fluctuates: When QMF enters the upper cloud region, it indicates extended bullish momentum. The higher into the cloud, the greater the probability of bearish reversal through mean reversion. When QMF enters the lower cloud region, it indicates extended bearish momentum. The deeper into the cloud, the greater the probability of bullish reversal through mean reversion. Cloud opacity adjusts based on reversal probability. More opaque coloring indicates higher reversal probability. Subtle coloring indicates lower reversal probability. IMPORTANT UNDERSTANDING Clouds show probability zones, not certainty. Price can remain in extreme zones longer than expected, particularly during strong trends. Clouds are most useful when combined with other components like divergence, S/R breaks, and ribbon alignment rather than used in isolation. MULTI-TIMEFRAME ANALYSIS: SEEING THE BIGGER PICTURE The seventh major component is Multi-Timeframe (MTF) analysis, which calculates QMF values across multiple timeframes to assess momentum alignment at different time perspectives. WHY MULTIPLE TIMEFRAMES MATTER The timeframe you trade on shows only one perspective of market momentum. A bullish signal on a 15-minute chart may occur within a larger bearish trend on the 4-hour chart. Understanding momentum context from higher timeframes helps you assess whether you are trading with or against the larger flow. When multiple timeframes align in the same direction, the probability of a successful trade increases. When timeframes conflict, the situation is more uncertain and requires additional caution. HOW MTF ANALYSIS WORKS The indicator calculates the full QMF oscillator independently on four configurable timeframes. By default, these are set to 5-minute, 15-minute, 60-minute (1 hour), and 240-minute (4 hour), but you can configure them to any timeframes that suit your trading style. For each timeframe, the system determines the current momentum bias: OB - Overbought: QMF above 70, indicating extended bullish momentum that may reverse B+ - Strong Bullish: QMF above 55 and above its signal line, indicating solid bullish momentum B - Bullish: QMF above its signal line, indicating mild bullish momentum N - Neutral: QMF near 50 with no clear direction S - Bearish: QMF below its signal line, indicating mild bearish momentum S+ - Strong Bearish: QMF below 45 and below its signal line, indicating solid bearish momentum OS - Oversold: QMF below 30, indicating extended bearish momentum that may reverse ALIGNMENT SCORING The dashboard displays an alignment score showing how many of the four timeframes agree with each directional bias. This appears as a fraction like 3/4 or 2/4. 4/4 Bullish: All four timeframes show bullish readings - maximum bullish alignment 3/4 Bullish: Three timeframes bullish, one diverging - strong bullish alignment 2/4: Split between bullish and bearish - no clear alignment, use caution 3/4 Bearish: Three timeframes bearish, one diverging - strong bearish alignment 4/4 Bearish: All four timeframes show bearish readings - maximum bearish alignment Higher alignment scores indicate more reliable momentum context. Trading with 3/4 or 4/4 alignment in your favor provides better odds than trading against alignment or during mixed conditions. NON-REPAINTING MTF DATA The multi-timeframe data uses proper request.security settings with lookahead disabled and gaps handled correctly. This ensures the MTF readings you see in backtesting match what you would see in real-time trading, with no future data leakage that could create misleading results. LIVE MOMENTUM SCORING: REAL-TIME MARKET ASSESSMENT The eighth major component is the Live Momentum Scoring system, which provides continuous real-time feedback on current market conditions. WHAT IS LIVE MOMENTUM SCORING Unlike signals which only appear when specific patterns complete, live momentum scores update every bar to show the current balance between bullish and bearish factors. This answers the question: Right now, how do the bullish factors compare to the bearish factors? The system evaluates six categories for each direction and adds up points: ZONE POSITION (0-25 points) Rewards positioning in favorable oscillator zones. Deep oversold positioning adds points to the bullish score. Deep overbought positioning adds points to the bearish score. Extreme zones receive maximum points, moderate zones receive partial points, neutral zones receive zero. DIVERGENCE (0-20 points) Rewards active or forming divergence patterns. Confirmed divergence receives full points. Forming (checking) divergence receives partial credit. No divergence receives zero points. TREND ALIGNMENT (0-20 points) Rewards proper EMA stacking and trend MA positioning. Full bullish EMA stack (fast above medium above slow above trend MA) receives maximum bullish points. Partial alignment receives partial points. MOMENTUM DIRECTION (0-15 points) Rewards current momentum direction and acceleration. Accelerating momentum in the favorable direction receives maximum points. Simple directional momentum receives moderate points. Histogram turning (early reversal signs) receives partial points. RIBBON STATE (0-10 points) Rewards proper ribbon alignment and expansion. Aligned and expanding ribbons receive maximum points. Aligned but contracting ribbons receive moderate points. Mixed ribbons receive zero points. MULTI-TIMEFRAME (0-10 points) Rewards higher timeframe alignment. 4/4 alignment receives maximum points, scaling down as alignment decreases. READING THE LIVE SCORES The dashboard displays current scores for both directions: BULL: Shows bullish score as percentage (0-100) and letter grade (A through D) BEAR: Shows bearish score as percentage (0-100) and letter grade (A through D) BIAS: Shows which direction currently dominates (BULL, BEAR, or NEUTRAL if close) Grade thresholds: A Grade: 70% or higher - Strong momentum factors aligned B Grade: 50-69% - Moderate momentum factors present C Grade: 30-49% - Some momentum factors but incomplete D Grade: Below 30% - Weak or missing momentum factors The dominant bias shows which direction currently has stronger factors. When one side leads by more than 10 points, it shows that direction. Otherwise, it shows NEUTRAL indicating balanced or mixed conditions. WHY LIVE SCORING MATTERS Live scores help you understand current market conditions even when no signal has fired. You can see momentum building or fading in real-time. A rising bullish score suggests conditions are improving for potential long opportunities. A rising bearish score suggests conditions are deteriorating. This continuous feedback helps with: - Anticipating potential signals before they fire - Assessing whether to act on signals that do fire - Understanding why a signal did or did not appear - Monitoring open positions for changing conditions THE DASHBOARD: YOUR ANALYSIS CONTROL CENTER The dashboard provides a comprehensive real-time summary of all indicator components in one organized table. It displays on the price chart using force overlay so it remains visible regardless of which pane you are focused on. DASHBOARD LAYOUT The dashboard can be configured in three detail levels: COMPACT MODE Shows only essential information: QMF value, zone status, S/R status, and volume. Uses minimal screen space for traders who want the indicator to remain unobtrusive. STANDARD MODE Shows balanced detail including QMF values, zone status, last signal information, grade statistics, divergence status, S/R and volume status, live momentum scores, and MTF panel. Suitable for most traders. FULL MODE Shows maximum detail including everything in Standard mode plus EMA structure, ribbon state, volatility regime, signal statistics breakdown, and trendline counts. For traders who want complete information access. DASHBOARD ROWS EXPLAINED Row 1 - HEADER Shows indicator name for identification. Row 2 - QMF VALUES Displays three values: - QMF with directional arrow showing current oscillator value and whether it is rising, falling, or unchanged - SIG showing the signal line value - Histogram value with plus or minus sign showing the difference between QMF and signal line Row 3 - PROGRESS BAR Visual representation of oscillator position from 0 to 100 using text characters. Provides quick visual reference without needing to look at the oscillator pane. Row 4 - ZONE STATUS Text classification of current zone with color coding: - EXTREME OB (red): Oscillator at or above extreme overbought level - OVERBOUGHT (light red): Oscillator in overbought zone - BULLISH (light green): Oscillator above 55 but below overbought - NEUTRAL (gray): Oscillator between 45 and 55 - BEARISH (light red): Oscillator below 45 but above oversold - OVERSOLD (light blue): Oscillator in oversold zone - EXTREME OS (blue): Oscillator at or below extreme oversold level Row 5 - LAST SIGNAL (Standard and Full mode) Shows information about the most recent signal: - Direction and grade (LONG A, SHORT B, etc.) - Bars ago since signal fired - Entry price when signal fired - Current profit/loss from that price level This helps track performance of recent signals and manage any open positions based on them. Row 6 - GRADE STATISTICS (Standard and Full mode) Running count of signals generated: - A: Count of Grade A signals - B: Count of Grade B signals - C: Count of Grade C signals - T: Total signal count This provides perspective on signal frequency and grade distribution over the visible chart period. Row 7 - DIVERGENCE STATUS (Standard and Full mode) Current state of divergence detection: - CHECKING BULL: Bullish divergence pattern forming, not yet confirmed - CHECKING BEAR: Bearish divergence pattern forming, not yet confirmed - BULL CONFIRMED: Bullish divergence validated - BEAR CONFIRMED: Bearish divergence validated - NONE: No divergence currently active Row 8 - S/R AND VOLUME Two pieces of information: - S/R status: Shows R BROKEN (resistance broken upward), S BROKEN (support broken downward), AT RES (testing resistance), AT SUP (testing support), or CLEAR (between levels) - Volume status: Shows HIGH (volume 1.5x or more above average), MID (volume near average), or LOW (volume below average) Row 9 - LIVE MOMENTUM (Standard and Full mode) Real-time momentum scoring: - BULL: Bullish percentage and letter grade - BEAR: Bearish percentage and letter grade - Dominant bias indicator Row 10-11 - MTF PANEL (when enabled, Standard and Full mode) Multi-timeframe status: - Top row shows the four timeframe labels - Bottom row shows the status code for each timeframe (OB, B+, B, N, S, S+, OS) - Final cell shows alignment score as X/4 FULL MODE ADDITIONAL ROWS Structure row: Shows EMA stack status (BULL STACK, BEAR STACK, or relationship between fast and slow) and trend MA position (ABOVE MA or BELOW MA) Stats row: Shows count of long signals, short signals, and active trendlines Ribbon row: Shows ribbon state (BULL, BEAR, NEUT), expansion status (EXP or CON), and volatility regime (H-VOL for high volatility, L-VOL for low volatility, N-VOL for normal) DASHBOARD POSITIONING AND SIZING Position options: Top Left, Top Center, Top Right, Middle Left, Middle Right, Bottom Left, Bottom Center, Bottom Right Size options: Tiny (minimal space), Small (balanced), Normal (maximum readability) Choose a position that does not obscure important price action on your chart and a size that balances readability with space efficiency. HOW SIGNALS EMERGE FROM CONFLUENCE After understanding all the individual components, it becomes clear how signals are generated. Signals in QMF are not arbitrary triggers based on single conditions. They emerge when multiple independent factors align to create confluence. THE PATTERN-BASED APPROACH The signal system uses a hierarchical pattern-based approach. Rather than calculating a score from random factors and labeling it, the system actively hunts for specific predefined pattern combinations. The system first checks for Grade A patterns. If none are found, it checks for Grade B patterns. If none are found, it checks for Grade C patterns. Each grade represents specific combinations of factors that must be present together. GRADE A REQUIREMENTS Grade A patterns require multiple strong factors aligned. Examples of Grade A pattern combinations: Pattern A1 - Perfect Storm Reversal: - Extreme zone positioning (deeply oversold or overbought) - Confirmed regular divergence - Structural break (resistance broken or support broken or trendline broken) - Strong volume conviction (1.3x or higher) - High MTF alignment (3 or more timeframes agreeing) Pattern A2 - Breakout Conviction: - Resistance or support broken - Accelerating momentum in the breakout direction - Full EMA stack aligned - Ribbon aligned and expanding - Strong volume conviction (1.4x or higher) - Good MTF alignment (2 or more timeframes) Pattern A3 - Zone Reversal Multi-Confirmation: - Extreme or standard zone positioning - Regular or hidden divergence confirmed - Active bounce from zone - EMA crossover or MA break in reversal direction - Good MTF alignment (2 or more timeframes) - Volume conviction present (1.2x or higher) All factors in the pattern must be present simultaneously. Missing any single factor disqualifies the Grade A pattern. GRADE B REQUIREMENTS Grade B patterns require fewer but still meaningful confirmations. These patterns fire only when no Grade A pattern is detected: Pattern B1 - Zone with Confirmation: - Oversold or overbought zone positioning - Momentum in reversal direction - Hidden divergence, EMA crossover, or trendline break present - Minimum MTF alignment met Pattern B2 - Divergence with Structure: - Regular or hidden divergence confirmed - Structural break (S/R or trendline or MA) - Momentum confirming direction - Volume at least average Pattern B3 - Clean Trend Continuation: - Above or below trend MA - Ribbon aligned in direction - Oscillator crossed signal line - EMA stack complete GRADE C REQUIREMENTS Grade C patterns require basic confirmations. These patterns fire only when no Grade A or Grade B pattern is detected: Pattern C1 - Early Zone Entry: - Zone positioning or approaching zone - Momentum in expected direction - Oscillator or EMA crossover present Pattern C2 - Momentum Shift: - Histogram turning in expected direction - Oscillator crossover confirmed - Oscillator on expected side of midline SIGNAL QUALITY CONTROLS Beyond pattern detection, several quality controls must be satisfied: COOLDOWN A minimum number of bars must pass between any two signals. This prevents signal clustering during volatile conditions and ensures each signal represents a distinct opportunity. DIRECTION ALTERNATION When enabled, signals must alternate between LONG and SHORT. After a LONG signal, only SHORT signals can fire until direction changes. This prevents multiple consecutive signals in the same direction. PULLBACK REQUIREMENT After a signal fires, the oscillator must retrace a minimum percentage before another same-direction signal can fire. This ensures re-entry signals occur after meaningful pullbacks rather than immediately after the first signal. VOLUME CONFIRMATION (Optional) When enabled, volume must meet minimum threshold relative to average. This filters out signals during low-volume periods when moves may lack follow-through. BAR CONFIRMATION All signals require barstate.isconfirmed, meaning they only fire after the bar closes. This prevents signals from appearing and disappearing during live bar formation, ensuring backtest results match live behavior. A comprehensive example that combines signal generation logic, grading system, with all elements clearly annotated for easy understanding. SETTINGS REFERENCE This section provides a reference for the main configurable settings organized by category. QUANTUM ENGINE SETTINGS Sensitivity (5-50): Primary lookback period for momentum calculations. Lower values respond faster but may include more noise. Higher values smooth the oscillator but increase lag. Default 14 balances responsiveness with stability. Smoothing (1-10): Exponential smoothing applied to final QMF value. Higher values reduce noise, lower values preserve detail. Default 3 provides good noise reduction. Adaptive Mode: When enabled, automatically adjusts sensitivity based on volatility regime. Increases sensitivity during high volatility, decreases during low volatility. Dimension Toggles: Enable or disable each of the four dimensions (Velocity, Volume, Volatility, Session) individually. Useful for customizing the oscillator for specific instruments or conditions. Dimension Weights: Adjust relative contribution of each dimension. Weights are normalized so they do not need to sum to 1.0. Higher weight means that dimension has more influence on the final value. Signal Length: EMA period for the signal line. Lower values make signal line more responsive, higher values make it smoother. DISPLAY SETTINGS Display Mode: Choose between Energy Candles, QMF Line, Impulse Bars, or Heikin Flow visualization. Candle Glow: Adds luminous glow effect around energy candles based on momentum strength. Visually striking but can impact performance on slower systems. Glow Layers: Number of glow layers when candle glow is enabled. More layers create smoother gradient but use more resources. VISUAL SETTINGS Theme: Choose between Tokyo Night (dark blue with vibrant accents), Dracula (purple-grey with high contrast), or Nord (muted arctic tones). Each theme is designed for extended trading sessions. Glow Intensity: Controls transparency of glow effects. Lower values create more visible glows, higher values more subtle. Enable Glow Effects: Master toggle for all glow effects around candles and levels. REVERSAL CLOUD SETTINGS Enable Reversal Clouds: Toggle cloud display on or off. Cloud Style: Choose calculation method (Dynamic Bollinger, Golden Ratio, Adaptive Halo, Volatility Squeeze, Ichimoku RSI). Cloud Transparency: Higher values make clouds more transparent, lower values more visible. Cloud Width: Multiplier for cloud width. Higher values create wider reversal zones. FLOW RIBBON SETTINGS Enable Ribbons: Toggle ribbon display. Fast/Medium/Slow Ribbon: Period for each ribbon EMA. Faster periods respond quicker, slower periods show longer-term trend. DIVERGENCE SETTINGS Enable Divergence: Toggle divergence detection. Pivot Sensitivity: Bars required on each side to confirm pivot point. Higher values detect more significant pivots but may miss shorter-term divergences. Confirmation Bars: Bars to wait after pivot detection before confirming divergence. Min Strength Pct: Minimum divergence strength percentage to display. Higher values filter out weaker divergences. Show Lines: Draw connecting lines between divergence pivots. Min/Max Distance: Range of bars between pivots for valid divergence. SIGNAL SYSTEM SETTINGS Enable Signals: Toggle signal generation. Show Signals: Filter by grade (A Only, A and B, All Grades). Cooldown Bars: Minimum bars between signals. Pullback Required Pct: Percentage pullback needed before same-direction signal. Require Direction Alternation: Force signals to alternate LONG and SHORT. Fast/Slow EMA: Periods for EMA crossover analysis. Trend MA: Period for trend-defining moving average. Min MTF Alignment: Minimum timeframes that must align for higher grades. Require Volume Confirmation: Make volume threshold mandatory for signals. Min Volume Ratio: Minimum volume relative to average when required. TRENDLINE SETTINGS Enable Trendlines: Toggle automated trendline detection. Pivot Left/Right: Bars for pivot detection. Extension Bars: How far to extend lines into future. Min Touch Points: Minimum pivots to validate line. Enable Strength Filter: Filter by calculated strength. Minimum Strength: Threshold for strength filter. Show Trendline Zones: Display shaded zones around lines. Zone Width StdDev: Standard deviation multiplier for zone width. Line Style: Solid, Dashed, or Dotted. Line Width: Thickness in pixels. Show Touch Points: Display circle markers at pivots. Show Strength Labels: Display strength percentage at line end. SUPPORT RESISTANCE SETTINGS Enable S/R: Toggle dynamic S/R display. Pivot Lookback: Period for detecting S/R pivots. DASHBOARD SETTINGS Enable Dashboard: Toggle dashboard display. Position: Screen position (8 options). Size: Tiny, Small, or Normal. Style: Compact, Standard, or Full detail level. MTF Panel: Include or exclude multi-timeframe panel. MTF 1-4: Timeframe selections for MTF analysis. LEVEL SETTINGS Overbought/Oversold: Standard zone thresholds. Extreme OB/OS: Extreme zone thresholds. PRACTICAL EXAMPLE: READING THE COMPLETE PICTURE This example walks through analyzing a chart using all the indicator components together. SCENARIO: You are analyzing a 15-minute chart looking for trading opportunities. STEP 1: ASSESS OSCILLATOR ZONE You look at the QMF oscillator and see it reading 24, which is in the oversold zone. The dashboard confirms this showing OVERSOLD in the zone status. The progress bar shows the oscillator is in the lower portion of its range. Initial assessment: The market has experienced significant selling pressure and is in territory where bullish reversals have elevated probability. STEP 2: CHECK STRUCTURE You look at the dynamic S/R levels. The oscillator recently touched its support level at 22 and bounced. You see an S with checkmark marker indicating support held. The dashboard shows AT SUP status. Assessment update: The oscillator found support at a level that has held before. This adds to the bullish case. STEP 3: EXAMINE TRENDLINES You notice a resistance trendline connecting recent oscillator highs that has been declining. The oscillator is currently approaching this trendline from below. No break has occurred yet. Assessment update: There is overhead resistance that will need to be cleared. A break above would be significant. STEP 4: CHECK DIVERGENCE The dashboard shows BULL CONFIRMED in the divergence status. Looking at the oscillator, you see a BULL DIV label with a dotted line connecting two pivot lows. The oscillator made a higher low while price made a lower low. Assessment update: Confirmed bullish divergence suggests selling momentum is weakening despite price continuing lower. This is a meaningful signal of potential reversal. STEP 5: EVALUATE RIBBONS The ribbons are currently mixed with fast below medium but both above slow. Ribbon fill is gray indicating transitioning state. However, you notice the fast ribbon is turning upward and approaching the medium ribbon from below. Assessment update: Ribbons are not yet aligned bullish, but appear to be transitioning. A bullish crossover may be approaching. STEP 6: CHECK MTF ALIGNMENT The dashboard MTF panel shows: 5m is B+, 15m is B, 1H is N, 4H is S. The alignment shows 2/4 bullish. Assessment update: Lower timeframes support bullish bias, but higher timeframes are neutral or bearish. This is mixed alignment, suggesting caution. Any bullish move may face resistance from higher timeframe sellers. STEP 7: REVIEW LIVE MOMENTUM SCORES Dashboard shows BULL at 52% Grade B, BEAR at 28% Grade D. Dominant bias shows BULL. Assessment update: Bullish factors currently outweigh bearish factors. The score suggests moderate bullish conditions, not yet strong. STEP 8: SYNTHESIS Putting it together: - Oversold zone positioning (bullish factor) - Support held (bullish factor) - Bullish divergence confirmed (strong bullish factor) - Ribbons transitioning but not yet aligned (neutral) - MTF alignment mixed at 2/4 (caution factor) - Live score favors bullish moderately (supporting factor) - Resistance trendline overhead (risk factor) Conclusion: Conditions favor a bullish reversal but with caution warranted due to mixed MTF alignment and overhead resistance. This would not qualify for a Grade A signal due to insufficient MTF alignment. If a signal fires, it would likely be Grade B. STEP 9: SIGNAL FIRES Several bars later, the oscillator crosses above its signal line while still in oversold territory. The EMA fast crosses above EMA slow. A LONG B signal appears at 85% confluence. The signal represents: Oversold positioning plus confirmed divergence plus momentum crossover, meeting Grade B pattern requirements. STEP 10: MONITORING After entry, you monitor the dashboard for changing conditions. Live momentum scores continue rising. The resistance trendline breaks (TL up arrow marker appears). Ribbons align bullish. MTF alignment improves to 3/4 as the 1H turns bullish. The improving conditions confirm the trade thesis. You hold the position as conditions strengthen. ALERTS AVAILABLE 28 alert conditions are available covering all major events. To set up alerts, click the alert icon in TradingView, select this indicator, and choose the desired condition. SIGNAL ALERTS - A-Grade LONG Signal: Highest probability bullish entry - A-Grade SHORT Signal : Highest probability bearish entry - B-Grade LONG Signal: Solid bullish entry - B-Grade SHORT Signal: Solid bearish entry - Any LONG Signal: Any bullish signal regardless of grade - Any SHORT Signal: Any bearish signal regardless of grade DIVERGENCE ALERTS - Regular Bullish Divergence: Classic bullish reversal pattern - Regular Bearish Divergence: Classic bearish reversal pattern - Hidden Bullish Divergence: Bullish continuation pattern - Hidden Bearish Divergence: Bearish continuation pattern - Any Bullish Divergence: Either regular or hidden bullish - Any Bearish Divergence: Either regular or hidden bearish STRUCTURE ALERTS - Trendline Break Up : Resistance trendline broken - Trendline Break Down: Support trendline broken - Resistance Broken: S/R resistance level broken - Support Broken: S/R support level broken CROSSOVER ALERTS - EMA Cross Up : Fast EMA crossed above slow EMA - EMA Cross Down : Fast EMA crossed below slow EMA - Trend MA Break Up: Oscillator crossed above trend MA - Trend MA Break Down: Oscillator crossed below trend MA ZONE ALERTS - Entered Overbought Zone: Oscillator entered overbought - Entered Oversold Zone: Oscillator entered oversold - Entered Extreme Overbought: Oscillator reached extreme overbought - Entered Extreme Oversold: Oscillator reached extreme oversold RIBBON ALERTS - Ribbon Cross Up: Fast ribbon crossed above slow ribbon - Ribbon Cross Down: Fast ribbon crossed below slow ribbon BOUNCE ALERTS - Bounce From Oversold: Active reversal from oversold zone - Bounce From Overbought : Active reversal from overbought zone NON-REPAINTING Structure All visual elements and signals in this indicator are non-repainting: - Signals use barstate.isconfirmed to fire only after bar close - Divergence confirmation waits for pivot validation - Trendline breaks confirm after bar close - S/R breaks confirm after bar close - MTF data uses lookahead off setting - No future data is used in any calculation What you see in backtesting accurately represents what would have appeared in real-time trading. RISK DISCLAIMER This indicator is provided for educational and informational purposes only. It does not constitute financial advice, investment advice, or trading advice. Trading financial instruments involves substantial risk of loss and is not suitable for all investors. Past performance is not indicative of future results. The analysis provided by this indicator should not be relied upon as the sole basis for any trading decision. Before trading: - Understand you may lose some or all of your investment - Never trade with money you cannot afford to lose - Conduct your own research and due diligence - Consider consulting with a qualified financial advisor - Practice with paper trading before risking real capital - Implement proper risk management with recommended maximum 1-2% risk per trade By using this indicator, you acknowledge that you have read and understood this disclaimer and accept full responsibility for your trading decisions.
Pine Script® インジケーター
BullByteの投稿
2
Market Regime AnalyzerStatistical regime detection with forward-looking transition probabilities. Combines drift testing, variance ratios, and volume delta to classify markets into 5 regimes and quantify transition probabilities. What Regime Are We In, and What's Likely Next? That's the question this indicator answers with statistical rigor and forward-looking probabilities. The Problem: Most traders classify regimes arbitrarily: "Bull if price > 200 MA" or "Bear if RSI < 30." These rules ignore statistical significance, volume confirmation, and mean reversion patterns. The result? Late entries, false signals, and confusion when markets transition. The Solution: Market Regime Analyzer combines drift detection, variance ratio testing, and volume delta analysis to classify markets into 5 distinct regimes. Then it calculates the probability of transitioning to each regime based on historical patterns. The Benefit: Know not just where you are, but where you're likely going - with probabilities, not guesses. The Five Market Regimes 🟢 Strong Bull (Regime 1) - Statistically significant upward drift (t-stat > 1.96) - Strong buying pressure (volume delta > 0.3) - No mean reversion detected - **Trade:** Trend-following strategies, ride the momentum 🟢 Weak Bull (Regime 2) - Upward drift present - BUT weak volume OR mean reversion detected - **Trade:** Reduce position size, tighten stops, prepare for consolidation ⚪ Consolidation (Regime 3) - No statistically significant drift - Mixed volume signals - Mean reversion likely present - **Trade:** Range-trading, avoid trend-following systems 🔴 Weak Bear (Regime 4) - Downward drift present - BUT weak volume pressure - **Trade:** Cautious shorts, reduce exposure, prepare for bounce 🔴 Strong Bear (Regime 5) - Statistically significant downward drift (t-stat < -1.96) - Strong selling pressure (volume delta < -0.3) - No mean reversion detected - **Trade:** Trend-following shorts, protective puts The Statistical Framework 1. Drift Detection with T-Statistics Instead of guessing if there's a trend, we test it statistically. How it works: - Calculates mean return over lookback period - Standardizes by volatility - Compares to significance threshold (default 1.96 = 95% confidence) What it tells you: - T-stat > 1.96: Statistically significant uptrend - T-stat < -1.96: Statistically significant downtrend - In between: No significant trend (consolidation) Why it matters: Only trades trends that are statistically validated, not just visually apparent. 2. Mean Reversion Testing (Variance Ratio) Based on Lo & MacKinlay (1988) research, this detects when markets are range-bound. How it works: - Compares variance at different time scales - Variance Ratio < 0.8 indicates mean reversion What it tells you: - Mean reversion = NO: Trends can continue - Mean reversion = YES: Expect price to return to mean, not breakout Why it matters: Prevents chasing breakouts in range-bound markets. 3. Volume Delta Analysis Total volume tells you HOW MUCH traded. Volume delta tells you WHO won. How it works: - Buying pressure - Selling pressure = Volume Delta - Normalized to show relative strength What it tells you: - Strong positive delta (>0.3): Buyers in control - Strong negative delta (<-0.3): Sellers in control - Weak delta: No clear winner Why it matters: Price can move up on weak buying or down on weak selling. Volume delta reveals the truth. 4. Transition Probability Matrix Historical regime changes predict future regime changes. How it works: - Tracks every regime transition over last 100 bars (configurable) - Builds probability distribution for next regime - Updates continuously Example: Current: Strong Bull Historical transitions from Strong Bull: - Stayed Strong Bull: 45% - Became Weak Bull: 30% - Became Consolidation: 20% - Became Weak Bear: 4% - Became Strong Bear: 1% What it tells you: Strong Bull has 75% chance of staying bullish (45% + 30%), only 5% chance of bearish turn. Why it matters: Adapts to your specific market's behavior patterns. How to Use This Indicator Strategy Adaptation In Strong Bull/Bear Regimes: - Use trend-following strategies - Wider stops, let winners run - Add to positions on pullbacks - High confidence in directional trades In Weak Bull/Bear Regimes: - Reduce position sizes by 50% - Tighter stops - Take profits earlier - Prepare for regime change In Consolidation: - Switch to range-trading strategies - Avoid trend-following systems - Sell resistance, buy support - Wait for regime change before trend trades Risk Management Position Sizing: - Strong regime + high continuation probability (>60%) = Normal size - Weak regime OR high transition probability = Half size - Consolidation = Quarter size or skip Stop Loss Placement: - Strong regime: Use wider stops (2x ATR) - Weak regime: Tighter stops (1x ATR) - Consolidation: Very tight stops (0.5x ATR) Entry Timing Best entries: - Regime just changed to Strong Bull/Bear - High probability (>50%) of staying in current regime - No divergence signals present - Drift and volume delta aligned Avoid entries: - High probability of regime change - Divergence signals appearing - Mean reversion detected in trending regime - Weak volume despite price movement Reading the Dashboard Current Regime Color-coded for instant recognition: - Dark Green = Strong Bull - Light Green = Weak Bull - Gray = Consolidation - Light Red = Weak Bear - Dark Red = Strong Bear Annualized Drift Expected annual return based on recent trend. - Positive = Upward bias - Negative = Downward bias - Near zero = No directional edge T-Statistic Measures statistical significance of drift. - > 1.96 = 95% confident in uptrend - < -1.96 = 95% confident in downtrend - Between = Not statistically significant Mean Reversion - Yes = Expect price to return to mean (range-bound) - No = Trends can continue (trending market) Volume Pressure Normalized volume delta strength. - > 0.3 = Strong buying - < -0.3 = Strong selling - Near 0 = Balanced Transition Probabilities Shows most likely next regime. - Highest probability = Most likely outcome - Evenly distributed = High uncertainty - Concentrated = High confidence in direction Practical Examples Example 1: Strong Bull with High Continuation Dashboard shows: Current Regime: Strong Bull Drift: +22% annualized T-Stat: 3.2 Mean Reversion: No Volume Pressure: +0.45 Probabilities: → Strong Bull: 50% → Weak Bull: 25% → Consolidation: 20% → Bears: 5% Interpretation: - Strong uptrend (t-stat 3.2 >> 1.96) - No mean reversion = trends can continue - Strong buying pressure (0.45 > 0.3) - 75% chance stays bullish (50% + 25%) Action: - Full position size on long setups - Use trend-following entries - Wider stops (2x ATR) - High conviction trades Example 2: Weak Bull Before Consolidation Dashboard shows: Current Regime: Weak Bull Drift: +8% annualized T-Stat: 1.2 Mean Reversion: Yes Volume Pressure: +0.15 Probabilities: → Strong Bull: 10% → Weak Bull: 30% → Consolidation: 50% → Weak Bear: 10% Interpretation: - Weak drift (t-stat 1.2 < 1.96) - Mean reversion detected = range-bound likely - Weak volume (0.15 < 0.3) - 50% chance of consolidation Action: - Reduce long positions - Tighten stops - Prepare for range-bound trading - Avoid new trend trades Example 3: Regime Transition Alert Previous: Weak Bull Current: Consolidation Volume divergence signal appeared: Price made new high, volume delta weakened Interpretation: - Trend exhausted - Buyers losing control - Regime confirmed the transition Action: - Exit trend-following longs - Switch to range-trading approach - Wait for new regime before new directional trades Settings Guide ### Regime Detection Period (50) Number of bars for statistical calculations. - **30-40:** More responsive, catches changes faster, more regime switches - **50 (default):** Balanced for daily/4H charts - **75-100:** More stable, fewer false regime changes, slower to adapt Transition History Depth (100) How much history to use for probabilities. - **50-75:** Adapts quickly to recent behavior - **100 (default):** Balanced robustness - **150-200:** More stable probabilities, slower to adapt Volume Delta Period (14) Period for volume calculations. - **7-10:** More sensitive to volume shifts - **14 (default):** Standard period - **20-30:** Smoother, less noise Significance Threshold (1.96) T-statistic required for trend classification. - **1.64:** 90% confidence, more trend regimes detected - **1.96 (default):** 95% confidence, balanced - **2.58:** 99% confidence, very conservative, mostly consolidation Best Practices Do: - Wait for regime confirmation (at least 3-5 bars in new regime) - Use probabilities to size positions appropriately - Combine with support/resistance for entries - Respect mean reversion signals - Adapt strategy to current regime Don't: - Trade every regime change immediately - Ignore high transition probabilities - Use trend strategies in consolidation - Override statistical signals with gut feel - Trade against Strong regimes without clear setup Timeframe Recommendations Daily Charts: - Default settings work well - Most reliable regime detection - Best for swing trading 4H Charts: - Use default or slightly higher lookback (60-75) - Good for active swing trading - More regime changes than daily 1H Charts: - Reduce lookback to 30-40 - More noise, use with caution - Better for intraday position trading 15M and below: - Not recommended - Too much noise for statistical validity - Regimes change too frequently Combining with Other Indicators Works Well With: Moving Averages - Use regime for directional bias - MAs for specific entry/exit points Support/Resistance - Regime shows context - S/R shows specific levels - High probability at confluence Volume Profile - Regime shows regime - Profile shows where volume is - Target high-volume nodes RSI/MACD - Regime provides context - Momentum shows entry timing - Combine for higher probability Example Combined Setup Regime: Strong Bull Price: Above 200 MA Level: Pullback to support RSI: Oversold (30) Volume Delta: Still positive Setup: Long entry Reason: Trend intact, healthy pullback, buyers still present Divergence Signals The indicator shows volume divergence warnings: Bearish Divergence (Red Triangle Down) - Price makes new high - Volume delta makes lower high - Warning: Buyers weakening, potential reversal Bullish Divergence (Green Triangle Up) - Price makes new low - Volume delta makes higher low - Warning: Sellers weakening, potential reversal How to use: - Divergence in Strong regime = early warning of regime change - Confirms when regime actually transitions - Don't trade divergence alone, wait for regime confirmation Limitations This Indicator Cannot: **Predict black swan events** - Unexpected news overrides all technical regimes **Work in all markets** - Needs liquid markets with reliable volume data **Guarantee profits** - Probabilities are not certainties **Replace fundamental analysis** - Technical regimes can diverge from fundamentals Works Best: - Liquid markets (major indices, forex, crypto, large-cap stocks) - Daily and 4H timeframes - Combined with other analysis - With proper risk management - In normal market conditions Common Questions "Why did the regime stay consolidation despite strong price move?" The indicator detected mean reversion (variance ratio < 0.8), indicating the move will likely reverse. Or the move wasn't statistically significant (t-stat < 1.96). Trust the statistics over visual appearance. "Probabilities show 30% for each regime. What does that mean?" High uncertainty. The market is at an inflection point. Reduce position sizes and wait for clearer regime formation. "Can I use this for day trading?" Not recommended on timeframes below 1H. Statistical tests need sufficient data. Better suited for swing trading. "Why does this show Strong Bull when my momentum indicators show weakness?" Momentum can weaken while the trend remains statistically significant. The indicator focuses on drift and volume, not momentum. Consider it a different perspective. Technical Notes Volume Delta Approximation Uses OHLCV data to approximate order flow: - Buy volume ≈ Volume on up-closes - Sell volume ≈ Volume on down-closes - Delta = Buy - Sell **Note:** Real order flow (from futures or Level 2) is more precise. This approximation works well on liquid markets. Statistical Tests Drift T-Test: - Null hypothesis: No drift (mean return = 0) - Reject if |t-stat| > threshold - Based on standard hypothesis testing Variance Ratio: - Compares 2-period variance to 1-period variance - Ratio = 1 for random walk - Ratio < 1 for mean reversion - Threshold of 0.8 based on empirical testing Transition Probability Implementation Due to Pine Script v5 limitations (no native 2D arrays), the 5×5 transition matrix is stored as a flat 1D array of 25 elements: - Position maps to index: `row × 5 + col` - Example: Transition from Regime 2 to Regime 4 is at index `1 × 5 + 3 = 8` - Laplace smoothing (0.1) prevents zero probabilities - Row sums normalized to calculate probabilities This approach is computationally efficient and maintains statistical accuracy. No Repainting All calculations confirmed on bar close. Regime changes appear when the bar closes, not during formation. Historical analysis is accurate. Alert Conditions Regime Change - Triggers when regime transitions to any new state - Message shows new regime number (1-5) Bearish Divergence - Triggers when price makes new high but volume delta doesn't confirm Bullish Divergence - Triggers when price makes new low but volume delta doesn't confirm Disclaimer FOR EDUCATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY This indicator uses statistical methods to analyze market regimes. It does not predict the future or guarantee trading success. Markets are probabilistic, not deterministic. A 70% probability of staying bullish means 30% chance of regime change. Always use proper risk management. Past regime transitions do not guarantee future transitions. Market structure can change. Statistical relationships can break down. Never risk more than you can afford to lose. Use stop losses on every trade. Test thoroughly before live trading. Consult a qualified financial advisor. © 2026 | Open Source Statistical rigor meets practical application
Pine Script® インジケーター
DavidEHの投稿
Bifurcation Zone - CAEBifurcation Zone — Cognitive Adversarial Engine (BZ-CAE) Bifurcation Zone — CAE (BZ-CAE) is a next-generation divergence detection system enhanced by a Cognitive Adversarial Engine that evaluates both sides of every potential trade before presenting signals. Unlike traditional divergence indicators that show every price-oscillator disagreement regardless of context, BZ-CAE applies comprehensive market-state intelligence to identify only the divergences that occur in favorable conditions with genuine probability edges. The system identifies structural bifurcation points — critical junctures where price and momentum disagree, signaling potential reversals or continuations — then validates these opportunities through five interconnected intelligence layers: Trend Conviction Scoring , Directional Momentum Alignment , Multi-Factor Exhaustion Modeling , Adversarial Validation , and Confidence Scoring . The result is a selective, context-aware signal system that filters noise and highlights high-probability setups. This is not a "buy the arrow" indicator. It's a decision support framework that teaches you how to read market state, evaluate divergence quality, and make informed trading decisions based on quantified intelligence rather than hope. What Sets BZ-CAE Apart: Technical Architecture The Problem With Traditional Divergence Indicators Most divergence indicators operate on a simple rule: if price makes a higher high and RSI makes a lower high, show a bearish signal. If price makes a lower low and RSI makes a higher low, show a bullish signal. This creates several critical problems: Context Blindness : They show counter-trend signals in powerful trends that rarely reverse, leading to repeated losses as you fade momentum. Signal Spam : Every minor price-oscillator disagreement generates an alert, overwhelming you with low-quality setups and creating analysis paralysis. No Quality Ranking : All signals are treated identically. A marginal divergence in choppy conditions receives the same visual treatment as a high-conviction setup at a major exhaustion point. Single-Sided Evaluation : They ask "Is this a good long?" without checking if the short case is overwhelmingly stronger, leading you into obvious bad trades. Static Configuration : You manually choose RSI 14 or Stochastic 14 and hope it works, with no systematic way to validate if that's optimal for your instrument. BZ-CAE's Solution: Cognitive Adversarial Intelligence BZ-CAE solves these problems through an integrated five-layer intelligence architecture: 1. Trend Conviction Score (TCS) — 0 to 1 Scale Most indicators check if ADX is above 25 to determine "trending" conditions. This binary approach misses nuance. TCS is a weighted composite metric: Formula : 0.35 × normalize(ADX, 10, 35) + 0.35 × structural_strength + 0.30 × htf_alignment Structural Strength : 10-bar SMA of consecutive directional bars. Captures persistence — are bulls or bears consistently winning? HTF Alignment : Multi-timeframe EMA stacking (20/50/100/200). When all EMAs align in the same direction, you're in institutional trend territory. Purpose : Quantifies how "locked in" the trend is. When TCS exceeds your threshold (default 0.80), the system knows to avoid counter-trend trades unless other factors override. Interpretation : TCS > 0.85: Very strong trend — counter-trading is extremely high risk TCS 0.70-0.85: Strong trend — favor continuation, require exhaustion for reversals TCS 0.50-0.70: Moderate trend — context matters, both directions viable TCS < 0.50: Weak/choppy — reversals more viable, range-bound conditions 2. Directional Momentum Alignment (DMA) — ATR-Normalized Formula : (EMA21 - EMA55) / ATR14 This isn't just "price above EMA" — it's a regime-aware momentum gauge. The same $100 price movement reads completely differently in high-volatility crypto versus low-volatility forex. By normalizing with ATR, DMA adapts its interpretation to current market conditions. Purpose : Quantifies the directional "force" behind current price action. Positive = bullish push, negative = bearish push. Magnitude = strength. Interpretation : DMA > 0.7: Strong bullish momentum — bearish divergences risky DMA 0.3 to 0.7: Moderate bullish bias DMA -0.3 to 0.3: Balanced/choppy conditions DMA -0.7 to -0.3: Moderate bearish bias DMA < -0.7: Strong bearish momentum — bullish divergences risky 3. Multi-Factor Exhaustion Modeling — 0 to 1 Probability Single-metric exhaustion detection (like "RSI > 80") misses complex market states. BZ-CAE aggregates five independent exhaustion signals: Volume Spikes : Current volume versus 50-bar average 2.5x average: 0.25 weight 2.0x average: 0.15 weight 1.5x average: 0.10 weight Divergence Present : The fact that a divergence exists contributes 0.30 weight — structural momentum disagreement is itself an exhaustion signal. RSI Extremes : Captures oscillator climax zones RSI > 80 or < 20: 0.25 weight RSI > 75 or < 25: 0.15 weight Pin Bar Detection : Identifies rejection candles (2:1 wick-to-body ratio, indicating failed breakout attempts): 0.15 weight Extended Runs : Consecutive bars above/below EMA20 without pullback 30+ bars: 0.15 weight (market hasn't paused to consolidate) Total exhaustion score is the sum of all applicable weights, capped at 1.0. Purpose : Detects when strong trends become vulnerable to reversal. High exhaustion can override trend filters, allowing counter-trend trades at genuine turning points that basic indicators would miss. Interpretation : Exhaustion > 0.75: High probability of climax — yellow background shading alerts you visually Exhaustion 0.50-0.75: Moderate overextension — watch for confirmation Exhaustion < 0.50: Fresh move — trend can continue, counter-trend trades higher risk 4. Adversarial Validation — Game Theory Applied to Trading This is BZ-CAE's signature innovation. Before approving any signal, the engine quantifies BOTH sides of the trade simultaneously: For Bullish Divergences , it calculates: Bull Case Score (0-1+) : Distance below EMA20 (pullback quality): up to 0.25 Bullish EMA alignment (close > EMA20 > EMA50): 0.25 Oversold RSI (< 40): 0.25 Volume confirmation (> 1.2x average): 0.25 Bear Case Score (0-1+) : Price below EMA50 (structural weakness): 0.30 Very oversold RSI (< 30, indicating knife-catching): 0.20 Differential = Bull Case - Bear Case If differential < -0.10 (default threshold), the bear case is dominating — signal is BLOCKED or ANNOTATED. For Bearish Divergences , the logic inverts (Bear Case vs Bull Case). Purpose : Prevents trades where you're fighting obvious strength in the opposite direction. This is institutional-grade risk management — don't just evaluate your trade, evaluate the counter-trade simultaneously. Why This Matters : You might see a bullish divergence at a local low, but if price is deeply below major support EMAs with strong bearish momentum, you're catching a falling knife. The adversarial check catches this and blocks the signal. 5. Confidence Scoring — 0 to 1 Quality Assessment Every signal that passes initial filters receives a comprehensive quality score: Formula : 0.30 × normalize(TCS) // Trend context + 0.25 × normalize(|DMA|) // Momentum magnitude + 0.20 × pullback_quality // Entry distance from EMA20 + 0.15 × state_quality // ADX + alignment + structure + 0.10 × divergence_strength // Slope separation magnitude + adversarial_bonus (0-0.30) // Your side's advantage Purpose : Ranks setup quality for filtering and position sizing decisions. You can set a minimum confidence threshold (default 0.35) to ensure only quality setups reach your chart. Interpretation : Confidence > 0.70: Premium setup — consider increased position size Confidence 0.50-0.70: Good quality — standard size Confidence 0.35-0.50: Acceptable — reduced size or skip if conservative Confidence < 0.35: Marginal — blocked in Filtering mode, annotated in Advisory mode CAE Operating Modes: Learning vs Enforcement Off : Disables all CAE logic. Raw divergence pipeline only. Use for baseline comparison. Advisory : Shows ALL signals regardless of CAE evaluation, but annotates signals that WOULD be blocked with specific warnings (e.g., "Bull: strong downtrend (TCS=0.87)" or "Adversarial bearish"). This is your learning mode — see CAE's decision logic in action without missing educational opportunities. Filtering : Actively blocks low-quality signals. Only setups that pass all enabled gates (Trend Filter, Adversarial Validation, Confidence Gating) reach your chart. This is your live trading mode — trust the system to enforce discipline. CAE Filter Gates: Three-Layer Protection When CAE is enabled, signals must pass through three independent gates (each can be toggled on/off): Gate 1: Strong Trend Filter If TCS ≥ tcs_threshold (default 0.80) And signal is counter-trend (bullish in downtrend or bearish in uptrend) And exhaustion < exhaustion_required (default 0.50) Then: BLOCK signal Logic: Don't fade strong trends unless the move is clearly overextended Gate 2: Adversarial Validation Calculate both bull case and bear case scores If opposing case dominates by more than adv_threshold (default 0.10) Then: BLOCK signal Logic: Avoid trades where you're fighting obvious strength in the opposite direction Gate 3: Confidence Gating Calculate composite confidence score (0-1) If confidence < min_confidence (default 0.35) Then: In Filtering mode, BLOCK signal; in Advisory mode, ANNOTATE with warning Logic: Only take setups with minimum quality threshold All three gates work together. A signal must pass ALL enabled gates to fire. Visual Intelligence System Bifurcation Zones (Supply/Demand Blocks) When a divergence signal fires, BZ-CAE draws a semi-transparent box extending 15 bars forward from the signal pivot: Demand Zones (Bullish) : Theme-colored box (cyan in Cyberpunk, blue in Professional, etc.) labeled "Demand" — marks where smart money likely placed buy orders as price diverged at the low. Supply Zones (Bearish) : Theme-colored box (magenta in Cyberpunk, orange in Professional) labeled "Supply" — marks where smart money likely placed sell orders as price diverged at the high. Theory : Divergences represent institutional disagreement with the crowd. The crowd pushed price to an extreme (new high or low), but momentum (oscillator) is waning, indicating smart money is taking the opposite side. These zones mark order placement areas that become future support/resistance. Use Cases : Exit targets: Take profit when price returns to opposite-side zone Re-entry levels: If price returns to your entry zone, consider adding Stop placement: Place stops just beyond your zone (below demand, above supply) Auto-Cleanup : System keeps the last 20 zones to prevent chart clutter. Adversarial Bar Coloring — Real-Time Market Debate Heatmap Each bar is colored based on the Bull Case vs Bear Case differential: Strong Bull Advantage (diff > 0.3): Full theme bull color (e.g., cyan) Moderate Bull Advantage (diff > 0.1): 50% transparency bull Neutral (diff -0.1 to 0.1): Gray/neutral theme Moderate Bear Advantage (diff < -0.1): 50% transparency bear Strong Bear Advantage (diff < -0.3): Full theme bear color (e.g., magenta) This creates a real-time visual heatmap showing which side is "winning" the market debate. When bars flip from cyan to magenta (or vice versa), you're witnessing a shift in adversarial advantage — a leading indicator of potential momentum changes. Exhaustion Shading When exhaustion score exceeds 0.75, the chart background displays a semi-transparent yellow highlight. This immediate visual warning alerts you that the current move is at high risk of reversal, even if trend indicators remain strong. Visual Themes — Six Aesthetic Options Cyberpunk : Cyan/Magenta/Yellow — High contrast, neon aesthetic, excellent for dark-themed trading environments Professional : Blue/Orange/Green — Corporate color palette, suitable for presentations and professional documentation Ocean : Teal/Red/Cyan — Aquatic palette, calming for extended monitoring sessions Fire : Orange/Red/Coral — Warm aggressive colors, high energy Matrix : Green/Red/Lime — Code aesthetic, homage to classic hacker visuals Monochrome : White/Gray — Minimal distraction, maximum focus on price action All visual elements (signal markers, zones, bar colors, dashboard) adapt to your selected theme. Divergence Engine — Core Detection System What Are Divergences? Divergences occur when price action and momentum indicators disagree, creating structural tension that often resolves in a change of direction: Regular Divergence (Reversal Signal) : Bearish Regular : Price makes higher high, oscillator makes lower high → Potential trend reversal down Bullish Regular : Price makes lower low, oscillator makes higher low → Potential trend reversal up Hidden Divergence (Continuation Signal) : Bearish Hidden : Price makes lower high, oscillator makes higher high → Downtrend continuation Bullish Hidden : Price makes higher low, oscillator makes lower low → Uptrend continuation Both types can be enabled/disabled independently in settings. Pivot Detection Methods BZ-CAE uses symmetric pivot detection with separate lookback and lookforward periods (default 5/5): Pivot High : Bar where high > all highs within lookback range AND high > all highs within lookforward range Pivot Low : Bar where low < all lows within lookback range AND low < all lows within lookforward range This ensures structural validity — the pivot must be a clear local extreme, not just a minor wiggle. Divergence Validation Requirements For a divergence to be confirmed, it must satisfy: Slope Disagreement : Price slope and oscillator slope must move in opposite directions (for regular divs) or same direction with inverted highs/lows (for hidden divs) Minimum Slope Change : |osc_slope| > min_slope_change / 100 (default 1.0) — filters weak, marginal divergences Maximum Lookback Range : Pivots must be within max_lookback bars (default 60) — prevents ancient, irrelevant divergences ATR-Normalized Strength : Divergence strength = min(|price_slope| × |osc_slope| × 10, 1.0) — quantifies the magnitude of disagreement in volatility context Regular divergences receive 1.0× weight; hidden divergences receive 0.8× weight (slightly less reliable historically). Oscillator Options — Five Professional Indicators RSI (Relative Strength Index) : Classic overbought/oversold momentum indicator. Best for: General purpose divergence detection across all instruments. Stochastic : Range-bound %K momentum comparing close to high-low range. Best for: Mean reversion strategies and range-bound markets. CCI (Commodity Channel Index) : Measures deviation from statistical mean, auto-normalized to 0-100 scale. Best for: Cyclical instruments and commodities. MFI (Money Flow Index) : Volume-weighted RSI incorporating money flow. Best for: Volume-driven markets like stocks and crypto. Williams %R : Inverse stochastic looking back over period, auto-adjusted to 0-100. Best for: Reversal detection at extremes. Each oscillator has adjustable length (2-200, default 14) and smoothing (1-20, default 1). You also set overbought (50-100, default 70) and oversold (0-50, default 30) thresholds. Signal Timing Modes — Understanding Repainting BZ-CAE offers two timing policies with complete transparency about repainting behavior: Realtime (1-bar, peak-anchored) How It Works : Detects peaks 1 bar ago using pattern: high > high AND high > high Signal prints on the NEXT bar after peak detection (bar_index) Visual marker anchors to the actual PEAK bar (bar_index - 1, offset -1) Signal locks in when bar CONFIRMS (closes) Repainting Behavior : On the FORMING bar (before close), the peak condition may change as new prices arrive Once bar CLOSES (barstate.isconfirmed), signal is locked permanently This is preview/early warning behavior by design Best For : Active monitoring and immediate alerts Learning the system (seeing signals develop in real-time) Responsive entry if you're watching the chart live Confirmed (lookforward) How It Works : Uses Pine Script's built-in ta.pivothigh() and ta.pivotlow() functions Requires full pivot validation period (lookback + lookforward bars) Signal prints pivot_lookforward bars after the actual peak (default 5-bar delay) Visual marker anchors to the actual peak bar (offset -pivot_lookforward) No Repainting Behavior Best For : Backtesting and historical analysis Conservative entries requiring full confirmation Automated trading systems Swing trading with larger timeframes Tradeoff : Delayed entry by pivot_lookforward bars (typically 5 bars) On a 5-minute chart, this is a 25-minute delay On a 4-hour chart, this is a 20-hour delay Recommendation : Use Confirmed for backtesting to verify system performance honestly. Use Realtime for live monitoring only if you're actively watching the chart and understand pre-confirmation repainting behavior. Signal Spacing System — Anti-Spam Architecture Even after CAE filtering, raw divergences can cluster. The spacing system enforces separation: Three Independent Filters 1. Min Bars Between ANY Signals (default 12): Prevents rapid-fire clustering across both directions If last signal (bull or bear) was within N bars, block new signal Ensures breathing room between all setups 2. Min Bars Between SAME-SIDE Signals (default 24, optional enforcement): Prevents bull-bull or bear-bear spam Separate tracking for bullish and bearish signal timelines Toggle enforcement on/off 3. Min ATR Distance From Last Signal (default 0, optional): Requires price to move N × ATR from last signal location Ensures meaningful price movement between setups 0 = disabled, 0.5-2.0 = typical range for enabled All three filters work independently. A signal must pass ALL enabled filters to proceed. Practical Guidance : Scalping (1-5m) : Any 6-10, Same-side 12-20, ATR 0-0.5 Day Trading (15m-1H) : Any 12, Same-side 24, ATR 0-1.0 Swing Trading (4H-D) : Any 20-30, Same-side 40-60, ATR 1.0-2.0 Dashboard — Real-Time Control Center The dashboard (toggleable, four corner positions, three sizes) provides comprehensive system intelligence: Oscillator Section Current oscillator type and value State: OVERBOUGHT / OVERSOLD / NEUTRAL (color-coded) Length parameter Cognitive Engine Section TCS (Trend Conviction Score) : Current value with emoji state indicator 🔥 = Strong trend (>0.75) 📊 = Moderate trend (0.50-0.75) 〰️ = Weak/choppy (<0.50) Color: Red if above threshold (trend filter active), yellow if moderate, green if weak DMA (Directional Momentum Alignment) : Current value with emoji direction indicator 🐂 = Bullish momentum (>0.5) ⚖️ = Balanced (-0.5 to 0.5) 🐻 = Bearish momentum (<-0.5) Color: Green if bullish, red if bearish Exhaustion : Current value with emoji warning indicator ⚠️ = High exhaustion (>0.75) 🟡 = Moderate (0.50-0.75) ✓ = Low (<0.50) Color: Red if high, yellow if moderate, green if low Pullback : Quality of current distance from EMA20 Values >0.6 are ideal entry zones (not too close, not too far) Bull Case / Bear Case (if Adversarial enabled): Current scores for both sides of the market debate Differential with emoji indicator: 📈 = Bull advantage (>0.2) ➡️ = Balanced (-0.2 to 0.2) 📉 = Bear advantage (<-0.2) Last Signal Metrics Section (New Feature) When a signal fires, this section captures and displays: Signal type (BULL or BEAR) Bars elapsed since signal Confidence % at time of signal TCS value at signal time DMA value at signal time Purpose : Provides a historical reference for learning. You can see what the market state looked like when the last signal fired, helping you correlate outcomes with conditions. Statistics Section Total Signals : Lifetime count across session Blocked Signals : Count and percentage (filter effectiveness metric) Bull Signals : Total bullish divergences Bear Signals : Total bearish divergences Purpose : System health monitoring. If blocked % is very high (>60%), filters may be too strict. If very low (<10%), filters may be too loose. Advisory Annotations When CAE Mode = Advisory, this section displays warnings for signals that would be blocked in Filtering mode: Examples: "Bull spacing: wait 8 bars" "Bear: strong uptrend (TCS=0.87)" "Adversarial bearish" "Low confidence 32%" Multiple warnings can stack, separated by " | ". This teaches you CAE's decision logic transparently. How to Use BZ-CAE — Complete Workflow Phase 1: Initial Setup (First Session) Apply BZ-CAE to your chart Select your preferred Visual Theme (Cyberpunk recommended for visibility) Set Signal Timing to "Confirmed (lookforward)" for learning Choose your Oscillator Type (RSI recommended for general use, length 14) Set Overbought/Oversold to 70/30 (standard) Enable both Regular Divergence and Hidden Divergence Set Pivot Lookback/Lookforward to 5/5 (balanced structure) Enable CAE Intelligence Set CAE Mode to "Advisory" (learning mode) Enable all three CAE filters: Strong Trend Filter , Adversarial Validation , Confidence Gating Enable Show Dashboard , position Top Right, size Normal Enable Draw Bifurcation Zones and Adversarial Bar Coloring Phase 2: Learning Period (Weeks 1-2) Goal : Understand how CAE evaluates market state and filters signals. Activities : Watch the dashboard during signals : Note TCS values when counter-trend signals fail — this teaches you the trend strength threshold for your instrument Observe exhaustion patterns at actual turning points — learn when overextension truly matters Study adversarial differential at signal times — see when opposing cases dominate Review blocked signals (orange X-crosses): In Advisory mode, you see everything — signals that would pass AND signals that would be blocked Check the advisory annotations to understand why CAE would block Track outcomes: Were the blocks correct? Did those signals fail? Use Last Signal Metrics : After each signal, check the dashboard capture of confidence, TCS, and DMA Journal these values alongside trade outcomes Identify patterns: Do confidence >0.70 signals work better? Does your instrument respect TCS >0.85? Understand your instrument's "personality" : Trending instruments (indices, major forex) may need TCS threshold 0.85-0.90 Choppy instruments (low-cap stocks, exotic pairs) may work best with TCS 0.70-0.75 High-volatility instruments (crypto) may need wider spacing Low-volatility instruments may need tighter spacing Phase 3: Calibration (Weeks 3-4) Goal : Optimize settings for your specific instrument, timeframe, and style. Calibration Checklist : Min Confidence Threshold : Review confidence distribution in your signal journal Identify the confidence level below which signals consistently fail Set min_confidence slightly above that level Day trading : 0.35-0.45 Swing trading : 0.40-0.55 Scalping : 0.30-0.40 TCS Threshold : Find the TCS level where counter-trend signals consistently get stopped out Set tcs_threshold at or slightly below that level Trending instruments : 0.85-0.90 Mixed instruments : 0.80-0.85 Choppy instruments : 0.75-0.80 Exhaustion Override Level : Identify exhaustion readings that marked genuine reversals Set exhaustion_required just below the average Typical range : 0.45-0.55 Adversarial Threshold : Default 0.10 works for most instruments If you find CAE is too conservative (blocking good trades), raise to 0.15-0.20 If signals are still getting caught in opposing momentum, lower to 0.07-0.09 Spacing Parameters : Count bars between quality signals in your journal Set min bars ANY to ~60% of that average Set min bars SAME-SIDE to ~120% of that average Scalping : Any 6-10, Same 12-20 Day trading : Any 12, Same 24 Swing : Any 20-30, Same 40-60 Oscillator Selection : Try different oscillators for 1-2 weeks each Track win rate and average winner/loser by oscillator type RSI : Best for general use, clear OB/OS Stochastic : Best for range-bound, mean reversion MFI : Best for volume-driven markets CCI : Best for cyclical instruments Williams %R : Best for reversal detection Phase 4: Live Deployment Goal : Disciplined execution with proven, calibrated system. Settings Changes : Switch CAE Mode from Advisory to Filtering System now actively blocks low-quality signals Only setups passing all gates reach your chart Keep Signal Timing on Confirmed for conservative entries OR switch to Realtime if you're actively monitoring and want faster entries (accept pre-confirmation repaint risk) Use your calibrated thresholds from Phase 3 Enable high-confidence alerts: "⭐ High Confidence Bullish/Bearish" (>0.70) Trading Discipline Rules : Respect Blocked Signals : If CAE blocks a trade you wanted to take, TRUST THE SYSTEM Don't manually override — if you consistently disagree, return to Phase 2/3 calibration The block exists because market state failed intelligence checks Confidence-Based Position Sizing : Confidence >0.70: Standard or increased size (e.g., 1.5-2.0% risk) Confidence 0.50-0.70: Standard size (e.g., 1.0% risk) Confidence 0.35-0.50: Reduced size (e.g., 0.5% risk) or skip if conservative TCS-Based Management : High TCS + counter-trend signal: Use tight stops, quick exits (you're fading momentum) Low TCS + reversal signal: Use wider stops, trail aggressively (genuine reversal potential) Exhaustion Awareness : Exhaustion >0.75 (yellow shading): Market is overextended, reversal risk is elevated — consider early exit or tighter trailing stops even on winning trades Exhaustion <0.30: Continuation bias — hold for larger move, wide trailing stops Adversarial Context : Strong differential against you (e.g., bullish signal with bear diff <-0.2): Use very tight stops, consider skipping Strong differential with you (e.g., bullish signal with bull diff >0.2): Trail aggressively, this is your tailwind Practical Settings by Timeframe & Style Scalping (1-5 Minute Charts) Objective : High frequency, tight stops, quick reversals in fast-moving markets. Oscillator : Type: RSI or Stochastic (fast response to quick moves) Length: 9-11 (more responsive than standard 14) Smoothing: 1 (no lag) OB/OS: 65/35 (looser thresholds ensure frequent crossings in fast conditions) Divergence : Pivot Lookback/Lookforward: 3/3 (tight structure, catch small swings) Max Lookback: 40-50 bars (recent structure only) Min Slope Change: 0.8-1.0 (don't be overly strict) CAE : Mode: Advisory first (learn), then Filtering Min Confidence: 0.30-0.35 (lower bar for speed, accept more signals) TCS Threshold: 0.70-0.75 (allow more counter-trend opportunities) Exhaustion Required: 0.45-0.50 (moderate override) Strong Trend Filter: ON (still respect major intraday trends) Adversarial: ON (critical for scalping protection — catches bad entries quickly) Spacing : Min Bars ANY: 6-10 (fast pace, many setups) Min Bars SAME-SIDE: 12-20 (prevent clustering) Min ATR Distance: 0 or 0.5 (loose) Timing : Realtime (speed over precision, but understand repaint risk) Visuals : Signal Size: Tiny (chart clarity in busy conditions) Show Zones: Optional (can clutter on low timeframes) Bar Coloring: ON (helps read momentum shifts quickly) Dashboard: Small size (corner reference, not main focus) Key Consideration : Scalping generates noise. Even with CAE, expect lower win rate (45-55%) but aim for favorable R:R (2:1 or better). Size conservatively. Day Trading (15-Minute to 1-Hour Charts) Objective : Balance quality and frequency. Standard divergence trading approach. Oscillator : Type: RSI or MFI (proven reliability, volume confirmation with MFI) Length: 14 (industry standard, well-studied) Smoothing: 1-2 OB/OS: 70/30 (classic levels) Divergence : Pivot Lookback/Lookforward: 5/5 (balanced structure) Max Lookback: 60 bars Min Slope Change: 1.0 (standard strictness) CAE : Mode: Filtering (enforce discipline from the start after brief Advisory learning) Min Confidence: 0.35-0.45 (quality filter without being too restrictive) TCS Threshold: 0.80-0.85 (respect strong trends) Exhaustion Required: 0.50 (balanced override threshold) Strong Trend Filter: ON Adversarial: ON Confidence Gating: ON (all three filters active) Spacing : Min Bars ANY: 12 (breathing room between all setups) Min Bars SAME-SIDE: 24 (prevent bull/bear clusters) Min ATR Distance: 0-1.0 (optional refinement, typically 0.5-1.0) Timing : Confirmed (1-bar delay for reliability, no repainting) Visuals : Signal Size: Tiny or Small Show Zones: ON (useful reference for exits/re-entries) Bar Coloring: ON (context awareness) Dashboard: Normal size (full visibility) Key Consideration : This is the "sweet spot" timeframe for BZ-CAE. Market structure is clear, CAE has sufficient data, and signal frequency is manageable. Expect 55-65% win rate with proper execution. Swing Trading (4-Hour to Daily Charts) Objective : Quality over quantity. High conviction only. Larger stops and targets. Oscillator : Type: RSI or CCI (robust on higher timeframes, smooth longer waves) Length: 14-21 (capture larger momentum swings) Smoothing: 1-3 OB/OS: 70/30 or 75/25 (strict extremes) Divergence : Pivot Lookback/Lookforward: 5/5 or 7/7 (structural purity, major swings only) Max Lookback: 80-100 bars (broader historical context) Min Slope Change: 1.2-1.5 (require strong, undeniable divergence) CAE : Mode: Filtering (strict enforcement, premium setups only) Min Confidence: 0.40-0.55 (high bar for entry) TCS Threshold: 0.85-0.95 (very strong trend protection — don't fade established HTF trends) Exhaustion Required: 0.50-0.60 (higher bar for override — only extreme exhaustion justifies counter-trend) Strong Trend Filter: ON (critical on HTF) Adversarial: ON (avoid obvious bad trades) Confidence Gating: ON (quality gate essential) Spacing : Min Bars ANY: 20-30 (substantial separation) Min Bars SAME-SIDE: 40-60 (significant breathing room) Min ATR Distance: 1.0-2.0 (require meaningful price movement) Timing : Confirmed (purity over speed, zero repaint for swing accuracy) Visuals : Signal Size: Small or Normal (clear markers on zoomed-out view) Show Zones: ON (important HTF levels) Bar Coloring: ON (long-term trend awareness) Dashboard: Normal or Large (comprehensive analysis) Key Consideration : Swing signals are rare but powerful. Expect 2-5 signals per month per instrument. Win rate should be 60-70%+ due to stringent filtering. Position size can be larger given confidence. Dashboard Interpretation Reference TCS (Trend Conviction Score) States 0.00-0.50: Weak/Choppy Emoji: 〰️ Color: Green/cyan Meaning: No established trend. Range-bound or consolidating. Both reversal and continuation signals viable. Action: Reversals (regular divs) are safer. Use wider profit targets (market has room to move). Consider mean reversion strategies. 0.50-0.75: Moderate Trend Emoji: 📊 Color: Yellow/neutral Meaning: Developing trend but not locked in. Context matters significantly. Action: Check DMA and exhaustion. If DMA confirms trend and exhaustion is low, favor continuation (hidden divs). If exhaustion is high, reversals are viable. 0.75-0.85: Strong Trend Emoji: 🔥 Color: Orange/warning Meaning: Well-established trend with persistence. Counter-trend is high risk. Action: Require exhaustion >0.50 for counter-trend entries. Favor continuation signals. Use tight stops on counter-trend attempts. 0.85-1.00: Very Strong Trend Emoji: 🔥🔥 Color: Red/danger (if counter-trading) Meaning: Locked-in institutional trend. Extremely high risk to fade. Action: Avoid counter-trend unless exhaustion >0.75 (yellow shading). Focus exclusively on continuation opportunities. Momentum is king here. DMA (Directional Momentum Alignment) Zones -2.0 to -1.0: Strong Bearish Momentum Emoji: 🐻🐻 Color: Dark red Meaning: Powerful downside force. Sellers are in control. Action: Bullish divergences are counter-momentum (high risk). Bearish divergences are with-momentum (lower risk). Size down on longs. -0.5 to 0.5: Neutral/Balanced Emoji: ⚖️ Color: Gray/neutral Meaning: No strong directional bias. Choppy or consolidating. Action: Both directions have similar probability. Focus on confidence score and adversarial differential for edge. 1.0 to 2.0: Strong Bullish Momentum Emoji: 🐂🐂 Color: Bright green/cyan Meaning: Powerful upside force. Buyers are in control. Action: Bearish divergences are counter-momentum (high risk). Bullish divergences are with-momentum (lower risk). Size down on shorts. Exhaustion States 0.00-0.50: Fresh Move Emoji: ✓ Color: Green Meaning: Trend is healthy, not overextended. Room to run. Action: Counter-trend trades are premature. Favor continuation. Hold winners for larger moves. Avoid early exits. 0.50-0.75: Mature Move Emoji: 🟡 Color: Yellow Meaning: Move is aging. Watch for signs of climax. Action: Tighten trailing stops on winning trades. Be ready for reversals. Don't add to positions aggressively. 0.75-0.85: High Exhaustion Emoji: ⚠️ Color: Orange Background: Yellow shading appears Meaning: Move is overextended. Reversal risk elevated significantly. Action: Counter-trend reversals are higher probability. Consider early exits on with-trend positions. Size up on reversal divergences (if CAE allows). 0.85-1.00: Critical Exhaustion Emoji: ⚠️⚠️ Color: Red Background: Yellow shading intensifies Meaning: Climax conditions. Reversal imminent or underway. Action: Aggressive reversal trades justified. Exit all with-trend positions. This is where major turns occur. Confidence Score Tiers 0.00-0.30: Low Quality Color: Red Status: Blocked in Filtering mode Action: Skip entirely. Setup lacks fundamental quality across multiple factors. 0.30-0.50: Moderate Quality Color: Yellow/orange Status: Marginal — passes in Filtering only if >min_confidence Action: Reduced position size (0.5-0.75% risk). Tight stops. Conservative profit targets. Skip if you're selective. 0.50-0.70: High Quality Color: Green/cyan Status: Good setup across most quality factors Action: Standard position size (1.0-1.5% risk). Normal stops and targets. This is your bread-and-butter trade. 0.70-1.00: Premium Quality Color: Bright green/gold Status: Exceptional setup — all factors aligned Visual: Double confidence ring appears Action: Consider increased position size (1.5-2.0% risk, maximum). Wider stops. Larger targets. High probability of success. These are rare — capitalize when they appear. Adversarial Differential Interpretation Bull Differential > 0.3 : Visual: Strong cyan/green bar colors Meaning: Bull case strongly dominates. Buyers have clear advantage. Action: Bullish divergences favored (with-advantage). Bearish divergences face headwind (reduce size or skip). Momentum is bullish. Bull Differential 0.1 to 0.3 : Visual: Moderate cyan/green transparency Meaning: Moderate bull advantage. Buyers have edge but not overwhelming. Action: Both directions viable. Slight bias toward longs. Differential -0.1 to 0.1 : Visual: Gray/neutral bars Meaning: Balanced debate. No clear advantage either side. Action: Rely on other factors (confidence, TCS, exhaustion) for direction. Adversarial is neutral. Bear Differential -0.3 to -0.1 : Visual: Moderate red/magenta transparency Meaning: Moderate bear advantage. Sellers have edge but not overwhelming. Action: Both directions viable. Slight bias toward shorts. Bear Differential < -0.3 : Visual: Strong red/magenta bar colors Meaning: Bear case strongly dominates. Sellers have clear advantage. Action: Bearish divergences favored (with-advantage). Bullish divergences face headwind (reduce size or skip). Momentum is bearish. Last Signal Metrics — Post-Trade Analysis After a signal fires, dashboard captures: Type : BULL or BEAR Bars Ago : How long since signal (updates every bar) Confidence : What was the quality score at signal time TCS : What was trend conviction at signal time DMA : What was momentum alignment at signal time Use Case : Post-trade journaling and learning. Example: "BULL signal 12 bars ago. Confidence: 68%, TCS: 0.42, DMA: -0.85" Analysis : This was a bullish reversal (regular div) with good confidence, weak trend (TCS), but strong bearish momentum (DMA). The bet was that momentum would reverse — a counter-momentum play requiring exhaustion confirmation. Check if exhaustion was high at that time to justify the entry. Track patterns: Do your best trades have confidence >0.65? Do low-TCS signals (<0.50) work better for you? Are you more successful with-momentum (DMA aligned with signal) or counter-momentum? Troubleshooting Guide Problem: No Signals Appearing Symptoms : Chart loads, dashboard shows metrics, but no divergence signals fire. Diagnosis Checklist : Check dashboard oscillator value : Is it crossing OB/OS levels (70/30)? If oscillator stays in 40-60 range constantly, it can't reach extremes needed for divergence detection. Are pivots forming? : Look for local swing highs/lows on your chart. If price is in tight consolidation, pivots may not meet lookback/lookforward requirements. Is spacing too tight? : Check "Last Signal" metrics — how many bars since last signal? If <12 and your min_bars_ANY is 12, spacing filter is blocking. Is CAE blocking everything? : Check dashboard Statistics section — what's the blocked signal count? High blocks indicate overly strict filters. Solutions : Loosen OB/OS Temporarily : Try 65/35 to verify divergence detection works If signals appear, the issue was threshold strictness Gradually tighten back to 67/33, then 70/30 as appropriate Lower Min Confidence : Try 0.25-0.30 (diagnostic level) If signals appear, filter was too strict Raise gradually to find sweet spot (0.35-0.45 typical) Disable Strong Trend Filter Temporarily : Turn off in CAE settings If signals appear, TCS threshold was blocking everything Re-enable and lower TCS_threshold to 0.70-0.75 Reduce Min Slope Change : Try 0.7-0.8 (from default 1.0) Allows weaker divergences through Helpful on low-volatility instruments Widen Spacing : Set min_bars_ANY to 6-8 Set min_bars_SAME_SIDE to 12-16 Reduces time between allowed signals Check Timing Mode : If using Confirmed, remember there's a pivot_lookforward delay (5+ bars) Switch to Realtime temporarily to verify system is working Realtime has no delay but repaints Verify Oscillator Settings : Length 14 is standard but might not fit all instruments Try length 9-11 for faster response Try length 18-21 for slower, smoother response Problem: Too Many Signals (Signal Spam) Symptoms : Dashboard shows 50+ signals in Statistics, confidence scores mostly <0.40, signals clustering close together. Solutions : Raise Min Confidence : Try 0.40-0.50 (quality filter) Blocks bottom-tier setups Targets top 50-60% of divergences only Tighten OB/OS : Use 70/30 or 75/25 Requires more extreme oscillator readings Reduces false divergences in mid-range Increase Min Slope Change : Try 1.2-1.5 (from default 1.0) Requires stronger, more obvious divergences Filters marginal slope disagreements Raise TCS Threshold : Try 0.85-0.90 (from default 0.80) Stricter trend filter blocks more counter-trend attempts Favors only strongest trend alignment Enable ALL CAE Gates : Turn on Trend Filter + Adversarial + Confidence Triple-layer protection Blocks aggressively — expect 20-40% reduction in signals Widen Spacing : min_bars_ANY: 15-20 (from 12) min_bars_SAME_SIDE: 30-40 (from 24) Creates substantial breathing room Switch to Confirmed Timing : Removes realtime preview noise Ensures full pivot validation 5-bar delay filters many false starts Problem: Signals in Strong Trends Get Stopped Out Symptoms : You take a bullish divergence in a downtrend (or bearish in uptrend), and it immediately fails. Dashboard showed high TCS at the time. Analysis : This is INTENDED behavior — CAE is protecting you from low-probability counter-trend trades. Understanding : Check Last Signal Metrics in dashboard — what was TCS when signal fired? If TCS was >0.85 and signal was counter-trend, CAE correctly identified it as high risk Strong trends rarely reverse cleanly without major exhaustion Your losses here are the system working as designed (blocking bad odds) If You Want to Override (Not Recommended) : Lower TCS_threshold to 0.70-0.75 (allows more counter-trend) Lower exhaustion_required to 0.40 (easier override) Disable Strong Trend Filter entirely (very risky) Better Approach : TRUST THE FILTER — it's preventing costly mistakes Wait for exhaustion >0.75 (yellow shading) before counter-trending strong TCS Focus on continuation signals (hidden divs) in high-TCS environments Use Advisory mode to see what CAE is blocking and learn from outcomes Problem: Adversarial Blocking Seems Wrong Symptoms : You see a divergence that "looks good" visually, but CAE blocks with "Adversarial bearish/bullish" warning. Diagnosis : Check dashboard Bull Case and Bear Case scores at that moment Look at Differential value Check adversarial bar colors — was there strong coloring against your intended direction? Understanding : Adversarial catches "obvious" opposing momentum that's easy to miss Example: Bullish divergence at a local low, BUT price is deeply below EMA50, bearish momentum is strong, and RSI shows knife-catching conditions Bull Case might be 0.20 while Bear Case is 0.55 Differential = -0.35, far beyond threshold Block is CORRECT — you'd be fighting overwhelming opposing flow If You Disagree Consistently Review blocked signals on chart — scroll back and check outcomes Did those blocked signals actually work, or did they fail as adversarial predicted? Raise adv_threshold to 0.15-0.20 (more permissive, allows closer battles) Disable Adversarial Validation temporarily (diagnostic) to isolate its effect Use Advisory mode to learn adversarial patterns over 50-100 signals Remember : Adversarial is conservative BY DESIGN. It prevents "obvious" bad trades where you're fighting strong strength the other way. Problem: Dashboard Not Showing or Incomplete Solutions : Toggle "Show Dashboard" to ON in settings Try different dashboard sizes (Small/Normal/Large) Try different positions (Top Left/Right, Bottom Left/Right) — might be off-screen Some sections require CAE Enable = ON (Cognitive Engine section won't appear if CAE is disabled) Statistics section requires at least 1 lifetime signal to populate Check that visual theme is set (dashboard colors adapt to theme) Problem: Performance Lag, Chart Freezing Symptoms : Chart loading is slow, indicator calculations cause delays, pinch-to-zoom lags. Diagnosis : Visual features are computationally expensive, especially adversarial bar coloring (recalculates every bar). Solutions (In Order of Impact) : Disable Adversarial Bar Coloring (MOST EXPENSIVE): Turn OFF "Adversarial Bar Coloring" in settings This is the single biggest performance drain Immediate improvement Reduce Vertical Lines : Lower "Keep last N vertical lines" to 20-30 Or set to 0 to disable entirely Moderate improvement Disable Bifurcation Zones : Turn OFF "Draw Bifurcation Zones" Reduces box drawing calculations Moderate improvement Set Dashboard Size to Small : Smaller dashboard = fewer cells = less rendering Minor improvement Use Shorter Max Lookback : Reduce max_lookback to 40-50 (from 60+) Fewer bars to scan for divergences Minor improvement Disable Exhaustion Shading : Turn OFF "Show Market State" Removes background coloring calculations Minor improvement Extreme Performance Mode : Disable ALL visual enhancements Keep only triangle markers Dashboard Small or OFF Use Minimal theme if available Problem: Realtime Signals Repainting Symptoms : You see a signal appear, but on next bar it disappears or moves. Explanation : Realtime mode detects peaks 1 bar ago: high > high AND high > high On the FORMING bar (before close), this condition can change as new prices arrive Example: At 10:05, high (10:04 bar) was 100, current high is 99 → peak detected At 10:05:30, new high of 101 arrives → peak condition breaks → signal disappears At 10:06 (bar close), final high is 101 → no peak at 10:04 anymore → signal gone permanently This is expected behavior for realtime responsiveness. You get preview/early warning, but it's not locked until bar confirms. Solutions : Use Confirmed Timing : Switch to "Confirmed (lookforward)" mode ZERO repainting — pivot must be fully validated 5-bar delay (pivot_lookforward) What you see in history is exactly what would have appeared live Accept Realtime Repaint as Tradeoff : Keep Realtime mode for speed and alerts Understand that pre-confirmation signals may vanish Only trade signals that CONFIRM at bar close (check barstate.isconfirmed) Use for live monitoring, NOT for backtesting Trade Only After Confirmation : In Realtime mode, wait 1 full bar after signal appears before entering If signal survives that bar close, it's locked This adds 1-bar delay but removes repaint risk Recommendation : Use Confirmed for backtesting and conservative trading. Use Realtime only for active monitoring with full understanding of preview behavior. Risk Management Integration BZ-CAE is a signal generation system, not a complete trading strategy. You must integrate proper risk management: Position Sizing by Confidence Confidence 0.70-1.00 (Premium) : Risk: 1.5-2.0% of account (MAXIMUM) Reasoning: High-quality setup across all factors Still cap at 2% — even premium setups can fail Confidence 0.50-0.70 (High Quality) : Risk: 1.0-1.5% of account Reasoning: Standard good setup Your bread-and-butter risk level Confidence 0.35-0.50 (Moderate Quality) : Risk: 0.5-1.0% of account Reasoning: Marginal setup, passes minimum threshold Reduce size or skip if you're selective Confidence <0.35 (Low Quality) : Risk: 0% (blocked in Filtering mode) Reasoning: Insufficient quality factors System protects you by not showing these Stop Placement Strategies For Reversal Signals (Regular Divergences) : Place stop beyond the divergence pivot plus buffer Bullish : Stop below the divergence low - 1.0-1.5 × ATR Bearish : Stop above the divergence high + 1.0-1.5 × ATR Reasoning: If price breaks the pivot, divergence structure is invalidated For Continuation Signals (Hidden Divergences) : Place stop beyond recent swing in opposite direction Bullish continuation : Stop below recent swing low (not the divergence pivot itself) Bearish continuation : Stop above recent swing high Reasoning: You're trading with trend, allow more breathing room ATR-Based Stops : 1.5-2.0 × ATR is standard Scale by timeframe: Scalping (1-5m): 1.0-1.5 × ATR (tight) Day trading (15m-1H): 1.5-2.0 × ATR (balanced) Swing (4H-D): 2.0-3.0 × ATR (wide) Never Use Fixed Dollar/Pip Stops : Markets have different volatility 50-pip stop on EUR/USD ≠ 50-pip stop on GBP/JPY Always normalize by ATR or pivot structure Profit Targets and Scaling Primary Target : 2-3 × ATR from entry (minimum 2:1 reward-risk) Example : Entry at 100, ATR = 2, stop at 97 (1.5 × ATR) → target at 106 (3 × ATR) = 2:1 R:R Scaling Out Strategy : Take 50% off at 1.5 × ATR (secure partial profit) Move stop to breakeven Trail remaining 50% with 1.0 × ATR trailing stop Let winners run if trend persists Targets by Confidence : High Confidence (>0.70) : Aggressive targets (3-4 × ATR), trail wider (1.5 × ATR) Standard Confidence (0.50-0.70) : Normal targets (2-3 × ATR), standard trail (1.0 × ATR) Low Confidence (0.35-0.50) : Conservative targets (1.5-2 × ATR), tight trail (0.75 × ATR) Use Bifurcation Zones : If opposite-side zone is visible on chart (from previous signal), use it as target Example : Bullish signal at 100, prior supply zone at 110 → use 110 as target Zones mark institutional resistance/support Exhaustion-Based Exits : If you're in a trade and exhaustion >0.75 develops (yellow shading), consider early exit Market is overextended — reversal risk is high Take profit even if target not reached Trade Management by TCS High TCS + Counter-Trend Trade (Risky) : Use very tight stops (1.0-1.5 × ATR) Conservative targets (1.5-2 × ATR) Quick exit if trade doesn't work immediately You're fading momentum — respect it Low TCS + Reversal Trade (Safer) : Use wider stops (2.0-2.5 × ATR) Aggressive targets (3-4 × ATR) Trail with patience Genuine reversal potential in weak trend High TCS + Continuation Trade (Safest) : Standard stops (1.5-2.0 × ATR) Very aggressive targets (4-5 × ATR) Trail wide (1.5-2.0 × ATR) You're with institutional momentum — let it run Educational Value — Learning Machine Intelligence BZ-CAE is designed as a learning platform, not just a tool: Advisory Mode as Teacher Most indicators are binary: signal or no signal. You don't learn WHY certain setups are better. BZ-CAE's Advisory mode shows you EVERY potential divergence, then annotates the ones that would be blocked in Filtering mode with specific reasons: "Bull: strong downtrend (TCS=0.87)" teaches you that TCS >0.85 makes counter-trend very risky "Adversarial bearish" teaches you that the opposing case was dominating "Low confidence 32%" teaches you that the setup lacked quality across multiple factors "Bull spacing: wait 8 bars" teaches you that signals need breathing room After 50-100 signals in Advisory mode, you internalize the CAE's decision logic. You start seeing these factors yourself BEFORE the indicator does. Dashboard Transparency Most "intelligent" indicators are black boxes — you don't know how they make decisions. BZ-CAE shows you ALL metrics in real-time: TCS tells you trend strength DMA tells you momentum alignment Exhaustion tells you overextension Adversarial shows both sides of the debate Confidence shows composite quality You learn to interpret market state holistically, a skill applicable to ANY trading system beyond this indicator. Divergence Quality Education Not all divergences are equal. BZ-CAE teaches you which conditions produce high-probability setups: Quality divergence : Regular bullish div at a low, TCS <0.50 (weak trend), exhaustion >0.75 (overextended), positive adversarial differential, confidence >0.70 Low-quality divergence : Regular bearish div at a high, TCS >0.85 (strong uptrend), exhaustion <0.30 (not overextended), negative adversarial differential, confidence <0.40 After using the system, you can evaluate divergences manually with similar intelligence. Risk Management Discipline Confidence-based position sizing teaches you to adjust risk based on setup quality, not emotions: Beginners often size all trades identically Or worse, size UP on marginal setups to "make up" for losses BZ-CAE forces systematic sizing: premium setups get larger size, marginal setups get smaller size This creates a probabilistic approach where your edge compounds over time. What This Indicator Is NOT Complete transparency about limitations and positioning: Not a Prediction System BZ-CAE does not predict future prices. It identifies structural divergences (price-momentum disagreements) and assesses current market state (trend, exhaustion, adversarial conditions). It tells you WHEN conditions favor a potential reversal or continuation, not WHAT WILL HAPPEN. Markets are probabilistic. Even premium-confidence setups fail ~30-40% of the time. The system improves your probability distribution over many trades — it doesn't eliminate risk. Not Fully Automated This is a decision support tool, not a trading robot. You must: Execute trades manually based on signals Manage positions (stops, targets, trailing) Apply discretionary judgment (news events, liquidity, context) Integrate with your broader strategy and risk rules The confidence scores guide position sizing, but YOU determine final risk allocation based on your account size, risk tolerance, and portfolio context. Not Beginner-Friendly BZ-CAE requires understanding of: Divergence trading concepts (regular vs hidden, reversal vs continuation) Market state interpretation (trend vs range, momentum, exhaustion) Basic technical analysis (pivots, support/resistance, EMAs) Risk management fundamentals (position sizing, stops, R:R) This is designed for intermediate to advanced traders willing to invest time learning the system. If you want "buy the arrow" simplicity, this isn't the tool. Not a Holy Grail There is no perfect indicator. BZ-CAE filters noise and improves signal quality significantly, but: Losing trades are inevitable (even at 70% win rate, 30% still fail) Market conditions change rapidly (yesterday's strong trend becomes today's chop) Black swan events occur (fundamentals override technicals) Execution matters (slippage, fees, emotional discipline) The system provides an EDGE, not a guarantee. Your job is to execute that edge consistently with proper risk management over hundreds of trades. Not Financial Advice BZ-CAE is an educational and analytical tool. All trading decisions are your responsibility. Past performance (backtested or live) does not guarantee future results. Only risk capital you can afford to lose. Consult a licensed financial advisor for investment advice specific to your situation. Ideal Market Conditions Best Performance Characteristics Liquid Instruments : Major forex pairs (EUR/USD, GBP/USD, USD/JPY) Large-cap stocks and index ETFs (SPY, QQQ, AAPL, MSFT) High-volume crypto (BTC, ETH) Major commodities (Gold, Oil, Natural Gas) Reasoning: Clean price structure, clear pivots, meaningful oscillator behavior Trending with Consolidations : Markets that trend for 20-40 bars, then consolidate 10-20 bars, repeat Creates divergences at consolidation boundaries (reversals) and within trends (continuations) Both regular and hidden divs find opportunities 5-Minute to Daily Timeframes : Below 5m: too much noise, false pivots, CAE metrics unstable Above daily: too few signals, edge diminishes (fundamentals dominate) Sweet spot: 15m to 4H for most traders Consistent Volume and Participation : Regular trading sessions (not holidays or thin markets) Predictable volatility patterns Avoid instruments with sudden gaps or circuit breakers Challenging Conditions Extremely Low Liquidity : Penny stocks, exotic forex pairs, low-volume crypto Erratic pivots, unreliable oscillator readings CAE metrics can't assess market state properly Very Low Timeframes (1-Minute or Below) : Dominated by market microstructure noise Divergences are everywhere but meaningless CAE filtering helps but still unreliable Extended Sideways Consolidation : 100+ bars of tight range with no clear pivots Oscillator hugs midpoint (45-55 range) No divergences to detect Fundamentally-Driven Gap Markets : Earnings releases, economic data, geopolitical events Price gaps over stops and targets Technical structure breaks down Recommendation: Disable trading around known events Calculation Methodology — Technical Depth For users who want to understand the math: Oscillator Computation Each oscillator type calculates differently, but all normalize to 0-100: RSI : ta.rsi(close, length) — Standard Relative Strength Index Stochastic : ta.stoch(high, low, close, length) — %K calculation CCI : (ta.cci(hlc3, length) + 100) / 2 — Normalized from -100/+100 to 0-100 MFI : ta.mfi(hlc3, length) — Volume-weighted RSI equivalent Williams %R : ta.wpr(length) + 100 — Inverted stochastic adjusted to 0-100 Smoothing: If smoothing > 1, apply ta.sma(oscillator, smoothing) Divergence Detection Algorithm Identify Pivots : Price high pivot: ta.pivothigh(high, lookback, lookforward) Price low pivot: ta.pivotlow(low, lookback, lookforward) Oscillator high pivot: ta.pivothigh(osc, lookback, lookforward) Oscillator low pivot: ta.pivotlow(osc, lookback, lookforward) Store Recent Pivots : Maintain arrays of last 10 pivots with bar indices When new pivot confirmed, unshift to array, pop oldest if >10 Scan for Slope Disagreements : Loop through last 5 pivots For each pair (current pivot, historical pivot): Check if within max_lookback bars Calculate slopes: (current - historical) / bars_between Regular bearish: price_slope > 0, osc_slope < 0, |osc_slope| > min_threshold Regular bullish: price_slope < 0, osc_slope > 0, |osc_slope| > min_threshold Hidden bearish: price_slope < 0, osc_slope > 0, osc_slope > min_threshold Hidden bullish: price_slope > 0, osc_slope < 0, |osc_slope| > min_threshold Important Disclaimers and Terms Performance Disclosure Past performance, whether backtested or live-traded, does not guarantee future results. Markets change. What works today may not work tomorrow. Hypothetical or simulated performance results have inherent limitations and do not represent actual trading. Risk of Loss Trading involves substantial risk of loss. Only trade with risk capital you can afford to lose entirely. The high degree of leverage often available in trading can work against you as well as for you. Leveraged trading may result in losses exceeding your initial deposit. Not Financial Advice BZ-CAE is an educational and analytical tool for technical analysis. It is not financial advice, investment advice, or a recommendation to buy or sell any security or instrument. All trading decisions are your sole responsibility. Consult a licensed financial advisor for advice specific to your circumstances. Technical Indicator Limitations BZ-CAE is a technical analysis tool based on price and volume data. It does not account for: Fundamental analysis (earnings, economic data, financial health) Market sentiment and positioning Geopolitical events and news Liquidity conditions and market microstructure changes Regulatory changes or exchange rules Integrate with broader analysis and strategy. Do not rely solely on technical indicators for trading decisions. Repainting Acknowledgment As disclosed throughout this documentation: Realtime mode may repaint on forming bars before confirmation (by design for preview functionality) Confirmed mode has zero repainting (fully validated pivots only) Choose timing mode appropriate for your use case. Understand the tradeoffs. Testing Recommendation ALWAYS test on demo/paper accounts before committing real capital. Validate the indicator's behavior on your specific instruments and timeframes. Learn the system thoroughly in Advisory mode before using Filtering mode. Learning Resources : In-indicator tooltips (hover over setting names for detailed explanations) This comprehensive publishing statement (save for reference) User guide in script comments (top of code) Final Word — Philosophy of BZ-CAE BZ-CAE is not designed to replace your judgment — it's designed to enhance it. The indicator identifies structural inflection points (bifurcations) where price and momentum disagree. The Cognitive Engine evaluates market state to determine if this disagreement is meaningful or noise. The Adversarial model debates both sides of the trade to catch obvious bad setups. The Confidence system ranks quality so you can choose your risk appetite. But YOU still execute. YOU still manage risk. YOU still learn from outcomes. This is intelligence amplification, not intelligence replacement. Use Advisory mode to learn how expert traders evaluate market state. Use Filtering mode to enforce discipline when emotions run high. Use the dashboard to develop a systematic approach to reading markets. Use confidence scores to size positions probabilistically. The system provides an edge. Your job is to execute that edge with discipline, patience, and proper risk management over hundreds of trades. Markets are probabilistic. No system wins every trade. But a systematic edge + disciplined execution + proper risk management compounds over time. That's the path to consistent profitability. BZ-CAE gives you the edge. The discipline and risk management are on you. Taking you to school. — Dskyz, Trade with insight. Trade with anticipation.
Pine Script® インジケーター
DskyzInvestmentsの投稿
RSI Overbought/Oversold + Divergence Indicator (new)//@version=5 indicator('CryptoSignalScanner - RSI Overbought/Oversold + Divergence Indicator (new)', //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--- Define Colors --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- vWhite = #FFFFFF vViolet = #C77DF3 vIndigo = #8A2BE2 vBlue = #009CDF vGreen = #5EBD3E vYellow = #FFB900 vRed = #E23838 longColor = color.green shortColor = color.red textColor = color.white bullishColor = color.rgb(38,166,154,0) //Used in the display table bearishColor = color.rgb(239,83,79,0) //Used in the display table nomatchColor = color.silver //Used in the display table //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--- Functions-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TF2txt(TF) => switch TF "S" => "RSI 1s:" "5S" => "RSI 5s:" "10S" => "RSI 10s:" "15S" => "RSI 15s:" "30S" => "RSI 30s" "1" => "RSI 1m:" "3" => "RSI 3m:" "5" => "RSI 5m:" "15" => "RSI 15m:" "30" => "RSI 30m" "45" => "RSI 45m" "60" => "RSI 1h:" "120" => "RSI 2h:" "180" => "RSI 3h:" "240" => "RSI 4h:" "480" => "RSI 8h:" "D" => "RSI 1D:" "1D" => "RSI 1D:" "2D" => "RSI 2D:" "3D" => "RSI 2D:" "3D" => "RSI 3W:" "W" => "RSI 1W:" "1W" => "RSI 1W:" "M" => "RSI 1M:" "1M" => "RSI 1M:" "3M" => "RSI 3M:" "6M" => "RSI 6M:" "12M" => "RSI 12M:" //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--- Show/Hide Settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- rsiShowInput = input(true, title='Show RSI', group='Show/Hide Settings') maShowInput = input(false, title='Show MA', group='Show/Hide Settings') showRSIMAInput = input(true, title='Show RSIMA Cloud', group='Show/Hide Settings') rsiBandShowInput = input(true, title='Show Oversold/Overbought Lines', group='Show/Hide Settings') rsiBandExtShowInput = input(true, title='Show Oversold/Overbought Extended Lines', group='Show/Hide Settings') rsiHighlightShowInput = input(true, title='Show Oversold/Overbought Highlight Lines', group='Show/Hide Settings') DivergenceShowInput = input(true, title='Show RSI Divergence Labels', group='Show/Hide Settings') //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--- Table Settings -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- rsiShowTable = input(true, title='Show RSI Table Information box', group="RSI Table Settings") rsiTablePosition = input.string(title='Location', defval='middle_right', options= , group="RSI Table Settings", inline='1') rsiTextSize = input.string(title=' Size', defval='small', options= , group="RSI Table Settings", inline='1') rsiShowTF1 = input(true, title='Show TimeFrame1', group="RSI Table Settings", inline='tf1') rsiTF1 = input.timeframe("15", title=" Time", group="RSI Table Settings", inline='tf1') rsiShowTF2 = input(true, title='Show TimeFrame2', group="RSI Table Settings", inline='tf2') rsiTF2 = input.timeframe("60", title=" Time", group="RSI Table Settings", inline='tf2') rsiShowTF3 = input(true, title='Show TimeFrame3', group="RSI Table Settings", inline='tf3') rsiTF3 = input.timeframe("240", title=" Time", group="RSI Table Settings", inline='tf3') rsiShowTF4 = input(true, title='Show TimeFrame4', group="RSI Table Settings", inline='tf4') rsiTF4 = input.timeframe("D", title=" Time", group="RSI Table Settings", inline='tf4') rsiShowHist = input(true, title='Show RSI Historical Columns', group="RSI Table Settings", tooltip='Show the information of the 2 previous closed candles') //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--- RSI Input Settings ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- rsiSourceInput = input.source(close, 'Source', group='RSI Settings') rsiLengthInput = input.int(14, minval=1, title='RSI Length', group='RSI Settings', tooltip='Here we set the RSI lenght') rsiColorInput = input.color(#26a69a, title="RSI Color", group='RSI Settings') rsimaColorInput = input.color(#ef534f, title="RSIMA Color", group='RSI Settings') rsiBandColorInput = input.color(#787B86, title="RSI Band Color", group='RSI Settings') rsiUpperBandExtInput = input.int(title='RSI Overbought Extended Line', defval=80, minval=50, maxval=100, group='RSI Settings') rsiUpperBandInput = input.int(title='RSI Overbought Line', defval=70, minval=50, maxval=100, group='RSI Settings') rsiLowerBandInput = input.int(title='RSI Oversold Line', defval=30, minval=0, maxval=50, group='RSI Settings') rsiLowerBandExtInput = input.int(title='RSI Oversold Extended Line', defval=20, minval=0, maxval=50, group='RSI Settings') //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--- MA Input Settings ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- maTypeInput = input.string("EMA", title="MA Type", options= , group="MA Settings") maLengthInput = input.int(14, title="MA Length", group="MA Settings") maColorInput = input.color(color.yellow, title="MA Color", group='MA Settings') //#7E57C2 //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--- Divergence Input Settings --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- lbrInput = input(title="Pivot Lookback Right", defval=2, group='RSI Divergence Settings') lblInput = input(title="Pivot Lookback Left", defval=2, group='RSI Divergence Settings') lbRangeMaxInput = input(title="Max of Lookback Range", defval=10, group='RSI Divergence Settings') lbRangeMinInput = input(title="Min of Lookback Range", defval=2, group='RSI Divergence Settings') plotBullInput = input(title="Plot Bullish", defval=true, group='RSI Divergence Settings') plotHiddenBullInput = input(title="Plot Hidden Bullish", defval=true, group='RSI Divergence Settings') plotBearInput = input(title="Plot Bearish", defval=true, group='RSI Divergence Settings') plotHiddenBearInput = input(title="Plot Hidden Bearish", defval=true, group='RSI Divergence Settings') //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--- RSI Calculation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- rsi = ta.rsi(rsiSourceInput, rsiLengthInput) rsiprevious = rsi = request.security(syminfo.tickerid, rsiTF1, [rsi, rsi , rsi ], lookahead=barmerge.lookahead_on) = request.security(syminfo.tickerid, rsiTF2, [rsi, rsi , rsi ], lookahead=barmerge.lookahead_on) = request.security(syminfo.tickerid, rsiTF3, [rsi, rsi , rsi ], lookahead=barmerge.lookahead_on) = request.security(syminfo.tickerid, rsiTF4, [rsi, rsi , rsi ], lookahead=barmerge.lookahead_on) //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--- MA Calculation ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ma(source, length, type) => switch type "SMA" => ta.sma(source, length) "Bollinger Bands" => ta.sma(source, length) "EMA" => ta.ema(source, length) "SMMA (RMA)" => ta.rma(source, length) "WMA" => ta.wma(source, length) "VWMA" => ta.vwma(source, length) rsiMA = ma(rsi, maLengthInput, maTypeInput) rsiMAPrevious = rsiMA //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--- Stoch RSI Settings + Calculation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- showStochRSI = input(false, title="Show Stochastic RSI", group='Stochastic RSI Settings') smoothK = input.int(title="Stochastic K", defval=3, minval=1, maxval=10, group='Stochastic RSI Settings') smoothD = input.int(title="Stochastic D", defval=4, minval=1, maxval=10, group='Stochastic RSI Settings') lengthRSI = input.int(title="Stochastic RSI Lenght", defval=14, minval=1, group='Stochastic RSI Settings') lengthStoch = input.int(title="Stochastic Lenght", defval=14, minval=1, group='Stochastic RSI Settings') colorK = input.color(color.rgb(41,98,255,0), title="K Color", group='Stochastic RSI Settings', inline="1") colorD = input.color(color.rgb(205,109,0,0), title="D Color", group='Stochastic RSI Settings', inline="1") StochRSI = ta.rsi(rsiSourceInput, lengthRSI) k = ta.sma(ta.stoch(StochRSI, StochRSI, StochRSI, lengthStoch), smoothK) //Blue Line d = ta.sma(k, smoothD) //Red Line //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--- Divergence Settings ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- bearColor = color.red bullColor = color.green hiddenBullColor = color.new(color.green, 50) hiddenBearColor = color.new(color.red, 50) //textColor = color.white noneColor = color.new(color.white, 100) osc = rsi plFound = na(ta.pivotlow(osc, lblInput, lbrInput)) ? false : true phFound = na(ta.pivothigh(osc, lblInput, lbrInput)) ? false : true _inRange(cond) => bars = ta.barssince(cond == true) lbRangeMinInput <= bars and bars <= lbRangeMaxInput //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--- Define Plot & Line Colors --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- rsiColor = rsi >= rsiMA ? rsiColorInput : rsimaColorInput //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--- Plot Lines ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Create a horizontal line at a specific price level myLine = line.new(bar_index , 75, bar_index, 75, color = color.rgb(187, 14, 14), width = 2) bottom = line.new(bar_index , 50, bar_index, 50, color = color.rgb(223, 226, 28), width = 2) mymainLine = line.new(bar_index , 60, bar_index, 60, color = color.rgb(13, 154, 10), width = 3) hline(50, title='RSI Baseline', color=color.new(rsiBandColorInput, 50), linestyle=hline.style_solid, editable=false) hline(rsiBandExtShowInput ? rsiUpperBandExtInput : na, title='RSI Upper Band', color=color.new(rsiBandColorInput, 10), linestyle=hline.style_dashed, editable=false) hline(rsiBandShowInput ? rsiUpperBandInput : na, title='RSI Upper Band', color=color.new(rsiBandColorInput, 10), linestyle=hline.style_dashed, editable=false) hline(rsiBandShowInput ? rsiLowerBandInput : na, title='RSI Upper Band', color=color.new(rsiBandColorInput, 10), linestyle=hline.style_dashed, editable=false) hline(rsiBandExtShowInput ? rsiLowerBandExtInput : na, title='RSI Upper Band', color=color.new(rsiBandColorInput, 10), linestyle=hline.style_dashed, editable=false) bgcolor(rsiHighlightShowInput ? rsi >= rsiUpperBandExtInput ? color.new(rsiColorInput, 70) : na : na, title="Show Extended Oversold Highlight", editable=false) bgcolor(rsiHighlightShowInput ? rsi >= rsiUpperBandInput ? rsi < rsiUpperBandExtInput ? color.new(#64ffda, 90) : na : na: na, title="Show Overbought Highlight", editable=false) bgcolor(rsiHighlightShowInput ? rsi <= rsiLowerBandInput ? rsi > rsiLowerBandExtInput ? color.new(#F43E32, 90) : na : na : na, title="Show Extended Oversold Highlight", editable=false) bgcolor(rsiHighlightShowInput ? rsi <= rsiLowerBandInput ? color.new(rsimaColorInput, 70) : na : na, title="Show Oversold Highlight", editable=false) maPlot = plot(maShowInput ? rsiMA : na, title='MA', color=color.new(maColorInput,0), linewidth=1) rsiMAPlot = plot(showRSIMAInput ? rsiMA : na, title="RSI EMA", color=color.new(rsimaColorInput,0), editable=false, display=display.none) rsiPlot = plot(rsiShowInput ? rsi : na, title='RSI', color=color.new(rsiColor,0), linewidth=1) fill(rsiPlot, rsiMAPlot, color=color.new(rsiColor, 60), title="RSIMA Cloud") plot(showStochRSI ? k : na, title='Stochastic K', color=colorK, linewidth=1) plot(showStochRSI ? d : na, title='Stochastic D', color=colorD, linewidth=1) //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--- Plot Divergence ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Regular Bullish // Osc: Higher Low oscHL = osc > ta.valuewhen(plFound, osc , 1) and _inRange(plFound ) // Price: Lower Low priceLL = low < ta.valuewhen(plFound, low , 1) bullCond = plotBullInput and priceLL and oscHL and plFound plot( plFound ? osc : na, offset=-lbrInput, title="Regular Bullish", linewidth=2, color=(bullCond ? bullColor : noneColor) ) plotshape( DivergenceShowInput ? bullCond ? osc : na : na, offset=-lbrInput, title="Regular Bullish Label", text=" Bull ", style=shape.labelup, location=location.absolute, color=bullColor, textcolor=textColor ) //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ // Hidden Bullish // Osc: Lower Low oscLL = osc < ta.valuewhen(plFound, osc , 1) and _inRange(plFound ) // Price: Higher Low priceHL = low > ta.valuewhen(plFound, low , 1) hiddenBullCond = plotHiddenBullInput and priceHL and oscLL and plFound plot( plFound ? osc : na, offset=-lbrInput, title="Hidden Bullish", linewidth=2, color=(hiddenBullCond ? hiddenBullColor : noneColor) ) plotshape( DivergenceShowInput ? hiddenBullCond ? osc : na : na, offset=-lbrInput, title="Hidden Bullish Label", text=" H Bull ", style=shape.labelup, location=location.absolute, color=bullColor, textcolor=textColor ) //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ // Regular Bearish // Osc: Lower High oscLH = osc < ta.valuewhen(phFound, osc , 1) and _inRange(phFound ) // Price: Higher High priceHH = high > ta.valuewhen(phFound, high , 1) bearCond = plotBearInput and priceHH and oscLH and phFound plot( phFound ? osc : na, offset=-lbrInput, title="Regular Bearish", linewidth=2, color=(bearCond ? bearColor : noneColor) ) plotshape( DivergenceShowInput ? bearCond ? osc : na : na, offset=-lbrInput, title="Regular Bearish Label", text=" Bear ", style=shape.labeldown, location=location.absolute, color=bearColor, textcolor=textColor ) //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ // Hidden Bearish // Osc: Higher High oscHH = osc > ta.valuewhen(phFound, osc , 1) and _inRange(phFound ) // Price: Lower High priceLH = high < ta.valuewhen(phFound, high , 1) hiddenBearCond = plotHiddenBearInput and priceLH and oscHH and phFound plot( phFound ? osc : na, offset=-lbrInput, title="Hidden Bearish", linewidth=2, color=(hiddenBearCond ? hiddenBearColor : noneColor) ) plotshape( DivergenceShowInput ? hiddenBearCond ? osc : na : na, offset=-lbrInput, title="Hidden Bearish Label", text=" H Bear ", style=shape.labeldown, location=location.absolute, color=bearColor, textcolor=textColor ) //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--- Check RSI Lineup ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- bullTF = rsi > rsi and rsi > rsi bearTF = rsi < rsi and rsi < rsi bullTF1 = rsi1 > rsi1_1 and rsi1_1 > rsi1_2 bearTF1 = rsi1 < rsi1_1 and rsi1_1 < rsi1_2 bullTF2 = rsi2 > rsi2_1 and rsi2_1 > rsi2_2 bearTF2 = rsi2 < rsi2_1 and rsi2_1 < rsi2_2 bullTF3 = rsi3 > rsi3_1 and rsi3_1 > rsi3_2 bearTF3 = rsi3 < rsi3_1 and rsi3_1 < rsi3_2 bullTF4 = rsi4 > rsi4_1 and rsi4_1 > rsi4_2 bearTF4 = rsi4 < rsi4_1 and rsi4_1 < rsi4_2 bbTxt(bull,bear) => bull ? "BULLISH" : bear ? "BEARISCH" : 'NO LINEUP' bbColor(bull,bear) => bull ? bullishColor : bear ? bearishColor : nomatchColor newTC(tBox, col, row, txt, width, txtColor, bgColor, txtHA, txtSize) => table.cell(table_id=tBox,column=col, row=row, text=txt, width=width,text_color=txtColor,bgcolor=bgColor, text_halign=txtHA, text_size=txtSize) //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--- Define RSI Table Setting ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- //--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- width_c0 = 0 width_c1 = 0 if rsiShowTable var tBox = table.new(position=rsiTablePosition, columns=5, rows=6, bgcolor=color.rgb(18,22,33,50), frame_color=color.black, frame_width=1, border_color=color.black, border_width=1) newTC(tBox, 0,1,"RSI Current",width_c0,color.orange,color.rgb(0,0,0,100),'right',rsiTextSize) newTC(tBox, 1,1,str.format(" {0,number,#.##} ", rsi),width_c0,vWhite,rsi < 50 ? bearishColor:bullishColor,'left',rsiTextSize) newTC(tBox, 4,1,bbTxt(bullTF, bearTF),width_c0,vWhite,bbColor(bullTF, bearTF),'center',rsiTextSize) if rsiShowHist newTC(tBox, 2,1,str.format(" {0,number,#.##} ", rsi ),width_c0,vWhite,rsi < 50 ? bearishColor:bullishColor,'left',rsiTextSize) newTC(tBox, 3,1,str.format(" {0,number,#.##} ", rsi ),width_c0,vWhite,rsi < 50 ? bearishColor:bullishColor,'left',rsiTextSize) if rsiShowTF1 newTC(tBox, 0,2,TF2txt(rsiTF1),width_c0,vWhite,color.rgb(0,0,0,100),'right',rsiTextSize) newTC(tBox, 1,2,str.format(" {0,number,#.##} ", rsi1),width_c0,vWhite,rsi1 < 50 ? bearishColor:bullishColor,'left',rsiTextSize) newTC(tBox, 4,2,bbTxt(bullTF1, bearTF1),width_c0,vWhite,bbColor(bullTF1,bearTF1),'center',rsiTextSize) if rsiShowHist newTC(tBox, 2,2,str.format(" {0,number,#.##} ", rsi1_1),width_c0,vWhite,rsi1_1 < 50 ? bearishColor:bullishColor,'left',rsiTextSize) newTC(tBox, 3,2,str.format(" {0,number,#.##} ", rsi1_2),width_c0,vWhite,rsi1_2 < 50 ? bearishColor:bullishColor,'left',rsiTextSize) if rsiShowTF2 newTC(tBox, 0,3,TF2txt(rsiTF2),width_c0,vWhite,color.rgb(0,0,0,100),'right',rsiTextSize) newTC(tBox, 1,3,str.format(" {0,number,#.##} ", rsi2),width_c0,vWhite,rsi2 < 50 ? bearishColor:bullishColor,'left',rsiTextSize) newTC(tBox, 4,3,bbTxt(bullTF2, bearTF2),width_c0,vWhite,bbColor(bullTF2,bearTF2),'center',rsiTextSize) if rsiShowHist newTC(tBox, 2,3,str.format(" {0,number,#.##} ", rsi2_1),width_c0,vWhite,rsi2_1 < 50 ? bearishColor:bullishColor,'left',rsiTextSize) newTC(tBox, 3,3,str.format(" {0,number,#.##} ", rsi2_2),width_c0,vWhite,rsi2_2 < 50 ? bearishColor:bullishColor,'left',rsiTextSize) if rsiShowTF3 newTC(tBox, 0,4,TF2txt(rsiTF3),width_c0,vWhite,color.rgb(0,0,0,100),'right',rsiTextSize) newTC(tBox, 1,4,str.format(" {0,number,#.##} ", rsi3),width_c0,vWhite,rsi3 < 50 ? bearishColor:bullishColor,'left',rsiTextSize) newTC(tBox, 4,4,bbTxt(bullTF3, bearTF3),width_c0,vWhite,bbColor(bullTF3,bearTF3),'center',rsiTextSize) if rsiShowHist newTC(tBox, 2,4,str.format(" {0,number,#.##} ", rsi3_1),width_c0,vWhite,rsi3_1 < 50 ? bearishColor:bullishColor,'left',rsiTextSize) newTC(tBox, 3,4,str.format(" {0,number,#.##} ", rsi3_2),width_c0,vWhite,rsi3_2 < 50 ? bearishColor:bullishColor,'left',rsiTextSize) if rsiShowTF4 newTC(tBox, 0,5,TF2txt(rsiTF4),width_c0,vWhite,color.rgb(0,0,0,100),'right',rsiTextSize) newTC(tBox, 1,5,str.format(" {0,number,#.##} ", rsi4),width_c0,vWhite,rsi4 < 50 ? bearishColor:bullishColor,'left',rsiTextSize) newTC(tBox, 4,5,bbTxt(bullTF4, bearTF4),width_c0,vWhite,bbColor(bullTF4,bearTF4),'center',rsiTextSize) if rsiShowHist newTC(tBox, 2,5,str.format(" {0,number,#.##} ", rsi4_1),width_c0,vWhite,rsi4_1 < 50 ? bearishColor:bullishColor,'left',rsiTextSize) newTC(tBox, 3,5,str.format(" {0,number,#.##} ", rsi4_2),width_c0,vWhite,rsi4_2 < 50 ? bearishColor:bullishColor,'left',rsiTextSize) //------------------------------------------------------ //--- Alerts ------------------------------------------- //------------------------------------------------------
Pine Script® インジケーター
RandyDahlinの投稿
Relative Strength Index Remastered [CHE]Relative Strength Index Remastered — Enhanced RSI with robust divergence detection using price-based pivots and line-of-sight validation to reduce false signals compared to the standard RSI indicator. Summary RSI Remastered builds on the classic Relative Strength Index by adding a more reliable divergence detection system that relies on price pivots rather than RSI pivots alone, incorporating a line-of-sight check to ensure the RSI path between points remains clear. This approach filters out many false divergences that occur in the original RSI indicator due to its volatile pivot detection on the RSI line itself. Users benefit from clearer reversal and continuation signals, especially in noisy markets, with optional hidden divergence support for trend confirmation. The core RSI calculation and smoothing options remain familiar, but the divergence logic provides materially fewer alerts while maintaining sensitivity. Motivation: Why this design? The standard RSI indicator often generates misleading divergence signals because it detects pivots directly on the RSI values, which can fluctuate erratically in volatile conditions, leading to frequent false positives that confuse traders during ranging or choppy price action. RSI Remastered addresses this by shifting pivot detection to the underlying price highs and lows, which are more stable, and adding a validation step that confirms the RSI line does not cross the direct path between pivot points. This design targets the real problem of over-signaling in the original, promoting more actionable insights without altering the RSI's core momentum measurement. What’s different vs. standard approaches? - Reference baseline: The classical TradingView RSI indicator, which uses simple RSI-based pivot detection for divergences. - Architecture differences: - Pivot identification on price extremes (highs and lows) instead of RSI values, extracting RSI levels at those points for comparison. - Addition of a line-of-sight validation that checks the RSI path bar by bar between pivots to prevent signals where the line is interrupted. - Inclusion of hidden divergence types alongside regular ones, using the same robust framework. - Configurable drawing of connecting lines between validated pivot RSI points for visual clarity. - Practical effect: Charts show fewer but higher-quality divergence markers and lines, reducing clutter from the original's frequent RSI pivot triggers; this matters for avoiding whipsaws in intraday trading, where the standard version might flag dozens of invalid setups per session. Key Comparison Aspects Aspect: Title/Shorttitle Original RSI: "Relative Strength Index" / "RSI" Robust Variant: "Relative Strength Index Remastered " / "RSI RM" Aspect: Max. Lines/Labels Original RSI: No specification (Standard: 50/50) Robust Variant: max_lines_count=200, max_labels_count=200 (for more lines/markers in divergences) Aspect: RSI Calculation & Plots Original RSI: Identical: RSI with RMA, Plots (line, bands, gradient fills) Robust Variant: Identical: RSI with RMA, Plots (line, bands, gradient fills) Aspect: Smoothing (MA) Original RSI: Identical: Inputs for MA types (SMA, EMA etc.), Bollinger Bands optional Robust Variant: Identical: Inputs for MA types (SMA, EMA etc.), Bollinger Bands optional Aspect: Divergence Activation Original RSI: input.bool(false, "Calculate Divergence") (disabled by default) Robust Variant: input.bool(true, "Calculate Divergence") (enabled by default, with tooltip) Aspect: Pivot Calculation Original RSI: Pivots on RSI (ta.pivotlow/high on RSI values) Robust Variant: Pivots on price (ta.pivotlow/high on low/high), RSI values then extracted Aspect: Lookback Values Original RSI: Fixed: lookbackLeft=5, lookbackRight=5 Robust Variant: Input: L=5 (Pivot Left), R=5 (Pivot Right), adjustable (min=1, max=50) Aspect: Range Between Pivots Original RSI: Fixed: rangeUpper=60, rangeLower=5 (via _inRange function) Robust Variant: Input: rangeUpper=60 (Max Bars), rangeLower=5 (Min Bars), adjustable (min=1–6, max=100–300) Aspect: Divergence Types Original RSI: Only Regular Bullish/Bearish: - Bull: Price LL + RSI HL - Bear: Price HH + RSI LH Robust Variant: Regular + Hidden (optional via showHidden=true): - Regular Bull: Price LL + RSI HL - Regular Bear: Price HH + RSI LH - Hidden Bull: Price HL + RSI LL - Hidden Bear: Price LH + RSI HH Aspect: Validation Original RSI: No additional check (only pivot + range check) Robust Variant: Line-of-Sight Check: RSI line must not cross the connecting line between pivots (line_clear function with slope calculation and loop for each bar in between) Aspect: Signals (Plots/Shapes) Original RSI: - Plot of pivot points (if divergence) - Shapes: "Bull"/"Bear" at RSI value, offset=-5 Robust Variant: - No pivot plots, instead shapes at RSI , offset=-R (adjustable) - Shapes: "Bull"/"Bear" (Regular), "HBull"/"HBear" (Hidden) - Colors: Lime/Red (Regular), Teal/Orange (Hidden) Aspect: Line Drawing Original RSI: No lines Robust Variant: Optional (showLines=true): Lines between RSI pivots (thick for regular, dashed/thin for hidden), extend=none Aspect: Alerts Original RSI: Only Regular Bullish/Bearish (with pivot lookback reference) Robust Variant: Regular Bullish/Bearish + Hidden Bullish/Bearish (specific "at latest pivot low/high") Aspect: Robustness Original RSI: Simple, prone to false signals (RSI pivots can be volatile) Robust Variant: Higher: Price pivots are more stable, line-of-sight filters "broken" divergences, hidden support for trend continuations Aspect: Code Length/Structure Original RSI: ~100 lines, simple if-blocks for bull/bear Robust Variant: ~150 lines, extended helper functions (e.g., inRange, line_clear), var group for inputs How it works (technical) The indicator first computes the core RSI value based on recent price changes, separating upward and downward movements over the specified length and smoothing them to derive a momentum reading scaled between zero and one hundred. This value is then plotted in a separate pane with fixed upper and lower reference lines at seventy and thirty, along with optional gradient fills to highlight overbought and oversold zones. For smoothing, a moving average type is applied to the RSI if enabled, with an option to add bands around it based on the variability of recent RSI values scaled by a multiplier. Divergence detection activates on confirmed price pivots: lows for bullish checks and highs for bearish. At each new pivot, the system retrieves the bar index and values (price and RSI) for the current and prior pivot, ensuring they fall within a configurable bar range to avoid unrelated points. Comparisons then assess whether the price has made a lower low (or higher high) while the RSI at those points moves in the opposite direction—higher for bullish regular, lower for bearish regular. For hidden types, the directions reverse to capture trend strength. The line-of-sight check calculates the straight path between the two RSI points and verifies that the actual RSI values in between stay entirely above (for bullish) or below (for bearish) that path, breaking the signal if any bar violates it. Valid signals trigger shapes at the RSI level of the new pivot and optional lines connecting the points. Initialization uses built-in functions to track prior occurrences, with states persisting across bars for accurate historical comparisons. No higher timeframe data is used, so confirmation occurs after the right pivot bars close, minimizing live-bar repaints. Parameter Guide Length — Controls the period for measuring price momentum changes — Default: 14 — Trade-offs/Tips: Shorter values increase responsiveness but add noise and more false signals; longer smooths trends but delays entries in fast markets. Source — Selects the price input for RSI calculation — Default: Close — Trade-offs/Tips: Use high or low for volatility focus, but close works best for most assets; mismatches can skew overbought/oversold reads. Calculate Divergence — Enables the enhanced divergence logic — Default: True — Trade-offs/Tips: Disable for pure RSI view to save computation; essential for signal reliability over the standard method. Type (Smoothing) — Chooses the moving average applied to RSI — Default: SMA — Trade-offs/Tips: None for raw RSI; EMA for quicker adaptation, but SMA reduces whipsaws; Bollinger Bands option adds volatility context at cost of added lines. Length (Smoothing) — Period for the smoothing average — Default: 14 — Trade-offs/Tips: Match RSI length for consistency; shorter boosts signal speed but amplifies noise in the smoothed line. BB StdDev — Multiplier for band width around smoothed RSI — Default: 2.0 — Trade-offs/Tips: Lower narrows bands for tighter signals, risking more touches; higher widens for fewer but stronger breakouts. Pivot Left — Bars to the left for confirming price pivots — Default: 5 — Trade-offs/Tips: Increase for stricter pivots in noisy data, reducing signals; too high delays confirmation excessively. Pivot Right — Bars to the right for confirming price pivots — Default: 5 — Trade-offs/Tips: Balances with left for symmetry; longer right ensures maturity but shifts signals backward. Max Bars Between Pivots — Upper limit on distance for valid pivot pairs — Default: 60 — Trade-offs/Tips: Tighten for short-term trades to focus recent action; widen for swing setups but risks unrelated comparisons. Min Bars Between Pivots — Lower limit to avoid clustered pivots — Default: 5 — Trade-offs/Tips: Raise to filter micro-moves; too low invites overlapping signals like the original RSI. Detect Hidden — Includes trend-continuation hidden types — Default: True — Trade-offs/Tips: Enable for full trend analysis; disable simplifies to reversals only, akin to basic RSI. Draw Lines — Shows connecting lines between valid pivots — Default: True — Trade-offs/Tips: Turn off for cleaner charts; helps visually confirm line-of-sight in backtests. Reading & Interpretation The main RSI line oscillates between zero and one hundred, crossing above fifty suggesting building momentum and below indicating weakness; touches near seventy or thirty flag potential extremes. The optional smoothed line and bands provide a filtered view—price above the upper band on the RSI pane hints at overextension. Divergence shapes appear as upward labels for bullish (lime for regular, teal for hidden) and downward for bearish (red regular, orange hidden) at the pivot's RSI level, signaling a mismatch only after validation. Connecting lines, if drawn, slope between points without RSI interference, their color matching the shape type; a dashed style denotes hidden. Fewer shapes overall compared to the standard RSI mean higher conviction, but always confirm with price structure. Practical Workflows & Combinations - Trend following: Enter longs on regular bullish shapes near support with higher highs in price; filter hidden bullish for pullback buys in uptrends, pairing with a rising smoothed RSI above fifty. - Exits/Stops: Use bearish regular as reversal warnings to tighten stops; hidden bearish in downtrends confirms continuation—exit if lines show RSI crossing the path. - Multi-asset/Multi-TF: Defaults suit forex and stocks on one-hour charts; for crypto volatility, widen pivot ranges to ten; scale min/max bars proportionally on daily for swings, avoiding the original's intraday spam. Behavior, Constraints & Performance Signals confirm only after the right pivot bars close, so live bars may show tentative pivots that vanish on close, unlike the standard RSI's immediate RSI-pivot triggers—plan for this delay in automation. No higher timeframe calls, so no security-related repaints. Resources include up to two hundred lines and labels for dense charts, with a loop in validation scanning up to three hundred bars between pivots, which is efficient but could slow on very long histories. Known limits: Slight lag at pivot confirmation in trending markets; volatile RSI might rarely miss fine path violations; not ideal for gap-heavy assets where pivots skip. Sensible Defaults & Quick Tuning Start with defaults for balanced momentum and divergence on most timeframes. For too many signals (like the original), raise pivot left/right to eight and min bars to ten to filter noise. If sluggish in trends, shorten RSI length to nine and enable EMA smoothing for faster adaptation. In high-volatility assets, widen max bars to one hundred but disable hidden to focus essentials. For clean reversal hunts, set smoothing to none and lines on. What this indicator is—and isn’t RSI Remastered serves as a refined momentum and divergence visualization tool, enhancing the standard RSI for better signal quality in technical analysis setups. It is not a standalone trading system, nor does it predict price moves—pair it with volume, structure breaks, and risk rules for decisions. Use alongside position sizing and broader context, not in isolation. Disclaimer The content provided, including all code and materials, is strictly for educational and informational purposes only. It is not intended as, and should not be interpreted as, financial advice, a recommendation to buy or sell any financial instrument, or an offer of any financial product or service. All strategies, tools, and examples discussed are provided for illustrative purposes to demonstrate coding techniques and the functionality of Pine Script within a trading context. Any results from strategies or tools provided are hypothetical, and past performance is not indicative of future results. Trading and investing involve high risk, including the potential loss of principal, and may not be suitable for all individuals. Before making any trading decisions, please consult with a qualified financial professional to understand the risks involved. By using this script, you acknowledge and agree that any trading decisions are made solely at your discretion and risk. Do not use this indicator on Heikin-Ashi, Renko, Kagi, Point-and-Figure, or Range charts, as these chart types can produce unrealistic results for signal markers and alerts. Best regards and happy trading Chervolino
Pine Script® インジケーター
chervolinoの投稿
RSMPatternLibLibrary "RSMPatternLib" RSM Pattern Library - All chart patterns from PATTERNS.md Implements: Candlestick patterns, Support/Resistance, Gaps, Triangles, Volume Divergence, and more ALL PATTERNS ARE OWN IMPLEMENTATION - No external dependencies EDGE CASES HANDLED: - Zero/tiny candle bodies - Missing volume data - Low bar count scenarios - Integer division issues - Price normalization for different instruments bullishEngulfing(minBodyRatio, minPrevBodyRatio)   Detects Bullish Engulfing pattern   Parameters:      minBodyRatio (float) : Minimum body size as ratio of total range (default 0.3)      minPrevBodyRatio (float) : Minimum previous candle body ratio to filter dojis (default 0.1)   Returns: bool True when bullish engulfing detected EDGE CASES: Handles doji previous candle, zero range, tiny bodies bearishEngulfing(minBodyRatio, minPrevBodyRatio)   Detects Bearish Engulfing pattern   Parameters:      minBodyRatio (float) : Minimum body size as ratio of total range (default 0.3)      minPrevBodyRatio (float) : Minimum previous candle body ratio to filter dojis (default 0.1)   Returns: bool True when bearish engulfing detected EDGE CASES: Handles doji previous candle, zero range, tiny bodies doji(maxBodyRatio, minRangeAtr)   Detects Doji candle (indecision)   Parameters:      maxBodyRatio (float) : Maximum body size as ratio of total range (default 0.1)      minRangeAtr (float) : Minimum range as multiple of ATR to filter flat candles (default 0.3)   Returns: bool True when doji detected EDGE CASES: Filters out no-movement bars, handles zero range shootingStar(wickMultiplier, maxLowerWickRatio, minBodyAtrRatio)   Detects Shooting Star (bearish reversal)   Parameters:      wickMultiplier (float) : Upper wick must be at least this times the body (default 2.0)      maxLowerWickRatio (float) : Lower wick max as ratio of body (default 0.5)      minBodyAtrRatio (float) : Minimum body size as ratio of ATR (default 0.1)   Returns: bool True when shooting star detected EDGE CASES: Handles zero body (uses range-based check), tiny bodies hammer(wickMultiplier, maxUpperWickRatio, minBodyAtrRatio)   Detects Hammer (bullish reversal)   Parameters:      wickMultiplier (float) : Lower wick must be at least this times the body (default 2.0)      maxUpperWickRatio (float) : Upper wick max as ratio of body (default 0.5)      minBodyAtrRatio (float) : Minimum body size as ratio of ATR (default 0.1)   Returns: bool True when hammer detected EDGE CASES: Handles zero body (uses range-based check), tiny bodies invertedHammer(wickMultiplier, maxLowerWickRatio)   Detects Inverted Hammer (bullish reversal after downtrend)   Parameters:      wickMultiplier (float) : Upper wick must be at least this times the body (default 2.0)      maxLowerWickRatio (float) : Lower wick max as ratio of body (default 0.5)   Returns: bool True when inverted hammer detected EDGE CASES: Same as shootingStar but requires bullish close hangingMan(wickMultiplier, maxUpperWickRatio)   Detects Hanging Man (bearish reversal after uptrend)   Parameters:      wickMultiplier (float) : Lower wick must be at least this times the body (default 2.0)      maxUpperWickRatio (float) : Upper wick max as ratio of body (default 0.5)   Returns: bool True when hanging man detected NOTE: Identical to hammer - context (uptrend) determines meaning morningStar(requireGap, minAvgBars)   Detects Morning Star (3-candle bullish reversal)   Parameters:      requireGap (bool) : Whether to require gap between candles (default false for crypto/forex)      minAvgBars (int) : Minimum bars for average body calculation (default 14)   Returns: bool True when morning star pattern detected EDGE CASES: Gap is optional, handles low bar count, uses shifted average eveningStar(requireGap, minAvgBars)   Detects Evening Star (3-candle bearish reversal)   Parameters:      requireGap (bool) : Whether to require gap between candles (default false for crypto/forex)      minAvgBars (int) : Minimum bars for average body calculation (default 14)   Returns: bool True when evening star pattern detected EDGE CASES: Gap is optional, handles low bar count gapUp()   Detects Gap Up   Returns: bool True when current bar opens above previous bar's high gapDown()   Detects Gap Down   Returns: bool True when current bar opens below previous bar's low gapSize()   Returns gap size in price   Returns: float Gap size (positive for gap up, negative for gap down, 0 for no gap) gapPercent()   Returns gap size as percentage   Returns: float Gap size as percentage of previous close gapType(volAvgLen, breakawayMinPct, highVolMult)   Classifies gap type based on volume   Parameters:      volAvgLen (int) : Length for volume average (default 20)      breakawayMinPct (float) : Minimum gap % for breakaway (default 1.0)      highVolMult (float) : Volume multiplier for high volume (default 1.5)   Returns: string Gap type: "Breakaway", "Common", "Continuation", or "None" EDGE CASES: Handles missing volume data, low bar count swingHigh(leftBars, rightBars)   Detects swing high using pivot   Parameters:      leftBars (int) : Bars to left for pivot (default 5)      rightBars (int) : Bars to right for pivot (default 5)   Returns: float Swing high price or na swingLow(leftBars, rightBars)   Detects swing low using pivot   Parameters:      leftBars (int) : Bars to left for pivot (default 5)      rightBars (int) : Bars to right for pivot (default 5)   Returns: float Swing low price or na higherHigh(leftBars, rightBars, lookback)   Checks if current swing high is higher than previous swing high   Parameters:      leftBars (int) : Bars to left for pivot (default 5)      rightBars (int) : Bars to right for pivot (default 5)      lookback (int) : How many bars back to search for previous pivot (default 50)   Returns: bool True when higher high pattern detected EDGE CASES: Searches backwards for pivots instead of using var (library-safe) higherLow(leftBars, rightBars, lookback)   Checks if current swing low is higher than previous swing low   Parameters:      leftBars (int) : Bars to left for pivot (default 5)      rightBars (int) : Bars to right for pivot (default 5)      lookback (int) : How many bars back to search for previous pivot (default 50)   Returns: bool True when higher low pattern detected lowerHigh(leftBars, rightBars, lookback)   Checks if current swing high is lower than previous swing high   Parameters:      leftBars (int) : Bars to left for pivot (default 5)      rightBars (int) : Bars to right for pivot (default 5)      lookback (int) : How many bars back to search for previous pivot (default 50)   Returns: bool True when lower high pattern detected lowerLow(leftBars, rightBars, lookback)   Checks if current swing low is lower than previous swing low   Parameters:      leftBars (int) : Bars to left for pivot (default 5)      rightBars (int) : Bars to right for pivot (default 5)      lookback (int) : How many bars back to search for previous pivot (default 50)   Returns: bool True when lower low pattern detected bullishTrend(leftBars, rightBars, lookback)   Detects Bullish Trend (HH + HL within lookback)   Parameters:      leftBars (int) : Bars to left for pivot (default 5)      rightBars (int) : Bars to right for pivot (default 5)      lookback (int) : Lookback period (default 50)   Returns: bool True when making higher highs AND higher lows bearishTrend(leftBars, rightBars, lookback)   Detects Bearish Trend (LH + LL within lookback)   Parameters:      leftBars (int) : Bars to left for pivot (default 5)      rightBars (int) : Bars to right for pivot (default 5)      lookback (int) : Lookback period (default 50)   Returns: bool True when making lower highs AND lower lows nearestResistance(lookback, leftBars, rightBars)   Finds nearest resistance level above current price   Parameters:      lookback (int) : Number of bars to look back (default 50)      leftBars (int) : Pivot left bars (default 5)      rightBars (int) : Pivot right bars (default 5)   Returns: float Nearest resistance level or na EDGE CASES: Pre-computes pivots, handles bounds properly nearestSupport(lookback, leftBars, rightBars)   Finds nearest support level below current price   Parameters:      lookback (int) : Number of bars to look back (default 50)      leftBars (int) : Pivot left bars (default 5)      rightBars (int) : Pivot right bars (default 5)   Returns: float Nearest support level or na resistanceBreakout(lookback, leftBars, rightBars)   Detects resistance breakout   Parameters:      lookback (int) : Number of bars to look back (default 50)      leftBars (int) : Pivot left bars (default 5)      rightBars (int) : Pivot right bars (default 5)   Returns: bool True when price breaks above resistance EDGE CASES: Uses previous bar's resistance to avoid lookahead supportBreakdown(lookback, leftBars, rightBars)   Detects support breakdown   Parameters:      lookback (int) : Number of bars to look back (default 50)      leftBars (int) : Pivot left bars (default 5)      rightBars (int) : Pivot right bars (default 5)   Returns: bool True when price breaks below support bullishVolumeDivergence(leftBars, rightBars, lookback)   Detects Bullish Volume Divergence (price makes lower low, volume decreases)   Parameters:      leftBars (int) : Pivot left bars (default 5)      rightBars (int) : Pivot right bars (default 5)      lookback (int) : Bars to search for previous pivot (default 50)   Returns: bool True when bullish volume divergence detected EDGE CASES: Library-safe (no var), searches for previous pivot bearishVolumeDivergence(leftBars, rightBars, lookback)   Detects Bearish Volume Divergence (price makes higher high, volume decreases)   Parameters:      leftBars (int) : Pivot left bars (default 5)      rightBars (int) : Pivot right bars (default 5)      lookback (int) : Bars to search for previous pivot (default 50)   Returns: bool True when bearish volume divergence detected rangeContracting(lookback)   Detects if price is in a contracting range (triangle formation)   Parameters:      lookback (int) : Bars to analyze (default 20)   Returns: bool True when range is contracting EDGE CASES: Uses safe integer division, checks minimum lookback ascendingTriangle(lookback, flatTolerance)   Detects Ascending Triangle (flat top, rising bottom)   Parameters:      lookback (int) : Bars to analyze (default 20)      flatTolerance (float) : Max normalized slope for "flat" line (default 0.002)   Returns: bool True when ascending triangle detected EDGE CASES: Safe division, normalized slope, minimum lookback descendingTriangle(lookback, flatTolerance)   Detects Descending Triangle (falling top, flat bottom)   Parameters:      lookback (int) : Bars to analyze (default 20)      flatTolerance (float) : Max normalized slope for "flat" line (default 0.002)   Returns: bool True when descending triangle detected symmetricalTriangle(lookback, minSlope)   Detects Symmetrical Triangle (converging trend lines)   Parameters:      lookback (int) : Bars to analyze (default 20)      minSlope (float) : Minimum normalized slope magnitude (default 0.0005)   Returns: bool True when symmetrical triangle detected doubleBottom(tolerance, minSpanBars, lookback)   Detects Double Bottom (W pattern) - OWN IMPLEMENTATION Two swing lows at similar price levels with a swing high between them   Parameters:      tolerance (float) : Max price difference between lows as % (default 3)      minSpanBars (int) : Minimum bars between the two lows (default 5)      lookback (int) : Max bars to search for pattern (default 100)   Returns: bool True when double bottom detected doubleTop(tolerance, minSpanBars, lookback)   Detects Double Top (M pattern) - OWN IMPLEMENTATION Two swing highs at similar price levels with a swing low between them   Parameters:      tolerance (float) : Max price difference between highs as % (default 3)      minSpanBars (int) : Minimum bars between the two highs (default 5)      lookback (int) : Max bars to search for pattern (default 100)   Returns: bool True when double top detected tripleBottom(tolerance, minSpanBars, lookback)   Detects Triple Bottom - OWN IMPLEMENTATION Three swing lows at similar price levels   Parameters:      tolerance (float) : Max price difference between lows as % (default 3)      minSpanBars (int) : Minimum total bars for pattern (default 10)      lookback (int) : Max bars to search for pattern (default 150)   Returns: bool True when triple bottom detected tripleTop(tolerance, minSpanBars, lookback)   Detects Triple Top - OWN IMPLEMENTATION Three swing highs at similar price levels   Parameters:      tolerance (float) : Max price difference between highs as % (default 3)      minSpanBars (int) : Minimum total bars for pattern (default 10)      lookback (int) : Max bars to search for pattern (default 150)   Returns: bool True when triple top detected bearHeadShoulders()   Detects Bearish Head and Shoulders (OWN IMPLEMENTATION) Head is higher than both shoulders, shoulders roughly equal, with valid neckline STRICT VERSION - requires proper structure, neckline, and minimum span   Returns: bool True when bearish H&S detected bullHeadShoulders()   Detects Bullish (Inverse) Head and Shoulders (OWN IMPLEMENTATION) Head is lower than both shoulders, shoulders roughly equal, with valid neckline STRICT VERSION - requires proper structure, neckline, and minimum span   Returns: bool True when bullish H&S detected bearAscHeadShoulders()   Detects Bearish Ascending Head and Shoulders (variant)   Returns: bool True when pattern detected bullAscHeadShoulders()   Detects Bullish Ascending Head and Shoulders (variant)   Returns: bool True when pattern detected bearDescHeadShoulders()   Detects Bearish Descending Head and Shoulders (variant)   Returns: bool True when pattern detected bullDescHeadShoulders()   Detects Bullish Descending Head and Shoulders (variant)   Returns: bool True when pattern detected isSwingLow()   Re-export: Detects swing low   Returns: bool True when swing low detected isSwingHigh()   Re-export: Detects swing high   Returns: bool True when swing high detected swingHighPrice(idx)   Re-export: Gets swing high price at index   Parameters:      idx (int) : Index (0 = most recent)   Returns: float Swing high price swingLowPrice(idx)   Re-export: Gets swing low price at index   Parameters:      idx (int) : Index (0 = most recent)   Returns: float Swing low price swingHighBarIndex(idx)   Re-export: Gets swing high bar index   Parameters:      idx (int) : Index (0 = most recent)   Returns: int Bar index of swing high swingLowBarIndex(idx)   Re-export: Gets swing low bar index   Parameters:      idx (int) : Index (0 = most recent)   Returns: int Bar index of swing low cupBottom(smoothLen, minDepthAtr, maxDepthAtr)   Detects Cup and Handle pattern formation Uses price acceleration and depth analysis   Parameters:      smoothLen (int) : Smoothing length for price (default 10)      minDepthAtr (float) : Minimum cup depth as ATR multiple (default 1.0)      maxDepthAtr (float) : Maximum cup depth as ATR multiple (default 5.0)   Returns: bool True when potential cup bottom detected EDGE CASES: Added depth filter, ATR validation cupHandle(lookback, maxHandleRetraceRatio)   Detects potential handle formation after cup   Parameters:      lookback (int) : Bars to look back for cup (default 30)      maxHandleRetraceRatio (float) : Maximum handle retracement of cup depth (default 0.5)   Returns: bool True when handle pattern detected bullishPatternCount()   Returns count of bullish patterns detected   Returns: int Number of bullish patterns currently active bearishPatternCount()   Returns count of bearish patterns detected   Returns: int Number of bearish patterns currently active detectedPatterns()   Returns string description of detected patterns   Returns: string Comma-separated list of detected patterns
Pine Script® ライブラリ
azgronの投稿
Adaptive Market Wave Theory - ProAdaptive Market Wave Theory 🌊 CORE INNOVATION: PROBABILISTIC PHASE DETECTION WITH MULTI-AGENT CONSENSUS Adaptive Market Wave Theory (AMWT) represents a fundamental paradigm shift in how traders approach market phase identification. Rather than counting waves subjectively or drawing static breakout levels, AMWT treats the market as a hidden state machine —using Hidden Markov Models, multi-agent consensus systems, and reinforcement learning algorithms to quantify what traditional methods leave to interpretation. The Wave Analysis Problem: Traditional wave counting methodologies (Elliott Wave, harmonic patterns, ABC corrections) share fatal weaknesses that AMWT directly addresses: 1. Non-Falsifiability : Invalid wave counts can always be "recounted" or "adjusted." If your Wave 3 fails, it becomes "Wave 3 of a larger degree" or "actually Wave C." There's no objective failure condition. 2. Observer Bias : Two expert wave analysts examining the same chart routinely reach different conclusions. This isn't a feature—it's a fundamental methodology flaw. 3. No Confidence Measure : Traditional analysis says "This IS Wave 3." But with what probability? 51%? 95%? The binary nature prevents proper position sizing and risk management. 4. Static Rules : Fixed Fibonacci ratios and wave guidelines cannot adapt to changing market regimes. What worked in 2019 may fail in 2024. 5. No Accountability : Wave methodologies rarely track their own performance. There's no feedback loop to improve. The AMWT Solution: AMWT addresses each limitation through rigorous mathematical frameworks borrowed from speech recognition, machine learning, and reinforcement learning: • Non-Falsifiability → Hard Invalidation : Wave hypotheses die permanently when price violates calculated invalidation levels. No recounting allowed. • Observer Bias → Multi-Agent Consensus : Three independent analytical agents must agree. Single-methodology bias is eliminated. • No Confidence → Probabilistic States : Every market state has a calculated probability from Hidden Markov Model inference. "72% probability of impulse state" replaces "This is Wave 3." • Static Rules → Adaptive Learning : Thompson Sampling multi-armed bandits learn which agents perform best in current conditions. The system adapts in real-time. • No Accountability → Performance Tracking : Comprehensive statistics track every signal's outcome. The system knows its own performance. The Core Insight: "Traditional wave analysis asks 'What count is this?' AMWT asks 'What is the probability we are in an impulsive state, with what confidence, confirmed by how many independent methodologies, and anchored to what liquidity event?'" 🔬 THEORETICAL FOUNDATION: HIDDEN MARKOV MODELS Why Hidden Markov Models? Markets exist in hidden states that we cannot directly observe—only their effects on price are visible. When the market is in an "impulse up" state, we see rising prices, expanding volume, and trending indicators. But we don't observe the state itself—we infer it from observables. This is precisely the problem Hidden Markov Models (HMMs) solve. Originally developed for speech recognition (inferring words from sound waves), HMMs excel at estimating hidden states from noisy observations. HMM Components: 1. Hidden States (S) : The unobservable market conditions 2. Observations (O) : What we can measure (price, volume, indicators) 3. Transition Matrix (A) : Probability of moving between states 4. Emission Matrix (B) : Probability of observations given each state 5. Initial Distribution (π) : Starting state probabilities AMWT's Six Market States: State 0: IMPULSE_UP • Definition: Strong bullish momentum with high participation • Observable Signatures: Rising prices, expanding volume, RSI >60, price above upper Bollinger Band, MACD histogram positive and rising • Typical Duration: 5-20 bars depending on timeframe • What It Means: Institutional buying pressure, trend acceleration phase State 1: IMPULSE_DN • Definition: Strong bearish momentum with high participation • Observable Signatures: Falling prices, expanding volume, RSI <40, price below lower Bollinger Band, MACD histogram negative and falling • Typical Duration: 5-20 bars (often shorter than bullish impulses—markets fall faster) • What It Means: Institutional selling pressure, panic or distribution acceleration State 2: CORRECTION • Definition: Counter-trend consolidation with declining momentum • Observable Signatures: Sideways or mild counter-trend movement, contracting volume, RSI returning toward 50, Bollinger Bands narrowing • Typical Duration: 8-30 bars • What It Means: Profit-taking, digestion of prior move, potential accumulation for next leg State 3: ACCUMULATION • Definition: Base-building near lows where informed participants absorb supply • Observable Signatures: Price near recent lows but not making new lows, volume spikes on up bars, RSI showing positive divergence, tight range • Typical Duration: 15-50 bars • What It Means: Smart money buying from weak hands, preparing for markup phase State 4: DISTRIBUTION • Definition: Top-forming near highs where informed participants distribute holdings • Observable Signatures: Price near recent highs but struggling to advance, volume spikes on down bars, RSI showing negative divergence, widening range • Typical Duration: 15-50 bars • What It Means: Smart money selling to late buyers, preparing for markdown phase State 5: TRANSITION • Definition: Regime change period with mixed signals and elevated uncertainty • Observable Signatures: Conflicting indicators, whipsaw price action, no clear momentum, high volatility without direction • Typical Duration: 5-15 bars • What It Means: Market deciding next direction, dangerous for directional trades The Transition Matrix: The transition matrix A captures the probability of moving from one state to another. AMWT initializes with empirically-derived values then updates online: From/To IMP_UP IMP_DN CORR ACCUM DIST TRANS IMP_UP 0.70 0.02 0.20 0.02 0.04 0.02 IMP_DN 0.02 0.70 0.20 0.04 0.02 0.02 CORR 0.15 0.15 0.50 0.10 0.10 0.00 ACCUM 0.30 0.05 0.15 0.40 0.05 0.05 DIST 0.05 0.30 0.15 0.05 0.40 0.05 TRANS 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.15 0.15 0.10 Key Insights from Transition Probabilities: • Impulse states are sticky (70% self-transition): Once trending, markets tend to continue • Corrections can transition to either impulse direction (15% each): The next move after correction is uncertain • Accumulation strongly favors IMP_UP transition (30%): Base-building leads to rallies • Distribution strongly favors IMP_DN transition (30%): Topping leads to declines The Viterbi Algorithm: Given a sequence of observations, how do we find the most likely state sequence? This is the Viterbi algorithm—dynamic programming to find the optimal path through the state space. Mathematical Formulation: δ_t(j) = max_i × B_j(O_t) Where: δ_t(j) = probability of most likely path ending in state j at time t A_ij = transition probability from state i to state j B_j(O_t) = emission probability of observation O_t given state j AMWT Implementation: AMWT runs Viterbi over a rolling window (default 50 bars), computing the most likely state sequence and extracting: • Current state estimate • State confidence (probability of current state vs alternatives) • State sequence for pattern detection Online Learning (Baum-Welch Adaptation): Unlike static HMMs, AMWT continuously updates its transition and emission matrices based on observed market behavior: f_onlineUpdateHMM(prev_state, curr_state, observation, decay) => // Update transition matrix A *= decay A += (1.0 - decay) // Renormalize row // Update emission matrix B *= decay B += (1.0 - decay) // Renormalize row The decay parameter (default 0.85) controls adaptation speed: • Higher decay (0.95): Slower adaptation, more stable, better for consistent markets • Lower decay (0.80): Faster adaptation, more reactive, better for regime changes Why This Matters for Trading: Traditional indicators give you a number (RSI = 72). AMWT gives you a probabilistic state assessment : "There is a 78% probability we are in IMPULSE_UP state, with 15% probability of CORRECTION and 7% distributed among other states. The transition matrix suggests 70% chance of remaining in IMPULSE_UP next bar, 20% chance of transitioning to CORRECTION." This enables: • Position sizing by confidence : 90% confidence = full size; 60% confidence = half size • Risk management by transition probability : High correction probability = tighten stops • Strategy selection by state : IMPULSE = trend-follow; CORRECTION = wait; ACCUMULATION = scale in 🎰 THE 3-BANDIT CONSENSUS SYSTEM The Multi-Agent Philosophy: No single analytical methodology works in all market conditions. Trend-following excels in trending markets but gets chopped in ranges. Mean-reversion excels in ranges but gets crushed in trends. Structure-based analysis works when structure is clear but fails in chaotic markets. AMWT's solution: employ three independent agents , each analyzing the market from a different perspective, then use Thompson Sampling to learn which agents perform best in current conditions. Agent 1: TREND AGENT Philosophy : Markets trend. Follow the trend until it ends. Analytical Components: • EMA Alignment: EMA8 > EMA21 > EMA50 (bullish) or inverse (bearish) • MACD Histogram: Direction and rate of change • Price Momentum: Close relative to ATR-normalized movement • VWAP Position: Price above/below volume-weighted average price Signal Generation: Strong Bull: EMA aligned bull AND MACD histogram > 0 AND momentum > 0.3 AND close > VWAP → Signal: +1 (Long), Confidence: 0.75 + |momentum| × 0.4 Moderate Bull: EMA stack bull AND MACD rising AND momentum > 0.1 → Signal: +1 (Long), Confidence: 0.65 + |momentum| × 0.3 Strong Bear: EMA aligned bear AND MACD histogram < 0 AND momentum < -0.3 AND close < VWAP → Signal: -1 (Short), Confidence: 0.75 + |momentum| × 0.4 Moderate Bear: EMA stack bear AND MACD falling AND momentum < -0.1 → Signal: -1 (Short), Confidence: 0.65 + |momentum| × 0.3 When Trend Agent Excels: • Trend days (IB extension >1.5x) • Post-breakout continuation • Institutional accumulation/distribution phases When Trend Agent Fails: • Range-bound markets (ADX <20) • Chop zones after volatility spikes • Reversal days at major levels Agent 2: REVERSION AGENT Philosophy: Markets revert to mean. Extreme readings reverse. Analytical Components: • Bollinger Band Position: Distance from bands, percent B • RSI Extremes: Overbought (>70) and oversold (<30) • Stochastic: %K/%D crossovers at extremes • Band Squeeze: Bollinger Band width contraction Signal Generation: Oversold Bounce: BB %B < 0.20 AND RSI < 35 AND Stochastic < 25 → Signal: +1 (Long), Confidence: 0.70 + (30 - RSI) × 0.01 Overbought Fade: BB %B > 0.80 AND RSI > 65 AND Stochastic > 75 → Signal: -1 (Short), Confidence: 0.70 + (RSI - 70) × 0.01 Squeeze Fire Bull: Band squeeze ending AND close > upper band → Signal: +1 (Long), Confidence: 0.65 Squeeze Fire Bear: Band squeeze ending AND close < lower band → Signal: -1 (Short), Confidence: 0.65 When Reversion Agent Excels: • Rotation days (price stays within IB) • Range-bound consolidation • After extended moves without pullback When Reversion Agent Fails: • Strong trend days (RSI can stay overbought for days) • Breakout moves • News-driven directional moves Agent 3: STRUCTURE AGENT Philosophy: Market structure reveals institutional intent. Follow the smart money. Analytical Components: • Break of Structure (BOS): Price breaks prior swing high/low • Change of Character (CHOCH): First break against prevailing trend • Higher Highs/Higher Lows: Bullish structure • Lower Highs/Lower Lows: Bearish structure • Liquidity Sweeps: Stop runs that reverse Signal Generation: BOS Bull: Price breaks above prior swing high with momentum → Signal: +1 (Long), Confidence: 0.70 + structure_strength × 0.2 CHOCH Bull: First higher low after downtrend, breaking structure → Signal: +1 (Long), Confidence: 0.75 BOS Bear: Price breaks below prior swing low with momentum → Signal: -1 (Short), Confidence: 0.70 + structure_strength × 0.2 CHOCH Bear: First lower high after uptrend, breaking structure → Signal: -1 (Short), Confidence: 0.75 Liquidity Sweep Long: Price sweeps below swing low then reverses strongly → Signal: +1 (Long), Confidence: 0.80 Liquidity Sweep Short: Price sweeps above swing high then reverses strongly → Signal: -1 (Short), Confidence: 0.80 When Structure Agent Excels: • After liquidity grabs (stop runs) • At major swing points • During institutional accumulation/distribution When Structure Agent Fails: • Choppy, structureless markets • During news events (structure becomes noise) • Very low timeframes (noise overwhelms structure) Thompson Sampling: The Bandit Algorithm With three agents giving potentially different signals, how do we decide which to trust? This is the multi-armed bandit problem —balancing exploitation (using what works) with exploration (testing alternatives). Thompson Sampling Solution: Each agent maintains a Beta distribution representing its success/failure history: Agent success rate modeled as Beta(α, β) Where: α = number of successful signals + 1 β = number of failed signals + 1 On Each Bar: 1. Sample from each agent's Beta distribution 2. Weight agent signals by sampled probabilities 3. Combine weighted signals into consensus 4. Update α/β based on trade outcomes Mathematical Implementation: // Beta sampling via Gamma ratio method f_beta_sample(alpha, beta) => g1 = f_gamma_sample(alpha) g2 = f_gamma_sample(beta) g1 / (g1 + g2) // Thompson Sampling selection for each agent: sampled_prob = f_beta_sample(agent.alpha, agent.beta) weight = sampled_prob / sum(all_sampled_probs) consensus += agent.signal × agent.confidence × weight Why Thompson Sampling? • Automatic Exploration : Agents with few samples get occasional chances (high variance in Beta distribution) • Bayesian Optimal : Mathematically proven optimal solution to exploration-exploitation tradeoff • Uncertainty-Aware : Small sample size = more exploration; large sample size = more exploitation • Self-Correcting : Poor performers naturally get lower weights over time Example Evolution: Day 1 (Initial): Trend Agent: Beta(1,1) → samples ~0.50 (high uncertainty) Reversion Agent: Beta(1,1) → samples ~0.50 (high uncertainty) Structure Agent: Beta(1,1) → samples ~0.50 (high uncertainty) After 50 Signals: Trend Agent: Beta(28,23) → samples ~0.55 (moderate confidence) Reversion Agent: Beta(18,33) → samples ~0.35 (underperforming) Structure Agent: Beta(32,19) → samples ~0.63 (outperforming) Result: Structure Agent now receives highest weight in consensus Consensus Requirements by Mode: Aggressive Mode: • Minimum 1/3 agents agreeing • Consensus threshold: 45% • Use case: More signals, higher risk tolerance Balanced Mode: • Minimum 2/3 agents agreeing • Consensus threshold: 55% • Use case: Standard trading Conservative Mode: • Minimum 2/3 agents agreeing • Consensus threshold: 65% • Use case: Higher quality, fewer signals Institutional Mode: • Minimum 2/3 agents agreeing • Consensus threshold: 75% • Additional: Session quality >0.65, mode adjustment +0.10 • Use case: Highest quality signals only 🌀 INTELLIGENT CHOP DETECTION ENGINE The Chop Problem: Most trading losses occur not from being wrong about direction, but from trading in conditions where direction doesn't exist . Choppy, range-bound markets generate false signals from every methodology—trend-following, mean-reversion, and structure-based alike. AMWT's chop detection engine identifies these low-probability environments before signals fire, preventing the most damaging trades. Five-Factor Chop Analysis: Factor 1: ADX Component (25% weight) ADX (Average Directional Index) measures trend strength regardless of direction. ADX < 15: Very weak trend (high chop score) ADX 15-20: Weak trend (moderate chop score) ADX 20-25: Developing trend (low chop score) ADX > 25: Strong trend (minimal chop score) adx_chop = (i_adxThreshold - adx_val) / i_adxThreshold × 100 Why ADX Works: ADX synthesizes +DI and -DI movements. Low ADX means price is moving but not directionally—the definition of chop. Factor 2: Choppiness Index (25% weight) The Choppiness Index measures price efficiency using the ratio of ATR sum to price range: CI = 100 × LOG10(SUM(ATR, n) / (Highest - Lowest)) / LOG10(n) CI > 61.8: Choppy (range-bound, inefficient movement) CI < 38.2: Trending (directional, efficient movement) CI 38.2-61.8: Transitional chop_idx_score = (ci_val - 38.2) / (61.8 - 38.2) × 100 Why Choppiness Index Works: In trending markets, price covers distance efficiently (low ATR sum relative to range). In choppy markets, price oscillates wildly but goes nowhere (high ATR sum relative to range). Factor 3: Range Compression (20% weight) Compares recent range to longer-term range, detecting volatility squeezes: recent_range = Highest(20) - Lowest(20) longer_range = Highest(50) - Lowest(50) compression = 1 - (recent_range / longer_range) compression > 0.5: Strong squeeze (potential breakout imminent) compression < 0.2: No compression (normal volatility) range_compression_score = compression × 100 Why Range Compression Matters: Compression precedes expansion. High compression = market coiling, preparing for move. Signals during compression often fail because the breakout hasn't occurred yet. Factor 4: Channel Position (15% weight) Tracks price position within the macro channel: channel_position = (close - channel_low) / (channel_high - channel_low) position 0.4-0.6: Center of channel (indecision zone) position <0.2 or >0.8: Near extremes (potential reversal or breakout) channel_chop = abs(0.5 - channel_position) < 0.15 ? high_score : low_score Why Channel Position Matters: Price in the middle of a range is in "no man's land"—equally likely to go either direction. Signals in the channel center have lower probability. Factor 5: Volume Quality (15% weight) Assesses volume relative to average: vol_ratio = volume / SMA(volume, 20) vol_ratio < 0.7: Low volume (lack of conviction) vol_ratio 0.7-1.3: Normal volume vol_ratio > 1.3: High volume (conviction present) volume_chop = vol_ratio < 0.8 ? (1 - vol_ratio) × 100 : 0 Why Volume Quality Matters: Low volume moves lack institutional participation. These moves are more likely to reverse or stall. Combined Chop Intensity: chopIntensity = (adx_chop × 0.25) + (chop_idx_score × 0.25) + (range_compression_score × 0.20) + (channel_chop × 0.15) + (volume_chop × i_volumeChopWeight × 0.15) Regime Classifications: Based on chop intensity and component analysis: • Strong Trend (0-20%): ADX >30, clear directional momentum, trade aggressively • Trending (20-35%): ADX >20, moderate directional bias, trade normally • Transitioning (35-50%): Mixed signals, regime change possible, reduce size • Mid-Range (50-60%): Price trapped in channel center, avoid new positions • Ranging (60-70%): Low ADX, price oscillating within bounds, fade extremes only • Compression (70-80%): Volatility squeeze, expansion imminent, wait for breakout • Strong Chop (80-100%): Multiple chop factors aligned, avoid trading entirely Signal Suppression: When chop intensity exceeds the configurable threshold (default 80%), signals are suppressed entirely. The dashboard displays "⚠️ CHOP ZONE" with the current regime classification. Chop Box Visualization: When chop is detected, AMWT draws a semi-transparent box on the chart showing the chop zone. This visual reminder helps traders avoid entering positions during unfavorable conditions. 💧 LIQUIDITY ANCHORING SYSTEM The Liquidity Concept: Markets move from liquidity pool to liquidity pool. Stop losses cluster at predictable locations—below swing lows (buy stops become sell orders when triggered) and above swing highs (sell stops become buy orders when triggered). Institutions know where these clusters are and often engineer moves to trigger them before reversing. AMWT identifies and tracks these liquidity events, using them as anchors for signal confidence. Liquidity Event Types: Type 1: Volume Spikes Definition: Volume > SMA(volume, 20) × i_volThreshold (default 2.8x) Interpretation: Sudden volume surge indicates institutional activity • Near swing low + reversal: Likely accumulation • Near swing high + reversal: Likely distribution • With continuation: Institutional conviction in direction Type 2: Stop Runs (Liquidity Sweeps) Definition: Price briefly exceeds swing high/low then reverses within N bars Detection: • Price breaks above recent swing high (triggering buy stops) • Then closes back below that high within 3 bars • Signal: Bullish stop run complete, reversal likely Or inverse for bearish: • Price breaks below recent swing low (triggering sell stops) • Then closes back above that low within 3 bars • Signal: Bearish stop run complete, reversal likely Type 3: Absorption Events Definition: High volume with small candle body Detection: • Volume > 2x average • Candle body < 30% of candle range • Interpretation: Large orders being filled without moving price • Implication: Accumulation (at lows) or distribution (at highs) Type 4: BSL/SSL Pools (Buy-Side/Sell-Side Liquidity) BSL (Buy-Side Liquidity): • Cluster of swing highs within ATR proximity • Stop losses from shorts sit above these highs • Breaking BSL triggers short covering (fuel for rally) SSL (Sell-Side Liquidity): • Cluster of swing lows within ATR proximity • Stop losses from longs sit below these lows • Breaking SSL triggers long liquidation (fuel for decline) Liquidity Pool Mapping: AMWT continuously scans for and maps liquidity pools: // Detect swing highs/lows using pivot function swing_high = ta.pivothigh(high, 5, 5) swing_low = ta.pivotlow(low, 5, 5) // Track recent swing points if not na(swing_high) bsl_levels.push(swing_high) if not na(swing_low) ssl_levels.push(swing_low) // Display on chart with labels Confluence Scoring Integration: When signals fire near identified liquidity events, confluence scoring increases: • Signal near volume spike: +10% confidence • Signal after liquidity sweep: +15% confidence • Signal at BSL/SSL pool: +10% confidence • Signal aligned with absorption zone: +10% confidence Why Liquidity Anchoring Matters: Signals "in a vacuum" have lower probability than signals anchored to institutional activity. A long signal after a liquidity sweep below swing lows has trapped shorts providing fuel. A long signal in the middle of nowhere has no such catalyst. 📊 SIGNAL GRADING SYSTEM The Quality Problem: Not all signals are created equal. A signal with 6/6 factors aligned is fundamentally different from a signal with 3/6 factors aligned. Traditional indicators treat them the same. AMWT grades every signal based on confluence. Confluence Components (100 points total): 1. Bandit Consensus Strength (25 points) consensus_str = weighted average of agent confidences score = consensus_str × 25 Example: Trend Agent: +1 signal, 0.80 confidence, 0.35 weight Reversion Agent: 0 signal, 0.50 confidence, 0.25 weight Structure Agent: +1 signal, 0.75 confidence, 0.40 weight Weighted consensus = (0.80×0.35 + 0×0.25 + 0.75×0.40) / (0.35 + 0.40) = 0.77 Score = 0.77 × 25 = 19.25 points 2. HMM State Confidence (15 points) score = hmm_confidence × 15 Example: HMM reports 82% probability of IMPULSE_UP Score = 0.82 × 15 = 12.3 points 3. Session Quality (15 points) Session quality varies by time: • London/NY Overlap: 1.0 (15 points) • New York Session: 0.95 (14.25 points) • London Session: 0.70 (10.5 points) • Asian Session: 0.40 (6 points) • Off-Hours: 0.30 (4.5 points) • Weekend: 0.10 (1.5 points) 4. Energy/Participation (10 points) energy = (realized_vol / avg_vol) × 0.4 + (range / ATR) × 0.35 + (volume / avg_volume) × 0.25 score = min(energy, 1.0) × 10 5. Volume Confirmation (10 points) if volume > SMA(volume, 20) × 1.5: score = 10 else if volume > SMA(volume, 20): score = 5 else: score = 0 6. Structure Alignment (10 points) For long signals: • Bullish structure (HH + HL): 10 points • Higher low only: 6 points • Neutral structure: 3 points • Bearish structure: 0 points Inverse for short signals 7. Trend Alignment (10 points) For long signals: • Price > EMA21 > EMA50: 10 points • Price > EMA21: 6 points • Neutral: 3 points • Against trend: 0 points 8. Entry Trigger Quality (5 points) • Strong trigger (multiple confirmations): 5 points • Moderate trigger (single confirmation): 3 points • Weak trigger (marginal): 1 point Grade Scale: Total Score → Grade 85-100 → A+ (Exceptional—all factors aligned) 70-84 → A (Strong—high probability) 55-69 → B (Acceptable—proceed with caution) Below 55 → C (Marginal—filtered by default) Grade-Based Signal Brightness: Signal arrows on the chart have transparency based on grade: • A+: Full brightness (alpha = 0) • A: Slight fade (alpha = 15) • B: Moderate fade (alpha = 35) • C: Significant fade (alpha = 55) This visual hierarchy helps traders instantly identify signal quality. Minimum Grade Filter: Configurable filter (default: C) sets the minimum grade for signal display: • Set to "A" for only highest-quality signals • Set to "B" for moderate selectivity • Set to "C" for all signals (maximum quantity) 🕐 SESSION INTELLIGENCE Why Sessions Matter: Markets behave differently at different times. The London open is fundamentally different from the Asian lunch hour. AMWT incorporates session-aware logic to optimize signal quality. Session Definitions: Asian Session (18:00-03:00 ET) • Characteristics: Lower volatility, range-bound tendency, fewer institutional participants • Quality Score: 0.40 (40% of peak quality) • Strategy Implications: Fade extremes, expect ranges, smaller position sizes • Best For: Mean-reversion setups, accumulation/distribution identification London Session (03:00-12:00 ET) • Characteristics: European institutional activity, volatility pickup, trend initiation • Quality Score: 0.70 (70% of peak quality) • Strategy Implications: Watch for trend development, breakouts more reliable • Best For: Initial trend identification, structure breaks New York Session (08:00-17:00 ET) • Characteristics: Highest liquidity, US institutional activity, major moves • Quality Score: 0.95 (95% of peak quality) • Strategy Implications: Best environment for directional trades • Best For: Trend continuation, momentum plays London/NY Overlap (08:00-12:00 ET) • Characteristics: Peak liquidity, both European and US participants active • Quality Score: 1.0 (100%—maximum quality) • Strategy Implications: Highest probability for successful breakouts and trends • Best For: All signal types—this is prime time Off-Hours • Characteristics: Thin liquidity, erratic price action, gaps possible • Quality Score: 0.30 (30% of peak quality) • Strategy Implications: Avoid new positions, wider stops if holding • Best For: Waiting Smart Weekend Detection: AMWT properly handles the Sunday evening futures open: // Traditional (broken): isWeekend = dayofweek == saturday OR dayofweek == sunday // AMWT (correct): anySessionActive = not na(asianTime) or not na(londonTime) or not na(nyTime) isWeekend = calendarWeekend AND NOT anySessionActive This ensures Sunday 6pm ET (when futures open) correctly shows "Asian Session" rather than "Weekend." Session Transition Boosts: Certain session transitions create trading opportunities: • Asian → London transition: +15% confidence boost (volatility expansion likely) • London → Overlap transition: +20% confidence boost (peak liquidity approaching) • Overlap → NY-only transition: -10% confidence adjustment (liquidity declining) • Any → Off-Hours transition: Signal suppression recommended 📈 TRADE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM The Signal Spam Problem: Many indicators generate signal after signal, creating confusion and overtrading. AMWT implements a complete trade lifecycle management system that prevents signal spam and tracks performance. Trade Lock Mechanism: Once a signal fires, the system enters a "trade lock" state: Trade Lock Duration: Configurable (default 30 bars) Early Exit Conditions: • TP3 hit (full target reached) • Stop Loss hit (trade failed) • Lock expiration (time-based exit) During lock: • No new signals of same type displayed • Opposite signals can override (reversal) • Trade status tracked in dashboard Target Levels: Each signal generates three profit targets based on ATR: TP1 (Conservative Target) • Default: 1.0 × ATR • Purpose: Quick partial profit, reduce risk • Action: Take 30-40% off position, move stop to breakeven TP2 (Standard Target) • Default: 2.5 × ATR • Purpose: Main profit target • Action: Take 40-50% off position, trail stop TP3 (Extended Target) • Default: 5.0 × ATR • Purpose: Runner target for trend days • Action: Close remaining position or continue trailing Stop Loss: • Default: 1.9 × ATR from entry • Purpose: Define maximum risk • Placement: Below recent swing low (longs) or above recent swing high (shorts) Invalidation Level: Beyond stop loss, AMWT calculates an "invalidation" level where the wave hypothesis dies: invalidation = entry - (ATR × INVALIDATION_MULT × 1.5) If price reaches invalidation, the current market interpretation is wrong—not just the trade. Visual Trade Management: During active trades, AMWT displays: • Entry arrow with grade label (▲A+, ▼B, etc.) • TP1, TP2, TP3 horizontal lines in green • Stop Loss line in red • Invalidation line in orange (dashed) • Progress indicator in dashboard Persistent Execution Markers: When targets or stops are hit, permanent markers appear: • TP hit: Green dot with "TP1"/"TP2"/"TP3" label • SL hit: Red dot with "SL" label These persist on the chart for review and statistics. 💰 PERFORMANCE TRACKING & STATISTICS Tracked Metrics: • Total Trades: Count of all signals that entered trade lock • Winning Trades: Signals where at least TP1 was reached before SL • Losing Trades: Signals where SL was hit before any TP • Win Rate: Winning / Total × 100% • Total R Profit: Sum of R-multiples from winning trades • Total R Loss: Sum of R-multiples from losing trades • Net R: Total R Profit - Total R Loss Currency Conversion System: AMWT can display P&L in multiple formats: R-Multiple (Default) • Shows risk-normalized returns • "Net P&L: +4.2R | 78 trades" means 4.2 times initial risk gained over 78 trades • Best for comparing across different position sizes Currency Conversion (USD/EUR/GBP/JPY/INR) • Converts R-multiples to currency based on: - Dollar Risk Per Trade (user input) - Tick Value (user input) - Selected currency Example Configuration: Dollar Risk Per Trade: $100 Display Currency: USD If Net R = +4.2R Display: Net P&L: +$420.00 | 78 trades Ticks • For futures traders who think in ticks • Converts based on tick value input Statistics Reset: Two reset methods: 1. Toggle Reset • Turn "Reset Statistics" toggle ON then OFF • Clears all statistics immediately 2. Date-Based Reset • Set "Reset After Date" (YYYY-MM-DD format) • Only trades after this date are counted • Useful for isolating recent performance 🎨 VISUAL FEATURES Macro Channel: Dynamic regression-based channel showing market boundaries: • Upper/lower bounds calculated from swing pivot linear regression • Adapts to current market structure • Shows overall trend direction and potential reversal zones Chop Boxes: Semi-transparent overlay during high-chop periods: • Purple/orange coloring indicates dangerous conditions • Visual reminder to avoid new positions Confluence Heat Zones: Background shading indicating setup quality: • Darker shading = higher confluence • Lighter shading = lower confluence • Helps identify optimal entry timing EMA Ribbon: Trend visualization via moving average fill: • EMA 8/21/50 with gradient fill between • Green fill when bullish aligned • Red fill when bearish aligned • Gray when neutral Absorption Zone Boxes: Marks potential accumulation/distribution areas: • High volume + small body = absorption • Boxes drawn at these levels • Often act as support/resistance Liquidity Pool Lines: BSL/SSL levels with labels: • Dashed lines at liquidity clusters • "BSL" label above swing high clusters • "SSL" label below swing low clusters Six Professional Themes: • Quantum: Deep purples and cyans (default) • Cyberpunk: Neon pinks and blues • Professional: Muted grays and greens • Ocean: Blues and teals • Matrix: Greens and blacks • Ember: Oranges and reds 🎓 PROFESSIONAL USAGE PROTOCOL Phase 1: Learning the System (Week 1) Goal: Understand AMWT concepts and dashboard interpretation Setup: • Signal Mode: Balanced • Display: All features enabled • Grade Filter: C (see all signals) Actions: • Paper trade ONLY—no real money • Observe HMM state transitions throughout the day • Note when agents agree vs disagree • Watch chop detection engage and disengage • Track which grades produce winners vs losers Key Learning Questions: • How often do A+ signals win vs B signals? (Should see clear difference) • Which agent tends to be right in current market? (Check dashboard) • When does chop detection save you from bad trades? • How do signals near liquidity events perform vs signals in vacuum? Phase 2: Parameter Optimization (Week 2) Goal: Tune system to your instrument and timeframe Signal Mode Testing: • Run 5 days on Aggressive mode (more signals) • Run 5 days on Conservative mode (fewer signals) • Compare: Which produces better risk-adjusted returns? Grade Filter Testing: • Track A+ only for 20 signals • Track A and above for 20 signals • Track B and above for 20 signals • Compare win rates and expectancy Chop Threshold Testing: • Default (80%): Standard filtering • Try 70%: More aggressive filtering • Try 90%: Less filtering • Which produces best results for your instrument? Phase 3: Strategy Development (Weeks 3-4) Goal: Develop personal trading rules based on system signals Position Sizing by Grade: • A+ grade: 100% position size • A grade: 75% position size • B grade: 50% position size • C grade: 25% position size (or skip) Session-Based Rules: • London/NY Overlap: Take all A/A+ signals • NY Session: Take all A+ signals, selective on A • Asian Session: Only A+ signals with extra confirmation • Off-Hours: No new positions Chop Zone Rules: • Chop >70%: Reduce position size 50% • Chop >80%: No new positions • Chop <50%: Full position size allowed Phase 4: Live Micro-Sizing (Month 2) Goal: Validate paper trading results with minimal risk Setup: • 10-20% of intended full position size • Take ONLY A+ signals initially • Follow trade management religiously Tracking: • Log every trade: Entry, Exit, Grade, HMM State, Chop Level, Agent Consensus • Calculate: Win rate by grade, by session, by chop level • Compare to paper trading (should be within 15%) Red Flags: • Win rate diverges significantly from paper trading: Execution issues • Consistent losses during certain sessions: Adjust session rules • Losses cluster when specific agent dominates: Review that agent's logic Phase 5: Scaling Up (Months 3-6) Goal: Gradually increase to full position size Progression: • Month 3: 25-40% size (if micro-sizing profitable) • Month 4: 40-60% size • Month 5: 60-80% size • Month 6: 80-100% size Scale-Up Requirements: • Minimum 30 trades at current size • Win rate ≥50% • Net R positive • No revenge trading incidents • Emotional control maintained 💡 DEVELOPMENT INSIGHTS Why HMM Over Simple Indicators: Early versions used standard indicators (RSI >70 = overbought, etc.). Win rates hovered at 52-55%. The problem: indicators don't capture state. RSI can stay "overbought" for weeks in a strong trend. The insight: markets exist in states, and state persistence matters more than indicator levels. Implementing HMM with state transition probabilities increased signal quality significantly. The system now knows not just "RSI is high" but "we're in IMPULSE_UP state with 70% probability of staying in IMPULSE_UP." The Multi-Agent Evolution: Original version used a single analytical methodology—trend-following. Performance was inconsistent: great in trends, destroyed in ranges. Added mean-reversion agent: now it was inconsistent the other way. The breakthrough: use multiple agents and let the system learn which works . Thompson Sampling wasn't the first attempt—tried simple averaging, voting, even hard-coded regime switching. Thompson Sampling won because it's mathematically optimal and automatically adapts without manual regime detection. Chop Detection Revelation: Chop detection was added almost as an afterthought. "Let's filter out obviously bad conditions." Testing revealed it was the most impactful single feature. Filtering chop zones reduced losing trades by 35% while only reducing total signals by 20%. The insight: avoiding bad trades matters more than finding good ones. Liquidity Anchoring Discovery: Watched hundreds of trades. Noticed pattern: signals that fired after liquidity events (stop runs, volume spikes) had significantly higher win rates than signals in quiet markets. Implemented liquidity detection and anchoring. Win rate on liquidity-anchored signals: 68% vs 52% on non-anchored signals. The Grade System Impact: Early system had binary signals (fire or don't fire). Adding grading transformed it. Traders could finally match position size to signal quality. A+ signals deserved full size; C signals deserved caution. Just implementing grade-based sizing improved portfolio Sharpe ratio by 0.3. 🚨 LIMITATIONS & CRITICAL ASSUMPTIONS What AMWT Is NOT: • NOT a Holy Grail : No system wins every trade. AMWT improves probability, not certainty. • NOT Fully Automated : AMWT provides signals and analysis; execution requires human judgment. • NOT News-Proof : Exogenous shocks (FOMC surprises, geopolitical events) invalidate all technical analysis. • NOT for Scalping : HMM state estimation needs time to develop. Sub-minute timeframes are not appropriate. Core Assumptions: 1. Markets Have States : Assumes markets transition between identifiable regimes. Violation: Random walk markets with no regime structure. 2. States Are Inferable : Assumes observable indicators reveal hidden states. Violation: Market manipulation creating false signals. 3. History Informs Future : Assumes past agent performance predicts future performance. Violation: Regime changes that invalidate historical patterns. 4. Liquidity Events Matter : Assumes institutional activity creates predictable patterns. Violation: Markets with no institutional participation. Performs Best On: • Liquid Futures : ES, NQ, MNQ, MES, CL, GC • Major Forex Pairs : EUR/USD, GBP/USD, USD/JPY • Large-Cap Stocks : AAPL, MSFT, TSLA, NVDA (>$5B market cap) • Liquid Crypto : BTC, ETH on major exchanges Performs Poorly On: • Illiquid Instruments : Low volume stocks, exotic pairs • Very Low Timeframes : Sub-5-minute charts (noise overwhelms signal) • Binary Event Days : Earnings, FDA approvals, court rulings • Manipulated Markets : Penny stocks, low-cap altcoins Known Weaknesses: • Warmup Period : HMM needs ~50 bars to initialize properly. Early signals may be unreliable. • Regime Change Lag : Thompson Sampling adapts over time, not instantly. Sudden regime changes may cause short-term underperformance. • Complexity : More parameters than simple indicators. Requires understanding to use effectively. ⚠️ RISK DISCLOSURE Trading futures, stocks, options, forex, and cryptocurrencies involves substantial risk of loss and is not suitable for all investors. Adaptive Market Wave Theory, while based on rigorous mathematical frameworks including Hidden Markov Models and multi-armed bandit algorithms, does not guarantee profits and can result in significant losses. AMWT's methodologies—HMM state estimation, Thompson Sampling agent selection, and confluence-based grading—have theoretical foundations but past performance is not indicative of future results. Hidden Markov Model assumptions may not hold during: • Major news events disrupting normal market behavior • Flash crashes or circuit breaker events • Low liquidity periods with erratic price action • Algorithmic manipulation or spoofing Multi-agent consensus assumes independent analytical perspectives provide edge. Market conditions change. Edges that existed historically can diminish or disappear. Users must independently validate system performance on their specific instruments, timeframes, and broker execution environment. Paper trade extensively before risking capital. Start with micro position sizing. Never risk more than you can afford to lose completely. Use proper position sizing. Implement stop losses without exception. By using this indicator, you acknowledge these risks and accept full responsibility for all trading decisions and outcomes. "Elliott Wave was a first-order approximation of market phase behavior. AMWT is the second—probabilistic, adaptive, and accountable." Initial Public Release Core Engine: • True Hidden Markov Model with online Baum-Welch learning • Viterbi algorithm for optimal state sequence decoding • 6-state market regime classification Agent System: • 3-Bandit consensus (Trend, Reversion, Structure) • Thompson Sampling with true Beta distribution sampling • Adaptive weight learning based on performance Signal Generation: • Quality-based confluence grading (A+/A/B/C) • Four signal modes (Aggressive/Balanced/Conservative/Institutional) • Grade-based visual brightness Chop Detection: • 5-factor analysis (ADX, Choppiness Index, Range Compression, Channel Position, Volume) • 7 regime classifications • Configurable signal suppression threshold Liquidity: • Volume spike detection • Stop run (liquidity sweep) identification • BSL/SSL pool mapping • Absorption zone detection Trade Management: • Trade lock with configurable duration • TP1/TP2/TP3 targets • ATR-based stop loss • Persistent execution markers Session Intelligence: • Asian/London/NY/Overlap detection • Smart weekend handling (Sunday futures open) • Session quality scoring Performance: • Statistics tracking with reset functionality • 7 currency display modes • Win rate and Net R calculation Visuals: • Macro channel with linear regression • Chop boxes • EMA ribbon • Liquidity pool lines • 6 professional themes Dashboards: • Main Dashboard: Market State, Consensus, Trade Status, Statistics • AMWT Advisor : Market Pulse, Agent Matrix, Structure, Watch For Taking you to school. - Dskyz, Trade with probability. Trade with consensus. Trade with AMWT.
Pine Script® インジケーター
DskyzInvestmentsの投稿
3
Adaptive Market Wave TheoryAdaptive Market Wave Theory 🌊 CORE INNOVATION: PROBABILISTIC PHASE DETECTION WITH MULTI-AGENT CONSENSUS Adaptive Market Wave Theory (AMWT) represents a fundamental paradigm shift in how traders approach market phase identification. Rather than counting waves subjectively or drawing static breakout levels, AMWT treats the market as a hidden state machine —using Hidden Markov Models, multi-agent consensus systems, and reinforcement learning algorithms to quantify what traditional methods leave to interpretation. The Wave Analysis Problem: Traditional wave counting methodologies (Elliott Wave, harmonic patterns, ABC corrections) share fatal weaknesses that AMWT directly addresses: 1. Non-Falsifiability : Invalid wave counts can always be "recounted" or "adjusted." If your Wave 3 fails, it becomes "Wave 3 of a larger degree" or "actually Wave C." There's no objective failure condition. 2. Observer Bias : Two expert wave analysts examining the same chart routinely reach different conclusions. This isn't a feature—it's a fundamental methodology flaw. 3. No Confidence Measure : Traditional analysis says "This IS Wave 3." But with what probability? 51%? 95%? The binary nature prevents proper position sizing and risk management. 4. Static Rules : Fixed Fibonacci ratios and wave guidelines cannot adapt to changing market regimes. What worked in 2019 may fail in 2024. 5. No Accountability : Wave methodologies rarely track their own performance. There's no feedback loop to improve. The AMWT Solution: AMWT addresses each limitation through rigorous mathematical frameworks borrowed from speech recognition, machine learning, and reinforcement learning: • Non-Falsifiability → Hard Invalidation : Wave hypotheses die permanently when price violates calculated invalidation levels. No recounting allowed. • Observer Bias → Multi-Agent Consensus : Three independent analytical agents must agree. Single-methodology bias is eliminated. • No Confidence → Probabilistic States : Every market state has a calculated probability from Hidden Markov Model inference. "72% probability of impulse state" replaces "This is Wave 3." • Static Rules → Adaptive Learning : Thompson Sampling multi-armed bandits learn which agents perform best in current conditions. The system adapts in real-time. • No Accountability → Performance Tracking : Comprehensive statistics track every signal's outcome. The system knows its own performance. The Core Insight: "Traditional wave analysis asks 'What count is this?' AMWT asks 'What is the probability we are in an impulsive state, with what confidence, confirmed by how many independent methodologies, and anchored to what liquidity event?'" 🔬 THEORETICAL FOUNDATION: HIDDEN MARKOV MODELS Why Hidden Markov Models? Markets exist in hidden states that we cannot directly observe—only their effects on price are visible. When the market is in an "impulse up" state, we see rising prices, expanding volume, and trending indicators. But we don't observe the state itself—we infer it from observables. This is precisely the problem Hidden Markov Models (HMMs) solve. Originally developed for speech recognition (inferring words from sound waves), HMMs excel at estimating hidden states from noisy observations. HMM Components: 1. Hidden States (S) : The unobservable market conditions 2. Observations (O) : What we can measure (price, volume, indicators) 3. Transition Matrix (A) : Probability of moving between states 4. Emission Matrix (B) : Probability of observations given each state 5. Initial Distribution (π) : Starting state probabilities AMWT's Six Market States: State 0: IMPULSE_UP • Definition: Strong bullish momentum with high participation • Observable Signatures: Rising prices, expanding volume, RSI >60, price above upper Bollinger Band, MACD histogram positive and rising • Typical Duration: 5-20 bars depending on timeframe • What It Means: Institutional buying pressure, trend acceleration phase State 1: IMPULSE_DN • Definition: Strong bearish momentum with high participation • Observable Signatures: Falling prices, expanding volume, RSI <40, price below lower Bollinger Band, MACD histogram negative and falling • Typical Duration: 5-20 bars (often shorter than bullish impulses—markets fall faster) • What It Means: Institutional selling pressure, panic or distribution acceleration State 2: CORRECTION • Definition: Counter-trend consolidation with declining momentum • Observable Signatures: Sideways or mild counter-trend movement, contracting volume, RSI returning toward 50, Bollinger Bands narrowing • Typical Duration: 8-30 bars • What It Means: Profit-taking, digestion of prior move, potential accumulation for next leg State 3: ACCUMULATION • Definition: Base-building near lows where informed participants absorb supply • Observable Signatures: Price near recent lows but not making new lows, volume spikes on up bars, RSI showing positive divergence, tight range • Typical Duration: 15-50 bars • What It Means: Smart money buying from weak hands, preparing for markup phase State 4: DISTRIBUTION • Definition: Top-forming near highs where informed participants distribute holdings • Observable Signatures: Price near recent highs but struggling to advance, volume spikes on down bars, RSI showing negative divergence, widening range • Typical Duration: 15-50 bars • What It Means: Smart money selling to late buyers, preparing for markdown phase State 5: TRANSITION • Definition: Regime change period with mixed signals and elevated uncertainty • Observable Signatures: Conflicting indicators, whipsaw price action, no clear momentum, high volatility without direction • Typical Duration: 5-15 bars • What It Means: Market deciding next direction, dangerous for directional trades The Transition Matrix: The transition matrix A captures the probability of moving from one state to another. AMWT initializes with empirically-derived values then updates online: From/To IMP_UP IMP_DN CORR ACCUM DIST TRANS IMP_UP 0.70 0.02 0.20 0.02 0.04 0.02 IMP_DN 0.02 0.70 0.20 0.04 0.02 0.02 CORR 0.15 0.15 0.50 0.10 0.10 0.00 ACCUM 0.30 0.05 0.15 0.40 0.05 0.05 DIST 0.05 0.30 0.15 0.05 0.40 0.05 TRANS 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.15 0.15 0.10 Key Insights from Transition Probabilities: • Impulse states are sticky (70% self-transition): Once trending, markets tend to continue • Corrections can transition to either impulse direction (15% each): The next move after correction is uncertain • Accumulation strongly favors IMP_UP transition (30%): Base-building leads to rallies • Distribution strongly favors IMP_DN transition (30%): Topping leads to declines The Viterbi Algorithm: Given a sequence of observations, how do we find the most likely state sequence? This is the Viterbi algorithm—dynamic programming to find the optimal path through the state space. Mathematical Formulation: δ_t(j) = max_i × B_j(O_t) Where: δ_t(j) = probability of most likely path ending in state j at time t A_ij = transition probability from state i to state j B_j(O_t) = emission probability of observation O_t given state j AMWT Implementation: AMWT runs Viterbi over a rolling window (default 50 bars), computing the most likely state sequence and extracting: • Current state estimate • State confidence (probability of current state vs alternatives) • State sequence for pattern detection Online Learning (Baum-Welch Adaptation): Unlike static HMMs, AMWT continuously updates its transition and emission matrices based on observed market behavior: f_onlineUpdateHMM(prev_state, curr_state, observation, decay) => // Update transition matrix A *= decay A += (1.0 - decay) // Renormalize row // Update emission matrix B *= decay B += (1.0 - decay) // Renormalize row The decay parameter (default 0.85) controls adaptation speed: • Higher decay (0.95): Slower adaptation, more stable, better for consistent markets • Lower decay (0.80): Faster adaptation, more reactive, better for regime changes Why This Matters for Trading: Traditional indicators give you a number (RSI = 72). AMWT gives you a probabilistic state assessment : "There is a 78% probability we are in IMPULSE_UP state, with 15% probability of CORRECTION and 7% distributed among other states. The transition matrix suggests 70% chance of remaining in IMPULSE_UP next bar, 20% chance of transitioning to CORRECTION." This enables: • Position sizing by confidence : 90% confidence = full size; 60% confidence = half size • Risk management by transition probability : High correction probability = tighten stops • Strategy selection by state : IMPULSE = trend-follow; CORRECTION = wait; ACCUMULATION = scale in 🎰 THE 3-BANDIT CONSENSUS SYSTEM The Multi-Agent Philosophy: No single analytical methodology works in all market conditions. Trend-following excels in trending markets but gets chopped in ranges. Mean-reversion excels in ranges but gets crushed in trends. Structure-based analysis works when structure is clear but fails in chaotic markets. AMWT's solution: employ three independent agents , each analyzing the market from a different perspective, then use Thompson Sampling to learn which agents perform best in current conditions. Agent 1: TREND AGENT Philosophy : Markets trend. Follow the trend until it ends. Analytical Components: • EMA Alignment: EMA8 > EMA21 > EMA50 (bullish) or inverse (bearish) • MACD Histogram: Direction and rate of change • Price Momentum: Close relative to ATR-normalized movement • VWAP Position: Price above/below volume-weighted average price Signal Generation: Strong Bull: EMA aligned bull AND MACD histogram > 0 AND momentum > 0.3 AND close > VWAP → Signal: +1 (Long), Confidence: 0.75 + |momentum| × 0.4 Moderate Bull: EMA stack bull AND MACD rising AND momentum > 0.1 → Signal: +1 (Long), Confidence: 0.65 + |momentum| × 0.3 Strong Bear: EMA aligned bear AND MACD histogram < 0 AND momentum < -0.3 AND close < VWAP → Signal: -1 (Short), Confidence: 0.75 + |momentum| × 0.4 Moderate Bear: EMA stack bear AND MACD falling AND momentum < -0.1 → Signal: -1 (Short), Confidence: 0.65 + |momentum| × 0.3 When Trend Agent Excels: • Trend days (IB extension >1.5x) • Post-breakout continuation • Institutional accumulation/distribution phases When Trend Agent Fails: • Range-bound markets (ADX <20) • Chop zones after volatility spikes • Reversal days at major levels Agent 2: REVERSION AGENT Philosophy: Markets revert to mean. Extreme readings reverse. Analytical Components: • Bollinger Band Position: Distance from bands, percent B • RSI Extremes: Overbought (>70) and oversold (<30) • Stochastic: %K/%D crossovers at extremes • Band Squeeze: Bollinger Band width contraction Signal Generation: Oversold Bounce: BB %B < 0.20 AND RSI < 35 AND Stochastic < 25 → Signal: +1 (Long), Confidence: 0.70 + (30 - RSI) × 0.01 Overbought Fade: BB %B > 0.80 AND RSI > 65 AND Stochastic > 75 → Signal: -1 (Short), Confidence: 0.70 + (RSI - 70) × 0.01 Squeeze Fire Bull: Band squeeze ending AND close > upper band → Signal: +1 (Long), Confidence: 0.65 Squeeze Fire Bear: Band squeeze ending AND close < lower band → Signal: -1 (Short), Confidence: 0.65 When Reversion Agent Excels: • Rotation days (price stays within IB) • Range-bound consolidation • After extended moves without pullback When Reversion Agent Fails: • Strong trend days (RSI can stay overbought for days) • Breakout moves • News-driven directional moves Agent 3: STRUCTURE AGENT Philosophy: Market structure reveals institutional intent. Follow the smart money. Analytical Components: • Break of Structure (BOS): Price breaks prior swing high/low • Change of Character (CHOCH): First break against prevailing trend • Higher Highs/Higher Lows: Bullish structure • Lower Highs/Lower Lows: Bearish structure • Liquidity Sweeps: Stop runs that reverse Signal Generation: BOS Bull: Price breaks above prior swing high with momentum → Signal: +1 (Long), Confidence: 0.70 + structure_strength × 0.2 CHOCH Bull: First higher low after downtrend, breaking structure → Signal: +1 (Long), Confidence: 0.75 BOS Bear: Price breaks below prior swing low with momentum → Signal: -1 (Short), Confidence: 0.70 + structure_strength × 0.2 CHOCH Bear: First lower high after uptrend, breaking structure → Signal: -1 (Short), Confidence: 0.75 Liquidity Sweep Long: Price sweeps below swing low then reverses strongly → Signal: +1 (Long), Confidence: 0.80 Liquidity Sweep Short: Price sweeps above swing high then reverses strongly → Signal: -1 (Short), Confidence: 0.80 When Structure Agent Excels: • After liquidity grabs (stop runs) • At major swing points • During institutional accumulation/distribution When Structure Agent Fails: • Choppy, structureless markets • During news events (structure becomes noise) • Very low timeframes (noise overwhelms structure) Thompson Sampling: The Bandit Algorithm With three agents giving potentially different signals, how do we decide which to trust? This is the multi-armed bandit problem —balancing exploitation (using what works) with exploration (testing alternatives). Thompson Sampling Solution: Each agent maintains a Beta distribution representing its success/failure history: Agent success rate modeled as Beta(α, β) Where: α = number of successful signals + 1 β = number of failed signals + 1 On Each Bar: 1. Sample from each agent's Beta distribution 2. Weight agent signals by sampled probabilities 3. Combine weighted signals into consensus 4. Update α/β based on trade outcomes Mathematical Implementation: // Beta sampling via Gamma ratio method f_beta_sample(alpha, beta) => g1 = f_gamma_sample(alpha) g2 = f_gamma_sample(beta) g1 / (g1 + g2) // Thompson Sampling selection for each agent: sampled_prob = f_beta_sample(agent.alpha, agent.beta) weight = sampled_prob / sum(all_sampled_probs) consensus += agent.signal × agent.confidence × weight Why Thompson Sampling? • Automatic Exploration : Agents with few samples get occasional chances (high variance in Beta distribution) • Bayesian Optimal : Mathematically proven optimal solution to exploration-exploitation tradeoff • Uncertainty-Aware : Small sample size = more exploration; large sample size = more exploitation • Self-Correcting : Poor performers naturally get lower weights over time Example Evolution: Day 1 (Initial): Trend Agent: Beta(1,1) → samples ~0.50 (high uncertainty) Reversion Agent: Beta(1,1) → samples ~0.50 (high uncertainty) Structure Agent: Beta(1,1) → samples ~0.50 (high uncertainty) After 50 Signals: Trend Agent: Beta(28,23) → samples ~0.55 (moderate confidence) Reversion Agent: Beta(18,33) → samples ~0.35 (underperforming) Structure Agent: Beta(32,19) → samples ~0.63 (outperforming) Result: Structure Agent now receives highest weight in consensus Consensus Requirements by Mode: Aggressive Mode: • Minimum 1/3 agents agreeing • Consensus threshold: 45% • Use case: More signals, higher risk tolerance Balanced Mode: • Minimum 2/3 agents agreeing • Consensus threshold: 55% • Use case: Standard trading Conservative Mode: • Minimum 2/3 agents agreeing • Consensus threshold: 65% • Use case: Higher quality, fewer signals Institutional Mode: • Minimum 2/3 agents agreeing • Consensus threshold: 75% • Additional: Session quality >0.65, mode adjustment +0.10 • Use case: Highest quality signals only 🌀 INTELLIGENT CHOP DETECTION ENGINE The Chop Problem: Most trading losses occur not from being wrong about direction, but from trading in conditions where direction doesn't exist . Choppy, range-bound markets generate false signals from every methodology—trend-following, mean-reversion, and structure-based alike. AMWT's chop detection engine identifies these low-probability environments before signals fire, preventing the most damaging trades. Five-Factor Chop Analysis: Factor 1: ADX Component (25% weight) ADX (Average Directional Index) measures trend strength regardless of direction. ADX < 15: Very weak trend (high chop score) ADX 15-20: Weak trend (moderate chop score) ADX 20-25: Developing trend (low chop score) ADX > 25: Strong trend (minimal chop score) adx_chop = (i_adxThreshold - adx_val) / i_adxThreshold × 100 Why ADX Works: ADX synthesizes +DI and -DI movements. Low ADX means price is moving but not directionally—the definition of chop. Factor 2: Choppiness Index (25% weight) The Choppiness Index measures price efficiency using the ratio of ATR sum to price range: CI = 100 × LOG10(SUM(ATR, n) / (Highest - Lowest)) / LOG10(n) CI > 61.8: Choppy (range-bound, inefficient movement) CI < 38.2: Trending (directional, efficient movement) CI 38.2-61.8: Transitional chop_idx_score = (ci_val - 38.2) / (61.8 - 38.2) × 100 Why Choppiness Index Works: In trending markets, price covers distance efficiently (low ATR sum relative to range). In choppy markets, price oscillates wildly but goes nowhere (high ATR sum relative to range). Factor 3: Range Compression (20% weight) Compares recent range to longer-term range, detecting volatility squeezes: recent_range = Highest(20) - Lowest(20) longer_range = Highest(50) - Lowest(50) compression = 1 - (recent_range / longer_range) compression > 0.5: Strong squeeze (potential breakout imminent) compression < 0.2: No compression (normal volatility) range_compression_score = compression × 100 Why Range Compression Matters: Compression precedes expansion. High compression = market coiling, preparing for move. Signals during compression often fail because the breakout hasn't occurred yet. Factor 4: Channel Position (15% weight) Tracks price position within the macro channel: channel_position = (close - channel_low) / (channel_high - channel_low) position 0.4-0.6: Center of channel (indecision zone) position <0.2 or >0.8: Near extremes (potential reversal or breakout) channel_chop = abs(0.5 - channel_position) < 0.15 ? high_score : low_score Why Channel Position Matters: Price in the middle of a range is in "no man's land"—equally likely to go either direction. Signals in the channel center have lower probability. Factor 5: Volume Quality (15% weight) Assesses volume relative to average: vol_ratio = volume / SMA(volume, 20) vol_ratio < 0.7: Low volume (lack of conviction) vol_ratio 0.7-1.3: Normal volume vol_ratio > 1.3: High volume (conviction present) volume_chop = vol_ratio < 0.8 ? (1 - vol_ratio) × 100 : 0 Why Volume Quality Matters: Low volume moves lack institutional participation. These moves are more likely to reverse or stall. Combined Chop Intensity: chopIntensity = (adx_chop × 0.25) + (chop_idx_score × 0.25) + (range_compression_score × 0.20) + (channel_chop × 0.15) + (volume_chop × i_volumeChopWeight × 0.15) Regime Classifications: Based on chop intensity and component analysis: • Strong Trend (0-20%): ADX >30, clear directional momentum, trade aggressively • Trending (20-35%): ADX >20, moderate directional bias, trade normally • Transitioning (35-50%): Mixed signals, regime change possible, reduce size • Mid-Range (50-60%): Price trapped in channel center, avoid new positions • Ranging (60-70%): Low ADX, price oscillating within bounds, fade extremes only • Compression (70-80%): Volatility squeeze, expansion imminent, wait for breakout • Strong Chop (80-100%): Multiple chop factors aligned, avoid trading entirely Signal Suppression: When chop intensity exceeds the configurable threshold (default 80%), signals are suppressed entirely. The dashboard displays "⚠️ CHOP ZONE" with the current regime classification. Chop Box Visualization: When chop is detected, AMWT draws a semi-transparent box on the chart showing the chop zone. This visual reminder helps traders avoid entering positions during unfavorable conditions. 💧 LIQUIDITY ANCHORING SYSTEM The Liquidity Concept: Markets move from liquidity pool to liquidity pool. Stop losses cluster at predictable locations—below swing lows (buy stops become sell orders when triggered) and above swing highs (sell stops become buy orders when triggered). Institutions know where these clusters are and often engineer moves to trigger them before reversing. AMWT identifies and tracks these liquidity events, using them as anchors for signal confidence. Liquidity Event Types: Type 1: Volume Spikes Definition: Volume > SMA(volume, 20) × i_volThreshold (default 2.8x) Interpretation: Sudden volume surge indicates institutional activity • Near swing low + reversal: Likely accumulation • Near swing high + reversal: Likely distribution • With continuation: Institutional conviction in direction Type 2: Stop Runs (Liquidity Sweeps) Definition: Price briefly exceeds swing high/low then reverses within N bars Detection: • Price breaks above recent swing high (triggering buy stops) • Then closes back below that high within 3 bars • Signal: Bullish stop run complete, reversal likely Or inverse for bearish: • Price breaks below recent swing low (triggering sell stops) • Then closes back above that low within 3 bars • Signal: Bearish stop run complete, reversal likely Type 3: Absorption Events Definition: High volume with small candle body Detection: • Volume > 2x average • Candle body < 30% of candle range • Interpretation: Large orders being filled without moving price • Implication: Accumulation (at lows) or distribution (at highs) Type 4: BSL/SSL Pools (Buy-Side/Sell-Side Liquidity) BSL (Buy-Side Liquidity): • Cluster of swing highs within ATR proximity • Stop losses from shorts sit above these highs • Breaking BSL triggers short covering (fuel for rally) SSL (Sell-Side Liquidity): • Cluster of swing lows within ATR proximity • Stop losses from longs sit below these lows • Breaking SSL triggers long liquidation (fuel for decline) Liquidity Pool Mapping: AMWT continuously scans for and maps liquidity pools: // Detect swing highs/lows using pivot function swing_high = ta.pivothigh(high, 5, 5) swing_low = ta.pivotlow(low, 5, 5) // Track recent swing points if not na(swing_high) bsl_levels.push(swing_high) if not na(swing_low) ssl_levels.push(swing_low) // Display on chart with labels Confluence Scoring Integration: When signals fire near identified liquidity events, confluence scoring increases: • Signal near volume spike: +10% confidence • Signal after liquidity sweep: +15% confidence • Signal at BSL/SSL pool: +10% confidence • Signal aligned with absorption zone: +10% confidence Why Liquidity Anchoring Matters: Signals "in a vacuum" have lower probability than signals anchored to institutional activity. A long signal after a liquidity sweep below swing lows has trapped shorts providing fuel. A long signal in the middle of nowhere has no such catalyst. 📊 SIGNAL GRADING SYSTEM The Quality Problem: Not all signals are created equal. A signal with 6/6 factors aligned is fundamentally different from a signal with 3/6 factors aligned. Traditional indicators treat them the same. AMWT grades every signal based on confluence. Confluence Components (100 points total): 1. Bandit Consensus Strength (25 points) consensus_str = weighted average of agent confidences score = consensus_str × 25 Example: Trend Agent: +1 signal, 0.80 confidence, 0.35 weight Reversion Agent: 0 signal, 0.50 confidence, 0.25 weight Structure Agent: +1 signal, 0.75 confidence, 0.40 weight Weighted consensus = (0.80×0.35 + 0×0.25 + 0.75×0.40) / (0.35 + 0.40) = 0.77 Score = 0.77 × 25 = 19.25 points 2. HMM State Confidence (15 points) score = hmm_confidence × 15 Example: HMM reports 82% probability of IMPULSE_UP Score = 0.82 × 15 = 12.3 points 3. Session Quality (15 points) Session quality varies by time: • London/NY Overlap: 1.0 (15 points) • New York Session: 0.95 (14.25 points) • London Session: 0.70 (10.5 points) • Asian Session: 0.40 (6 points) • Off-Hours: 0.30 (4.5 points) • Weekend: 0.10 (1.5 points) 4. Energy/Participation (10 points) energy = (realized_vol / avg_vol) × 0.4 + (range / ATR) × 0.35 + (volume / avg_volume) × 0.25 score = min(energy, 1.0) × 10 5. Volume Confirmation (10 points) if volume > SMA(volume, 20) × 1.5: score = 10 else if volume > SMA(volume, 20): score = 5 else: score = 0 6. Structure Alignment (10 points) For long signals: • Bullish structure (HH + HL): 10 points • Higher low only: 6 points • Neutral structure: 3 points • Bearish structure: 0 points Inverse for short signals 7. Trend Alignment (10 points) For long signals: • Price > EMA21 > EMA50: 10 points • Price > EMA21: 6 points • Neutral: 3 points • Against trend: 0 points 8. Entry Trigger Quality (5 points) • Strong trigger (multiple confirmations): 5 points • Moderate trigger (single confirmation): 3 points • Weak trigger (marginal): 1 point Grade Scale: Total Score → Grade 85-100 → A+ (Exceptional—all factors aligned) 70-84 → A (Strong—high probability) 55-69 → B (Acceptable—proceed with caution) Below 55 → C (Marginal—filtered by default) Grade-Based Signal Brightness: Signal arrows on the chart have transparency based on grade: • A+: Full brightness (alpha = 0) • A: Slight fade (alpha = 15) • B: Moderate fade (alpha = 35) • C: Significant fade (alpha = 55) This visual hierarchy helps traders instantly identify signal quality. Minimum Grade Filter: Configurable filter (default: C) sets the minimum grade for signal display: • Set to "A" for only highest-quality signals • Set to "B" for moderate selectivity • Set to "C" for all signals (maximum quantity) 🕐 SESSION INTELLIGENCE Why Sessions Matter: Markets behave differently at different times. The London open is fundamentally different from the Asian lunch hour. AMWT incorporates session-aware logic to optimize signal quality. Session Definitions: Asian Session (18:00-03:00 ET) • Characteristics: Lower volatility, range-bound tendency, fewer institutional participants • Quality Score: 0.40 (40% of peak quality) • Strategy Implications: Fade extremes, expect ranges, smaller position sizes • Best For: Mean-reversion setups, accumulation/distribution identification London Session (03:00-12:00 ET) • Characteristics: European institutional activity, volatility pickup, trend initiation • Quality Score: 0.70 (70% of peak quality) • Strategy Implications: Watch for trend development, breakouts more reliable • Best For: Initial trend identification, structure breaks New York Session (08:00-17:00 ET) • Characteristics: Highest liquidity, US institutional activity, major moves • Quality Score: 0.95 (95% of peak quality) • Strategy Implications: Best environment for directional trades • Best For: Trend continuation, momentum plays London/NY Overlap (08:00-12:00 ET) • Characteristics: Peak liquidity, both European and US participants active • Quality Score: 1.0 (100%—maximum quality) • Strategy Implications: Highest probability for successful breakouts and trends • Best For: All signal types—this is prime time Off-Hours • Characteristics: Thin liquidity, erratic price action, gaps possible • Quality Score: 0.30 (30% of peak quality) • Strategy Implications: Avoid new positions, wider stops if holding • Best For: Waiting Smart Weekend Detection: AMWT properly handles the Sunday evening futures open: // Traditional (broken): isWeekend = dayofweek == saturday OR dayofweek == sunday // AMWT (correct): anySessionActive = not na(asianTime) or not na(londonTime) or not na(nyTime) isWeekend = calendarWeekend AND NOT anySessionActive This ensures Sunday 6pm ET (when futures open) correctly shows "Asian Session" rather than "Weekend." Session Transition Boosts: Certain session transitions create trading opportunities: • Asian → London transition: +15% confidence boost (volatility expansion likely) • London → Overlap transition: +20% confidence boost (peak liquidity approaching) • Overlap → NY-only transition: -10% confidence adjustment (liquidity declining) • Any → Off-Hours transition: Signal suppression recommended 📈 TRADE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM The Signal Spam Problem: Many indicators generate signal after signal, creating confusion and overtrading. AMWT implements a complete trade lifecycle management system that prevents signal spam and tracks performance. Trade Lock Mechanism: Once a signal fires, the system enters a "trade lock" state: Trade Lock Duration: Configurable (default 30 bars) Early Exit Conditions: • TP3 hit (full target reached) • Stop Loss hit (trade failed) • Lock expiration (time-based exit) During lock: • No new signals of same type displayed • Opposite signals can override (reversal) • Trade status tracked in dashboard Target Levels: Each signal generates three profit targets based on ATR: TP1 (Conservative Target) • Default: 1.0 × ATR • Purpose: Quick partial profit, reduce risk • Action: Take 30-40% off position, move stop to breakeven TP2 (Standard Target) • Default: 2.5 × ATR • Purpose: Main profit target • Action: Take 40-50% off position, trail stop TP3 (Extended Target) • Default: 5.0 × ATR • Purpose: Runner target for trend days • Action: Close remaining position or continue trailing Stop Loss: • Default: 1.9 × ATR from entry • Purpose: Define maximum risk • Placement: Below recent swing low (longs) or above recent swing high (shorts) Invalidation Level: Beyond stop loss, AMWT calculates an "invalidation" level where the wave hypothesis dies: invalidation = entry - (ATR × INVALIDATION_MULT × 1.5) If price reaches invalidation, the current market interpretation is wrong—not just the trade. Visual Trade Management: During active trades, AMWT displays: • Entry arrow with grade label (▲A+, ▼B, etc.) • TP1, TP2, TP3 horizontal lines in green • Stop Loss line in red • Invalidation line in orange (dashed) • Progress indicator in dashboard Persistent Execution Markers: When targets or stops are hit, permanent markers appear: • TP hit: Green dot with "TP1"/"TP2"/"TP3" label • SL hit: Red dot with "SL" label These persist on the chart for review and statistics. 💰 PERFORMANCE TRACKING & STATISTICS Tracked Metrics: • Total Trades: Count of all signals that entered trade lock • Winning Trades: Signals where at least TP1 was reached before SL • Losing Trades: Signals where SL was hit before any TP • Win Rate: Winning / Total × 100% • Total R Profit: Sum of R-multiples from winning trades • Total R Loss: Sum of R-multiples from losing trades • Net R: Total R Profit - Total R Loss Currency Conversion System: AMWT can display P&L in multiple formats: R-Multiple (Default) • Shows risk-normalized returns • "Net P&L: +4.2R | 78 trades" means 4.2 times initial risk gained over 78 trades • Best for comparing across different position sizes Currency Conversion (USD/EUR/GBP/JPY/INR) • Converts R-multiples to currency based on: - Dollar Risk Per Trade (user input) - Tick Value (user input) - Selected currency Example Configuration: Dollar Risk Per Trade: $100 Display Currency: USD If Net R = +4.2R Display: Net P&L: +$420.00 | 78 trades Ticks • For futures traders who think in ticks • Converts based on tick value input Statistics Reset: Two reset methods: 1. Toggle Reset • Turn "Reset Statistics" toggle ON then OFF • Clears all statistics immediately 2. Date-Based Reset • Set "Reset After Date" (YYYY-MM-DD format) • Only trades after this date are counted • Useful for isolating recent performance 🎨 VISUAL FEATURES Macro Channel: Dynamic regression-based channel showing market boundaries: • Upper/lower bounds calculated from swing pivot linear regression • Adapts to current market structure • Shows overall trend direction and potential reversal zones Chop Boxes: Semi-transparent overlay during high-chop periods: • Purple/orange coloring indicates dangerous conditions • Visual reminder to avoid new positions Confluence Heat Zones: Background shading indicating setup quality: • Darker shading = higher confluence • Lighter shading = lower confluence • Helps identify optimal entry timing EMA Ribbon: Trend visualization via moving average fill: • EMA 8/21/50 with gradient fill between • Green fill when bullish aligned • Red fill when bearish aligned • Gray when neutral Absorption Zone Boxes: Marks potential accumulation/distribution areas: • High volume + small body = absorption • Boxes drawn at these levels • Often act as support/resistance Liquidity Pool Lines: BSL/SSL levels with labels: • Dashed lines at liquidity clusters • "BSL" label above swing high clusters • "SSL" label below swing low clusters Six Professional Themes: • Quantum: Deep purples and cyans (default) • Cyberpunk: Neon pinks and blues • Professional: Muted grays and greens • Ocean: Blues and teals • Matrix: Greens and blacks • Ember: Oranges and reds 🎓 PROFESSIONAL USAGE PROTOCOL Phase 1: Learning the System (Week 1) Goal: Understand AMWT concepts and dashboard interpretation Setup: • Signal Mode: Balanced • Display: All features enabled • Grade Filter: C (see all signals) Actions: • Paper trade ONLY—no real money • Observe HMM state transitions throughout the day • Note when agents agree vs disagree • Watch chop detection engage and disengage • Track which grades produce winners vs losers Key Learning Questions: • How often do A+ signals win vs B signals? (Should see clear difference) • Which agent tends to be right in current market? (Check dashboard) • When does chop detection save you from bad trades? • How do signals near liquidity events perform vs signals in vacuum? Phase 2: Parameter Optimization (Week 2) Goal: Tune system to your instrument and timeframe Signal Mode Testing: • Run 5 days on Aggressive mode (more signals) • Run 5 days on Conservative mode (fewer signals) • Compare: Which produces better risk-adjusted returns? Grade Filter Testing: • Track A+ only for 20 signals • Track A and above for 20 signals • Track B and above for 20 signals • Compare win rates and expectancy Chop Threshold Testing: • Default (80%): Standard filtering • Try 70%: More aggressive filtering • Try 90%: Less filtering • Which produces best results for your instrument? Phase 3: Strategy Development (Weeks 3-4) Goal: Develop personal trading rules based on system signals Position Sizing by Grade: • A+ grade: 100% position size • A grade: 75% position size • B grade: 50% position size • C grade: 25% position size (or skip) Session-Based Rules: • London/NY Overlap: Take all A/A+ signals • NY Session: Take all A+ signals, selective on A • Asian Session: Only A+ signals with extra confirmation • Off-Hours: No new positions Chop Zone Rules: • Chop >70%: Reduce position size 50% • Chop >80%: No new positions • Chop <50%: Full position size allowed Phase 4: Live Micro-Sizing (Month 2) Goal: Validate paper trading results with minimal risk Setup: • 10-20% of intended full position size • Take ONLY A+ signals initially • Follow trade management religiously Tracking: • Log every trade: Entry, Exit, Grade, HMM State, Chop Level, Agent Consensus • Calculate: Win rate by grade, by session, by chop level • Compare to paper trading (should be within 15%) Red Flags: • Win rate diverges significantly from paper trading: Execution issues • Consistent losses during certain sessions: Adjust session rules • Losses cluster when specific agent dominates: Review that agent's logic Phase 5: Scaling Up (Months 3-6) Goal: Gradually increase to full position size Progression: • Month 3: 25-40% size (if micro-sizing profitable) • Month 4: 40-60% size • Month 5: 60-80% size • Month 6: 80-100% size Scale-Up Requirements: • Minimum 30 trades at current size • Win rate ≥50% • Net R positive • No revenge trading incidents • Emotional control maintained 💡 DEVELOPMENT INSIGHTS Why HMM Over Simple Indicators: Early versions used standard indicators (RSI >70 = overbought, etc.). Win rates hovered at 52-55%. The problem: indicators don't capture state. RSI can stay "overbought" for weeks in a strong trend. The insight: markets exist in states, and state persistence matters more than indicator levels. Implementing HMM with state transition probabilities increased signal quality significantly. The system now knows not just "RSI is high" but "we're in IMPULSE_UP state with 70% probability of staying in IMPULSE_UP." The Multi-Agent Evolution: Original version used a single analytical methodology—trend-following. Performance was inconsistent: great in trends, destroyed in ranges. Added mean-reversion agent: now it was inconsistent the other way. The breakthrough: use multiple agents and let the system learn which works . Thompson Sampling wasn't the first attempt—tried simple averaging, voting, even hard-coded regime switching. Thompson Sampling won because it's mathematically optimal and automatically adapts without manual regime detection. Chop Detection Revelation: Chop detection was added almost as an afterthought. "Let's filter out obviously bad conditions." Testing revealed it was the most impactful single feature. Filtering chop zones reduced losing trades by 35% while only reducing total signals by 20%. The insight: avoiding bad trades matters more than finding good ones. Liquidity Anchoring Discovery: Watched hundreds of trades. Noticed pattern: signals that fired after liquidity events (stop runs, volume spikes) had significantly higher win rates than signals in quiet markets. Implemented liquidity detection and anchoring. Win rate on liquidity-anchored signals: 68% vs 52% on non-anchored signals. The Grade System Impact: Early system had binary signals (fire or don't fire). Adding grading transformed it. Traders could finally match position size to signal quality. A+ signals deserved full size; C signals deserved caution. Just implementing grade-based sizing improved portfolio Sharpe ratio by 0.3. 🚨 LIMITATIONS & CRITICAL ASSUMPTIONS What AMWT Is NOT: • NOT a Holy Grail : No system wins every trade. AMWT improves probability, not certainty. • NOT Fully Automated : AMWT provides signals and analysis; execution requires human judgment. • NOT News-Proof : Exogenous shocks (FOMC surprises, geopolitical events) invalidate all technical analysis. • NOT for Scalping : HMM state estimation needs time to develop. Sub-minute timeframes are not appropriate. Core Assumptions: 1. Markets Have States : Assumes markets transition between identifiable regimes. Violation: Random walk markets with no regime structure. 2. States Are Inferable : Assumes observable indicators reveal hidden states. Violation: Market manipulation creating false signals. 3. History Informs Future : Assumes past agent performance predicts future performance. Violation: Regime changes that invalidate historical patterns. 4. Liquidity Events Matter : Assumes institutional activity creates predictable patterns. Violation: Markets with no institutional participation. Performs Best On: • Liquid Futures : ES, NQ, MNQ, MES, CL, GC • Major Forex Pairs : EUR/USD, GBP/USD, USD/JPY • Large-Cap Stocks : AAPL, MSFT, TSLA, NVDA (>$5B market cap) • Liquid Crypto : BTC, ETH on major exchanges Performs Poorly On: • Illiquid Instruments : Low volume stocks, exotic pairs • Very Low Timeframes : Sub-5-minute charts (noise overwhelms signal) • Binary Event Days : Earnings, FDA approvals, court rulings • Manipulated Markets : Penny stocks, low-cap altcoins Known Weaknesses: • Warmup Period : HMM needs ~50 bars to initialize properly. Early signals may be unreliable. • Regime Change Lag : Thompson Sampling adapts over time, not instantly. Sudden regime changes may cause short-term underperformance. • Complexity : More parameters than simple indicators. Requires understanding to use effectively. ⚠️ RISK DISCLOSURE Trading futures, stocks, options, forex, and cryptocurrencies involves substantial risk of loss and is not suitable for all investors. Adaptive Market Wave Theory, while based on rigorous mathematical frameworks including Hidden Markov Models and multi-armed bandit algorithms, does not guarantee profits and can result in significant losses. AMWT's methodologies—HMM state estimation, Thompson Sampling agent selection, and confluence-based grading—have theoretical foundations but past performance is not indicative of future results. Hidden Markov Model assumptions may not hold during: • Major news events disrupting normal market behavior • Flash crashes or circuit breaker events • Low liquidity periods with erratic price action • Algorithmic manipulation or spoofing Multi-agent consensus assumes independent analytical perspectives provide edge. Market conditions change. Edges that existed historically can diminish or disappear. Users must independently validate system performance on their specific instruments, timeframes, and broker execution environment. Paper trade extensively before risking capital. Start with micro position sizing. Never risk more than you can afford to lose completely. Use proper position sizing. Implement stop losses without exception. By using this indicator, you acknowledge these risks and accept full responsibility for all trading decisions and outcomes. "Elliott Wave was a first-order approximation of market phase behavior. AMWT is the second—probabilistic, adaptive, and accountable." Initial Public Release Core Engine: • True Hidden Markov Model with online Baum-Welch learning • Viterbi algorithm for optimal state sequence decoding • 6-state market regime classification Agent System: • 3-Bandit consensus (Trend, Reversion, Structure) • Thompson Sampling with true Beta distribution sampling • Adaptive weight learning based on performance Signal Generation: • Quality-based confluence grading (A+/A/B/C) • Four signal modes (Aggressive/Balanced/Conservative/Institutional) • Grade-based visual brightness Chop Detection: • 5-factor analysis (ADX, Choppiness Index, Range Compression, Channel Position, Volume) • 7 regime classifications • Configurable signal suppression threshold Liquidity: • Volume spike detection • Stop run (liquidity sweep) identification • BSL/SSL pool mapping • Absorption zone detection Trade Management: • Trade lock with configurable duration • TP1/TP2/TP3 targets • ATR-based stop loss • Persistent execution markers Session Intelligence: • Asian/London/NY/Overlap detection • Smart weekend handling (Sunday futures open) • Session quality scoring Performance: • Statistics tracking with reset functionality • 7 currency display modes • Win rate and Net R calculation Visuals: • Macro channel with linear regression • Chop boxes • EMA ribbon • Liquidity pool lines • 6 professional themes Dashboards: • Main Dashboard: Market State, Consensus, Trade Status, Statistics 📋 AMWT vs AMWT-PRO: This version includes all core AMWT functionality: ✓ Full Hidden Markov Model state estimation ✓ 3-Bandit Thompson Sampling consensus system ✓ Complete 5-factor chop detection engine ✓ All four signal modes ✓ Full trade management with TP/SL tracking ✓ Main dashboard with complete statistics ✓ All visual features (channels, zones, pools) ✓ Identical signal generation to PRO ✓ Six professional themes ✓ Full alert system The PRO version adds the AMWT Advisor panel—a secondary dashboard providing: • Real-time Market Pulse situation assessment • Agent Matrix visualization (individual agent votes) • Structure analysis breakdown • "Watch For" upcoming setups • Action Command coaching Both versions generate identical signals . The Advisor provides additional guidance for interpreting those signals. Taking you to school. - Dskyz, Trade with probability. Trade with consensus. Trade with AMWT.
Pine Script® インジケーター
DskyzInvestmentsの投稿
3
Flux Momentum Oscillator[BullByte]Flux Momentum Oscillator is a professional-grade momentum analysis system built on an original methodology called Momentum Flux Bars (MFB). Unlike conventional oscillators that measure momentum over fixed time periods, this indicator constructs synthetic momentum bars based on actual price movement, creating a pure representation of directional pressure independent of time-based noise. This is NOT a mashup or combination of existing indicators. The entire system is built from the ground up around a single cohesive concept: measuring momentum through price-triggered synthetic bars rather than time-triggered calculations. CORE INNOVATION: MOMENTUM FLUX BARS (MFB) Traditional momentum indicators calculate values at fixed time intervals, which means a slow, grinding move receives the same measurement weight as a fast, explosive move occurring over the same number of bars. This creates distortion in momentum readings. Momentum Flux Bars solve this problem by forming only when price travels a volatility-adjusted distance. Each MFB represents genuine directional commitment from market participants. Key Properties of Momentum Flux Bars: - Form based on price movement, not time passage - Automatically adjust their formation threshold based on current volatility - Capture the velocity of price movement (how quickly each bar forms) - Record volume participation during formation - Create a noise-filtered view of true market momentum The oscillator then analyzes the pattern, velocity, and characteristics of recent MFB formations to produce its readings. WHY THIS APPROACH MATTERS FOR TRADERS Time-Based Problem: A 14-period RSI on a choppy day produces the same calculation structure as on a trending day, even though market behavior differs completely. The indicator cannot distinguish between meaningful moves and noise. Flux-Based Solution: When price chops sideways, fewer MFBs form because price fails to travel the required distance. When price trends strongly, MFBs form rapidly in sequence. The oscillator inherently adapts to actual market behavior. Practical Benefits: - Cleaner signals during trending conditions - Automatic noise reduction during consolidation - Earlier detection of momentum shifts through velocity analysis - Reduced false signals in choppy markets - No manual adjustment needed across different market conditions COMPLETE FEATURE BREAKDOWN FEATURE 1: AUTO-OPTIMIZATION ENGINE The indicator includes an optional auto-optimization system that continuously evaluates different sensitivity parameters and selects the configuration producing the cleanest momentum measurement for current conditions. How It Works: - Tests multiple ATR multiplier values against recent price history - Scores each configuration based on trend capture efficiency - Automatically applies the optimal setting - Re-evaluates periodically to adapt to changing conditions Trader Benefit: Eliminates the guesswork of parameter tuning. The indicator finds its own optimal settings. FEATURE 2: MARKET REGIME CLASSIFICATION The system classifies current market conditions into four distinct regimes based on MFB formation patterns: EXPLOSIVE: Rapid MFB formation with strong directional bias and high volume participation. Indicates powerful trending conditions with high momentum. STEADY: Consistent MFB formation in a primary direction with normal velocity. Represents healthy, sustainable trends suitable for trend-following approaches. CONSOLIDATING: Mixed direction MFB formation with decreasing velocity. Suggests range-bound conditions where breakout strategies may be appropriate. DEAD: Minimal MFB formation activity. Indicates extremely low volatility or market indecision. Often precedes significant moves. Trader Benefit: Instantly understand current market character and adjust strategy accordingly. FEATURE 3: VELOCITY DIVERGENCE DETECTION This advanced feature monitors the formation speed of Momentum Flux Bars and compares it against price direction. Velocity Divergence Bearish: Price making higher highs but MFBs forming progressively slower. Suggests buying pressure is weakening despite higher prices. Velocity Divergence Bullish: Price making lower lows but MFBs forming progressively slower. Suggests selling pressure is weakening despite lower prices. Trader Benefit: Early warning system for potential reversals before they appear on price charts. FEATURE 4: MOMENTUM EXHAUSTION DETECTION The system identifies when a trending move may be running out of energy by analyzing the duration pattern of consecutive same-direction MFBs. Exhaustion Pattern: When each successive MFB in a trend takes progressively longer to form, it indicates diminishing momentum even though direction remains unchanged. States Displayed: - BUILDING: Momentum is increasing or stable - PEAK: Maximum momentum velocity reached - EXHAUSTING: Progressive slowdown detected Trader Benefit: Know when a trend is losing steam before price reverses. FEATURE 5: HIGHER TIMEFRAME ALIGNMENT The indicator checks whether higher timeframe MFB direction supports or conflicts with current timeframe momentum. ALIGNED BULL: Both timeframes showing bullish MFB direction ALIGNED BEAR: Both timeframes showing bearish MFB direction DIVERGENT: Timeframes showing opposing directions NEUTRAL: Higher timeframe direction unclear Trader Benefit: Trade with higher timeframe support for higher probability setups. FEATURE 6: CHOPPY MARKET DETECTION A dedicated algorithm analyzes recent MFB patterns to determine if the market is in a choppy, directionless state. Detection Factors: - Frequency of direction changes in recent MFBs - Lack of consecutive same-direction formations - Weak directional bias in the MFB sequence Trader Benefit: Avoid trend-following strategies when market conditions do not support them. FEATURE 7: TREND STRENGTH MEASUREMENT A percentage-based strength reading derived from MFB pattern analysis. Flux Momentum Oscillator Chart Example Chart Overview: Bitcoin 15-Minute Chart (Dec 21, 2025) BTCUSD Market Snapshot Price: $88,854.53 | Oscillator: 77.38 | Direction: BULLISH | Regime: EXPLOSIVE 1. EXPLOSIVE REGIME DETECTION (Current State - Right Side) 2. MOMENTUM EXHAUSTION ZONE (Mid-Chart) 3. CHOP/CONSOLIDATION PERIOD (Before Breakout) 4. VELOCITY DIVERGENCE (Around 21:00 the previous day) 5. BULLISH MOMENTUM SHIFT (Around 09:00) 6. FORMATION PROGRESS BAR (Bottom of Oscillator) 7. TREND STRENGTH INDICATOR (Bottom Bar) 8. EXTREME ZONES (Top and Bottom Boundaries) Reading Interpretation: - Above 70%: Strong trending conditions - 40% to 70%: Moderate trend or developing move - Below 40%: Weak trend or choppy conditions Visual representation provided via the strength bar at the bottom of the indicator panel. HOW TO READ THE OSCILLATOR PLOT OSCILLATOR LINE (Main Line): - Ranges from -100 to +100 - Above zero indicates bullish momentum - Below zero indicates bearish momentum - Color intensity reflects momentum direction and strength - Glow effect (optional) enhances visibility of the main reading SIGNAL LINE (Secondary Line): - Smoothed version of the oscillator - Crossovers indicate momentum shifts - Purple/accent colored for visual distinction HISTOGRAM BARS: - Represent the difference between oscillator and signal line - Increasing histogram in direction of oscillator confirms momentum - Decreasing histogram warns of potential momentum shift - Bright colors indicate increasing momentum - Faded colors indicate decreasing momentum ZONE INTERPRETATION: +75 to +100 (Extreme Bullish Zone): Very strong bullish momentum. Price has moved significantly and rapidly. Watch for exhaustion patterns. Not ideal for new long entries. Consider profit-taking on existing longs. +50 to +75 (Strong Bullish Zone): Healthy bullish momentum. Good conditions for trend-following long strategies. Pullbacks to signal line often provide continuation opportunities. 0 to +50 (Mild Bullish Zone): Positive but moderate momentum. Trend may be developing or maturing. Watch for strength building or fading. 0 to -50 (Mild Bearish Zone): Negative but moderate momentum. Downtrend may be developing or maturing. Watch for weakness building or recovering. -50 to -75 (Strong Bearish Zone): Healthy bearish momentum. Good conditions for trend-following short strategies. Rallies to signal line often provide continuation opportunities. -75 to -100 (Extreme Bearish Zone): Very strong bearish momentum. Price has moved significantly and rapidly to downside. Watch for exhaustion patterns. Not ideal for new short entries. Consider profit-taking on existing shorts. HOW TO READ THE DASHBOARD The dashboard provides comprehensive market analysis at a glance. Each row displays specific information: OSCILLATOR ROW: Shows current oscillator value with directional icon. indicates reading above +50 (High) indicates reading below -50 (Low) DIRECTION ROW: Current MFB direction. BULLISH: Recent MFB formed upward BEARISH: Recent MFB formed downward NEUTRAL: No recent MFB or unclear REGIME ROW: Current market regime classification. EXPLOSIVE / STEADY / CONSOLIDATING / DEAD Color coded for quick recognition. MARKET ROW: Trend state assessment. TRENDING UP: Confirmed uptrend in progress TRENDING DN: Confirmed downtrend in progress CHOPPY: No clear trend, high direction changes MIXED: Partial trend characteristics STRENGTH ROW: Visual bar showing trend strength percentage. More filled bars indicate stronger trend. Color shifts from red (weak) to yellow (moderate) to green (strong). VELOCITY ROW: MFB formation speed status. ACCELERATING: MFBs forming faster over time STEADY: Consistent formation speed DECELERATING: MFBs forming slower over time MOMENTUM ROW: Momentum development status. BUILDING: Momentum increasing PEAK: Maximum momentum reached EXHAUSTING: Momentum declining despite same direction HTF ALIGN ROW: Higher timeframe alignment status. BULL: HTF supports bullish bias BEAR: HTF supports bearish bias DIVERGENT: HTF opposes current direction NEUTRAL: HTF unclear FORMING ROW: Progress toward next MFB formation. Visual bar fills as price approaches formation threshold. Helps anticipate when next MFB will complete. Additional rows (when not in Compact Mode): - Flux Size: Current MFB formation threshold value - ATR Mult: Current optimized ATR multiplier (when auto-optimization enabled) - Regime %: Numerical regime score FORMATION PROGRESS INDICATOR The horizontal line near the bottom of the indicator panel shows progress toward the next MFB formation. Reading the Progress Line: - Starts at baseline after each MFB completion - Rises as price moves toward formation threshold - Higher position indicates imminent MFB formation - Color changes from neutral to accent to warning as formation approaches Practical Use: - Anticipate when new momentum data will become available - Gauge intra-bar momentum development - Understand why signals occur when they do TREND STRENGTH BAR The horizontal bar at the very bottom of the indicator displays trend strength visually. Components: - Gray background bar represents full scale (0-100%) - Colored fill represents current strength reading - Label displays exact percentage value Color Interpretation: - Green fill: Strong trend (above 70%) - Yellow fill: Moderate trend (40-70%) - Red fill: Weak trend (below 40%) RECOMMENDED USAGE GUIDELINES TIMEFRAME RECOMMENDATIONS: Scalping (1m to 5m): - Use lower Flux Period (8-10) for faster response - Focus on oscillator crossovers and histogram momentum - Regime should be STEADY or EXPLOSIVE for best results Day Trading (5m to 30m): - Default settings work well - Use HTF alignment with 1H or 4H for confirmation - Avoid trading when regime shows DEAD Swing Trading (1H to 4H): - Consider higher Flux Period (18-21) for smoother signals - Regime classification becomes very valuable - Velocity divergence provides excellent early warnings Position Trading (Daily and above): - Higher Flux Period (21-30) recommended - Focus on regime changes and exhaustion patterns - HTF alignment less relevant, oscillator zones more important ASSET CLASS NOTES: Forex: Works well on major pairs. Consider slightly higher sensitivity on less volatile pairs. Crypto: Higher volatility may require lower sensitivity multiplier. Regime detection particularly useful. Stocks: Excellent for liquid stocks. Less effective on illiquid names due to gappy price action. Indices: Very effective. Clean price action produces clean MFB patterns. Commodities: Works well, especially on gold and oil. Adjust sensitivity for different volatility profiles. SETTINGS OVERVIEW MODE AND THEME: - Trading Mode: Simple (clean), Pro (full data), Hybrid (balanced) - Visual Theme: Dark, Light, Neon, Stealth - Compact Dashboard: Reduces dashboard rows FLUX ENGINE: - Flux Calculation Method: Choose optimization approach - Enable Auto-Optimization: Let indicator find optimal parameters - Flux Period: Base volatility calculation period - Sensitivity Multiplier: Adjust MFB formation threshold - Optimization Lookback: Bars analyzed for optimization - Optimization Frequency: How often to re-optimize OSCILLATOR: - Oscillator Smoothing: Main line smoothness - Signal Line Length: Signal line responsiveness - Momentum Depth: MFBs analyzed for oscillator - Histogram Scale: Visual scaling of histogram MARKET STATE: - Chop Detection Window: MFBs analyzed for chop detection - Chop Threshold: Sensitivity of chop classification - Min Trend Confirmation: Consecutive bars for trend confirmation ADVANCED ANALYSIS: - Enable Regime Classification: Market regime detection - Enable Velocity Divergence: Formation speed analysis - Enable Exhaustion Detection: Trend exhaustion warnings - Enable HTF Alignment: Higher timeframe checking - Higher Timeframe: Which timeframe to check VISUALS: - Glow Effect: Visual enhancement on oscillator - Show Zone Fills: Background zone coloring - Show Formation Progress: Progress indicator display - Show Trend Strength Bar: Bottom strength bar - Show Dashboard: Information panel display - Dashboard Position: Corner placement SIGNAL INTERPRETATION GUIDELINES BULLISH MOMENTUM SHIFT: Oscillator crosses above signal line while not in extreme bearish territory. Suggests emerging bullish momentum. Stronger when occurring near zero line or in mild bearish zone. BEARISH MOMENTUM SHIFT: Oscillator crosses below signal line while not in extreme bullish territory. Suggests emerging bearish momentum. Stronger when occurring near zero line or in mild bullish zone. STRONG TREND CONDITIONS: Oscillator beyond +/-55, in direction of signal line, trend strength above 55%, not choppy. Indicates conditions favorable for trend-following approaches. EXTREME ZONES: Oscillator beyond +/-75. Diamond markers appear. Exercise caution with new positions in trend direction. Watch for exhaustion and divergence signals. ALERT SYSTEM The indicator includes comprehensive alerts for automated monitoring: Momentum Alerts: - Bullish Momentum Shift - Bearish Momentum Shift - Strong Uptrend Initiated - Strong Downtrend Initiated Zone Alerts: - Extreme Bullish Zone Reached - Extreme Bearish Zone Reached Market State Alerts: - Choppy Conditions Detected - Choppy Conditions Cleared - Explosive Regime Entered - Dead Regime Entered Advanced Alerts: - Velocity Divergence Detected - Exhaustion Warning Triggered - HTF Aligned Bullish - HTF Aligned Bearish - HTF Divergence Detected MFB Alerts: - Bullish MFB Formed - Bearish MFB Formed WHAT THIS INDICATOR IS NOT This indicator is NOT: - A buy/sell signal generator (it provides momentum context, not trade signals) - A standalone trading system (combine with price action and other analysis) - A guarantee of profitability (no indicator can guarantee results) - A replacement for risk management (always use proper position sizing and stops) - A mashup of existing indicators (this is original methodology) ORIGINALITY STATEMENT The Momentum Flux Bars concept was designed specifically to address limitations of time-based momentum calculations. Every component of this system serves the central MFB methodology: - The oscillator measures MFB directional weight - The regime classifier interprets MFB patterns - The velocity analysis tracks MFB formation speed - The exhaustion detector monitors MFB duration progression - The HTF alignment checks MFB direction across timeframes This is a unified analytical framework, not a collection of separate indicators. TECHNICAL NOTES Non-Repainting Confirmation: All signal generation uses confirmed bar data only. MFB formations occur on bar close. Historical signals will not change after they appear. Performance Considerations: Auto-optimization runs periodically, not every bar, to maintain performance. MFB history is trimmed to prevent memory issues on extended sessions. Reduce Max MFB History if experiencing performance issues. Symbol and Timeframe Handling: The indicator resets its MFB history when symbol or timeframe changes. This ensures clean analysis without carryover from previous contexts. DISCLAIMER This indicator is provided for educational and informational purposes only. It is not financial advice and should not be considered as such. Trading involves substantial risk of loss. Past performance of any trading methodology or indicator does not guarantee future results. The author makes no representations regarding the profitability or suitability of this indicator for any particular purpose. Users are solely responsible for their own trading decisions. Always use proper risk management, including appropriate position sizing and stop-loss orders. Never risk more than you can afford to lose. Before using this or any indicator in live trading, thoroughly test it on historical data and in a demo environment. Understand its behavior across different market conditions. The author is not liable for any losses incurred through the use of this indicator. Developed by BullByte Version 1.0.0
Pine Script® インジケーター
BullByteの投稿
7
A Physicist's Bitcoin Trading Strategy 1. Summary This strategy and indicator were designed for, and intended to be used to guide trading activity in, crypto markets, particularly Bitcoin. This strategy uses a custom indicator to determine the state of the market (bullish vs bearish) and allocates funds accordingly. This particular variation also uses the custom indicator to determine when the market is significantly oversold and takes advantage of the opportunity (it buys the dip). The specific mathematical formula that is used to calculate the underlying custom indicator allows the trader to get in before, or near the start of, the bull trends, and get out before the bear trends. The strategy's properties dialogue box includes many display settings and parameters for optimization and customization to meet the user's needs and risk tolerance; this is both a tool to gauge the market, as well as a trading strategy to beat the market. Guidelines for parameter settings are provided. A sample dataset of backtest results using randomized parameters, both within the guidelines and outside the guidelines, is available upon request; notably, all trials outperformed the intended market (Bitcoin) during the 9-year backtest period. 2. The Indicator and Strategy 2.1. The Indicator A mathematical formula is used to determine the state of the market according to three different "frequencies", which, for lack of better terminology, are called fast, moderate, and slow indicators. There are two parameters for each of the three indicators, one called response time and the other is a simple look-back period. Finally, four exponential moving averages are used to smooth each indicator. In total, there are 18 different levels of bullishness/bearishness. The purpose of using three indicators, rather than one, is to capture the full character of the market, from a macro/global scope down to a micro/local scope. I.e. the full indicator looks at the forest, the trees, and the branches, simultaneously. 2.2. The Strategy The trend-trading strategy is very simple; there are only four types of orders: 1) The entire position (e.g. all bitcoins held) is sold (if it hasn't already been totally sold) when the indicator becomes maximally bearish, 2) When the movement of the indicator is in the bullish direction, the strategy dollar-cost-average (DCA) buys at an exponentially decreasing rate, i.e. it buys more in the early stages of the transition from bear->bull. 3) When the indicator is maximally bullish, it goes "all-in" † (if it hasn't already gone all-in), i.e. it converts all available cash into the underlying security/token. And, 4) when the movement of the indicator is in the bearish direction, the strategy DCA sells (again, exponentially decreasing) to get out quickly. No leverage is used in this strategy. The strategy never takes a short position. A second "buy-the-dip" strategy is also used, and it is the synergy of these two strategies, together, that is responsible for most of the outperformance in the backtests (this strategy handily beats the non-dip-buying variation in backtests). To do this, the custom indicator is used to determine when the market is significantly oversold on a short-term basis, and the strategy responds by DCA buying. However, unlike the DCA buying during bull/bear transitions, the buy-the-dip DCA buying increases with time. Specifically, within each candle that is short-term oversold, the strategy converts 10% x # of candles since becoming oversold (up to a max of 6 candles) of available cash into the underlying security/token. I.e. the first buy is 10% of available cash and occurs in the first oversold candle, the second buy is 20% of available cash and occurs in the second oversold candle, etc. up to six consecutive oversold candles. Lastly, to ensure no conflicting orders and no leverage (buying more than what is affordable with the available cash in the fund), buy-the-dip orders take precedence over the trend-trading orders enumerated in the previous paragraph. † Technically the strategy goes 99.5% in when it goes "all-in". This is to ensure no leverage is used given that there may be a commission of 0.5%. 3. Backtest Results Backtest results demonstrate significant outperformance over buy-and-hold. The default parameters of the strategy/indicator have been set by the author to achieve maximum (or, close to maximum) outperformance on backtests executed on the BTCUSD (Bitcoin) chart. However, significant outperformance over buy-and-hold is still easily achievable using non-default parameters. Basically, as long as the parameters are set to adequately capture the full character of the market, significant outperformance on backtests is achievable and is quite easy. In fact, after some experimentation, it seems as if underperformance hardly achievable and requires deliberately setting the parameters illogically (e.g. setting one parameter of the slow indicator faster than the fast indicator). In the interest of providing a quality product to the user, suggestions and guidelines for parameter settings are provided in section (6). Finally, some metrics of the strategy's outperformance on the BTCUSD chart are listed below, both for the default (optimal) parameters as well as for a random sample of parameter settings that adhere to the guidelines set forth in section (6). Using the default parameters, relative to buy-and-hold strategy, backtested from August 2011 to August 2020, Total cumulative outperformance (total return of strategy minus total return of buy-n-hold): 13,000,000%. Rolling 1-year outperformance: mean 318%, median 84%, 1st quartile 55%, 3rd quartile, 430%. Rolling 1-month outperformance: mean 2.8% (annualized, 39%), median -2.1%, 1st quartile -7.7%, 3rd quartile 13.2%, 10th percentile -13.9%, 90th percentile 24.5%. Using the default parameters, relative to buy-and-hold strategy, during specific periods, Cumulative outperformance during the past year (August 2019-August 2020): 37%. 12/17/2016 - 12/17/2017 (2017 bull market) absolute performance of 2563% vs buy-n-hold absolute performance of 2385% 11/29/2012 - 11/29/2013 (2013 bull market) absolute performance of 14033% vs buy-n-hold absolute performance of 9247% Using a random sample (n=20) of combinations of parameter settings that adhere to the guidelines outlined in section (6), relative to buy-and-hold strategy, backtested from August 2011 to August 2020, Average total cumulative outperformance, from August 2011 to August 2020: 2,000,000%. Median total cumulative outperformance, from August 2011 to August 2020: 1,000,000%. 4. Limitations This strategy is basically a DCA-swing trading strategy, and as such it is intended to be used on the 6-hr chart. Similar performance is expected on daily chart, 12-hr chart, and 4-hr chart, but performance is likely to be limited when used on charts of shorter time-frames. However, due to the flexibility afforded by the large quantity of parameters, as well as the tools included, it may be possible to tweak the indicator settings to get some outperformance on smaller time-frames. Admittedly, the author did not spend much time investigating this. As is apparent in the backtests, this strategy has very limited absolute performance during large bear markets, such as Bitcoin's 2018 bear market. As described, it does outperform the underlying security by a large amount in backtests, but a large absolute return is unlikely during large and prolonged declines (unless, of course, your unit of account is the underlying token, in which case an outperformance of the underlying is, by definition, an absolute positive return). This strategy is likely to underperform if used to trade ETFs of broad equity markets. This strategy may produce a small amount of outperformance when used to trade precious metals ETFs, given that the parameters are set optimally by the user. 5. Use The default parameters have already been set for highly optimal backtest results on the chart of BTCUSD (Bitcoin / US Dollar BITSTAMP), (although, a different combination of parameter settings may yet produce better results). Still, there is a great number of combinations that can be explored, so the user is free to tweak the settings to meet his/her/their needs. Some display options are provided to give the user a visual aid while tweaking the parameters. These include a blue/red background display of the custom indicator, a calibration system, and options to display information about the backtest results. The background pattern represents the various levels of bullishness/bearishness as semi-transparent layers of blue and red, with blue corresponding with bullish and red corresponding with bearish. The parameters that affect the indicator are the response times, the periods, and some EMA lengths. The parameters that affect the quantity of contracts (tokens/shares/bitcoins/etc) to be bought/sold are the transitionary buy/sell rates. There are also two sets of date parameters. The response time and period parameters are direct inputs into the underlying math formula and are used to create the base-level indicators (fast, moderate, and slow). The response times control the speed of each of the three indicators (shorter is fast, longer is slower) and the period controls how much historical data is used in computation. Information about how these should be set are included in section (6). Another set of parameters control EMA look-back periods that serve to smooth the base-level indicators. Increasing these EMA lengths makes the overall indicator less sensitive to short-term price action, while reducing them does the opposite. The effect of these parameters are obvious when the background blue/red visualization is displayed. Another EMA length is an EMA for the entire indicator. Increasing this parameter reduces the responsiveness of the trading strategy (buy/sell orders) to quick/small changes of the overall level of the indicator, so as to avoid unnecessary buying and selling in times of relatively small and balanced price perturbations. Note, changing this parameter does not have an effect on the overall indicator itself, and thus will not affect the blue/red background representation. The transitionary buy/sell rates control the portion of the available asset to be converted to the other. E.g. if the buy rate is set to 90%, then 90% of the available cash will be used to buy contracts/tokens/shares/bitcoins during transitions bullish transitions, e.g. if the available cash at the start of the bullish transition is $10,000 and the parameter is set to 90%, then $9,000 will be used to buy in the first candle during which the transition is bullish, then $900 will be used to buy in the second candle, then $90 in the third candle, etc. There are two dates that can be set. The first is the date at which the strategy goes all in. This is included because the buy-and-hold strategy is the benchmark against which this strategy is compared, so setting this date to some time before the strategy starts to make trades will show, very clearly, the outperformance of the strategy, especially when the initial capital parameter in the Properties tab is equal to the price of one unit of the underlying security on the date that is set, e.g. all-in on Bitcoin on 8/20/2011 and set initial capital to the BTCUSD price on that date, which was $11.70. The second date is a date to control when the strategy can begin to place trades. Finally (actually, firstly in the Inputs dialogue box), a set of checkbox inputs controls whether or not the backtest is on or off, and what is displayed. The display options are the blue/red (bull/bear) background layers †, a set of calibrators, a plot of the total strategy equity, a plot of the cash position of the strategy, a plot of the size of the position of the strategy in contracts/shares/units (labeled as BTC position), and a plot of the rolling 1-year performances of buy-and-hold and the strategy. About the calibrators: The calibration system allows the user to quickly assess and calibrate how well the indicator... indicates. Quite simply, the system has two parts: one plot that is the cumulative sum of the product of the indicator level and the change in the underlying price, i.e. sum of ‡, over all candles. The second part is a similar plot that is reduced according to the quickness with which the indicator changes, i.e. sum of . Maximizing the first plot at the expense of the second will cause the indicator to match the price action very well but therefore it will change very rapidly, from bullish to bearish, which is visualized by a background pattern that changes frequently from blue to red to blue. Ignoring the first plot and maximizing the second will also cause the indicator to more closely match the price action, but the transitions will be slower and less frequent, and will therefore focus on identifying the major trends of the market. † The blue/red background has many layers and will make the chart lag as the user interacts with it. ‡ Bearish states are coded as negative quantities, so a bearish state x negative price action = positive number, and bullish state x positive price action = positive number. 6. Suggestions and Guidelines As described in section (2.1), the indicator used in this strategy was designed to determine the state of the market--whether it is bullish or bearish--as well as the change in the state of the market--whether it is increasingly bullish or increasingly bearish. As such, the following suggestions are provided based on the principles of the indicator's design, 1. Response Time 1 should be less than (<) Response Time 2 which should be < Response Time 3 2. Fast Period < Moderate Period < Slow Period 3. In terms of the period of a full market cycle (e.g. ~ 4 years for BTC, ~ 5.5 years for equities, etc.), response times 1, 2, and 3 should be about 0.3% to 1%, 3% to 20%, and 20% to 50% of a full market cycle period, respectively. However, this is a loose guideline. 4. In terms of the period of a full market cycle, periods 1, 2, and 3 should all be about 25% to 75% of a full cycle period. Again, this is a loose guideline. 4. EMA 1 Length < EMA 2 Length < EMA 3 Length < EMA 4 Length 5. EMA Lengths 1, 2, 3, and 4 should be limited to about 1/4th the length of a full market cycle. Note, EMA lengths are measured in bars (candles), not in days. 1/4th of 1000 days is 250 days which is 250 x 4 = 1000 6-hr candles. The following guidelines are provided based on results of over 100 backtests on the BTCUSD chart using randomized parameters †, 1. 9 days < Response Time 1 < 14 days 2. 5 days < EMA 1 Length < 100 days 3. 600 days < EMA 4 length < 1000 days 4. The ratio of the EMA range (EMA 4 len - EMA 1 len) to the sum of EMA lengths (EMA 1 len + EMA 2 len + ...) be greater than 0.4 5. The ratio of the sum of EMA 1 and EMA 2 lengths to the sum of EMA 3 and EMA 4 lengths be less than 0.3. A suggestion from the author: Given that backtests show a high degree of outperformance using the guidelines enumerated above, a good trading strategy may be to not rely on any one particular combination of parameters. Rather, a random set of combinations of parameter settings that adhere to the guidelines above could be used to create multiple instances of the strategy in a TradingView chart, each of which varies by a small amount due to their unique parameter settings. The proportion of the entire set of strategy instances that agree about the current state of the market could indicate to the trader the level of confidence of the indicator, in aggregate. † A sample dataset of backtest results using randomized parameters is available upon request; notably, all trials outperformed the intended market (Bitcoin). 7. General Remarks About the Indicator Other than some exponential moving averages, no traditional technical indicators or technical analysis tools are employed in this strategy. No MACD, no RSI, no CMF, no Bollinger bands, parabolic SARs, Ichimoku clouds, hoosawatsits, XYZs, ABCs, whatarethese. No tea leaves can be found in this strategy, only mathematics. It is in the nature of the underlying math formula, from which the indicator is produced, to quickly identify trend changes. 8. Remarks About Expectations of Future Results and About Backtesting 8.1. In General As it's been stated in many prospectuses and marketing literature, "past performance is no guarantee of future results." Backtest results are retrospective, and hindsight is 20/20. Therefore, no guarantee can, nor should, be expressed by me or anybody else who is selling a financial product (unless you have a money printer, like the Federal Reserve does). 8.2. Regarding This Strategy No guarantee of future results using this strategy is expressed by the author, not now nor at any time in the future. With that written, the author is free to express his own expectations and opinions based on his intimate knowledge of how the indicator works, and the author will take that liberty by writing the following: As described in section (7), this trading strategy does not include any traditional technical indicators or TA tools (other than smoothing EMAs). Instead, this strategy is based on a principle that does not change, it employs a complex indicator that is based on a math formula that does not change, and it places trades based on five simple rules that do not change. And, as described in section (2.1), the indicator is designed to capture the full character of the market, from a macro/global scope down to a micro/local scope. Additionally, as described in section (3), outperformance of the market for which this strategy was intended during backtesting does not depend on luckily setting the parameters "just right." In fact, all random combinations of parameter settings that followed the guidelines outperformed the intended market in backtests. Additionally, no parameters are included within the underlying math formula from which the indicator is produced; it is not as if the formula contains a "5" and future outperformance would depend on that "5" being a "6" instead. And, again as described, it is in the nature of the formula to quickly identify trend changes. Therefore, it is the opinion of the author that the outperformance of this strategy in backtesting is directly attributable to the fundamental nature of the math formula from which the indicator is produced. As such, it is also the opinion of the author that continued outperformance by using this strategy, applied to the crypto (Bitcoin) market, is likely, given that the parameter settings are set reasonably and in accordance with the guidelines. The author does not, however, expect future outperformance of this strategy to match or exceed the outperformance observed in backtests using the default parameters, i.e. it probably won't outperform by anything close to 13,000,000% during the next 9 years. Additionally, based on the rolling 1-month outperformance data listed in section (3), expectations of short-term outperformance should be kept low; the median 1-month outperformance was -2%, so it's basically a 50/50 chance that any significant outperformance is seen in any given month. The true strength of this strategy is to be out of the market during large, sharp declines and capitalizing on the opportunities presented at the bottom of those declines by buying the dip. Given that such price action does not happen every month, outperformance in the initial months of use is approximately as likely as underperformance. 9. Access Those who are interested in using this strategy may send a personal message to inquire about how to gain access. Those who are interested in acquiring the sample dataset of backtest results may send a personal message to request a copy of the data.
Pine Script® ストラテジー
anon2414691の投稿
7
MTF Confluence Reporter - Trend & Momentum AlignmentThis indicator is a multi-timeframe confluence dashboard designed to answer one question clearly: “Across my key timeframes, is the market leaning Bullish, Bearish, or Mixed—and how strong is that lean?” It combines two separate “votes” per timeframe: 4MA Direction (trend alignment / slope bias) StochRSI State (momentum bias) Those votes are then blended into a single Confluence result, shown as a clean readout with a 0–100 Strength score, plus hysteresis to reduce flicker near the decision boundary. What you see in the table 1) 4MA This is the trend component. It summarizes whether the selected timeframes are generally Bull or Bear based on the moving-average direction logic (your 4MA engine). 2) Stoch This is the momentum component. It summarizes whether StochRSI across the selected timeframes is leaning Bull or Bear. 3) Qualified (YES/NO) A safety gate. “Qualified = YES” means the internal conditions required for a valid confluence read are met (i.e., enough alignment/consistency to treat the output as actionable). If it’s NO, treat the market as mixed / transitional and tighten risk. 4) Strength (0–100) Your blended score (trend + momentum). Higher = stronger agreement across timeframes. A simple way to interpret it: 80–100: Strong alignment (clean regime) 60–79: Moderate alignment (tradable, but expect chop) 50–59: Weak / transitioning (be cautious) < 50: Bearish side of the regime logic (or mixed turning down) 5) Strength Bar A visual “battery meter” for the Strength score. This is meant to be read at a glance during fast decision-making. 6) Confluence (BULL/BEAR) The actual regime output. This is the “final answer” based on the Strength score and hysteresis rules. 7) Hysteresis (Enter / Exit thresholds) This is the anti-flicker system. Example shown on the chart: Enter > 60 Exit < 50 Meaning: The script only “flips ON” a Bull regime when strength becomes convincingly Bullish (above 60). It won’t “flip OFF” until strength meaningfully weakens (below 50). This reduces rapid flipping during 50/50 conditions. How to use it (practical workflow) Step 1 — Use Confluence as your “market mode” BULL: Favor longs, trend-following entries, buying pullbacks. BEAR: Favor defense, shorts/hedges (if you trade them), or wait for reset. Qualified = NO: Reduce size, tighten stops, or wait—conditions are not clean. Step 2 — Use Strength to time aggressiveness Strength rising: Momentum is joining trend → entries tend to have better follow-through. Strength falling: Alignment is fading → take profit quicker or tighten risk. Step 3 — Use hysteresis as your “noise filter” If you’re a swing trader, hysteresis is your friend: Don’t overreact to a single bar change. Let the regime confirm and stay confirmed. Best use-cases Swing trading / position bias (daily/weekly context) Hedge decisions (when alignment flips and stays flipped) Filtering entries from other tools (only take signals that match the regime) Settings notes: This script is designed to be flexible: You can choose which timeframes matter most to you (commonly 1H / 4H / 1D / 1W / 1M). If your version includes weighting, you can tune weights to match your trading style (short-term vs swing). Thresholds (Enter/Exit) can be tightened for faster flips or widened for smoother regimes. Important notes / disclaimer (TradingView-safe) This tool is an informational confluence dashboard, not financial advice. No indicator can predict the future. Always confirm with market structure, risk management, and your own plan. Past behavior on a chart does not guarantee future results. How I Use This Indicator (Example Workflow) I use this tool primarily as a market-bias and risk-filter, not as a standalone entry signal. Establish the regime first I start by checking the Confluence row: BULL: I focus on long-side ideas and bullish continuation setups. BEAR: I become defensive, avoid counter-trend trades, or look for short/hedge opportunities where applicable. Qualified = NO: I treat the market as transitional and reduce risk. Use Strength to adjust aggressiveness When Strength is elevated and rising, I am more comfortable holding positions and allowing trades more room to develop. When Strength is declining, I tighten stops, reduce position size, or manage trades more actively. Let hysteresis do the work I do not react to every minor fluctuation near the midpoint. The built-in hysteresis thresholds help me stay aligned with the prevailing regime instead of over-trading during indecision. Entries come from other tools Actual entries are taken using price structure, support/resistance, or other indicators. This dashboard simply tells me whether the broader environment supports that idea or not. In short, I treat this indicator as a context and confirmation layer—it helps answer when to be aggressive, cautious, or patient.
Pine Script® インジケーター
Dinjinの投稿
Institutional Confluence Mapper [JOAT]Institutional Confluence Mapper (ICM) Introduction The Institutional Confluence Mapper is an open-source multi-factor analysis tool that combines five analytical modules into a unified confluence scoring system. It synthesizes institutional trading concepts including Relative Rotation analysis, Smart Money flow detection, Liquidity zone mapping, Session-based timing, and Volatility regime classification. Rather than relying on a single indicator, ICM evaluates market conditions through multiple lenses simultaneously, presenting a clear confluence score (0-100%) that reflects the alignment of various market factors. This script is fully open-source under the Mozilla Public License 2.0. Originality and Purpose This indicator is NOT a random mashup of existing indicators. It is an original implementation that creates a unified institutional analysis framework: Why Multiple Modules? Most retail traders struggle because they rely on single indicators that provide conflicting signals. Institutional traders evaluate markets through multiple frameworks simultaneously. ICM bridges this gap by providing a unified view of complementary analysis methods. The Confluence Scoring System: Each module contributes to a weighted confluence score (0-100%). Scores above 65% indicate bullish confluence; below 35% indicates bearish confluence. How Components Work Together: RRG (Relative Rotation) determines macro bias - is this asset outperforming or underperforming its benchmark? Institutional Flow confirms smart money activity - are institutions accumulating or distributing? Volatility Regime determines strategy selection - trend-follow or mean-revert? Liquidity Detection identifies key levels - where are the stop hunts happening? Session Analysis optimizes timing - when should you trade? The Five Core Modules 1. Relative Rotation Momentum Matrix (RRG) Compares the current symbol against a benchmark (default: SPY) using the JdK RS-Ratio methodology with double-smoothed EMA. Assets rotate through four quadrants: LEADING: Outperforming with positive momentum (strongest bullish) WEAKENING: Outperforming but losing momentum LAGGING: Underperforming with negative momentum (strongest bearish) IMPROVING: Underperforming but gaining momentum 2. Institutional Flow Analysis Analyzes volume patterns to detect smart money activity: Volume Z-Score measures how unusual current volume is Buy/Sell pressure estimation based on candle structure Unusual volume detection highlights institutional activity 3. Volatility Regime System Uses ATR percentile ranking to classify market conditions: COMPRESSION: Low volatility (ATR < 20th percentile) - potential breakout EXPANSION: High volatility (ATR > 80th percentile) - trending TRENDING_BULL/BEAR: Directional trends based on EMA alignment RANGING: Sideways consolidation 4. Liquidity Detection Identifies institutional liquidity targets using swing point analysis: Swing highs/lows are tracked and displayed as dashed lines Purple dashed lines mark resistance/sell-side liquidity Teal dashed lines mark support/buy-side liquidity Gold diamonds appear when liquidity sweeps are detected (potential reversals) 5. Session Momentum Profiler Tracks trading sessions based on your selected timezone: Asian Session: 7PM - 4AM EST London Session: 3AM - 12PM EST New York Session: 9:30AM - 4PM EST London/NY Overlap: 8AM - 12PM EST (peak liquidity) Visual Elements Main Dashboard (Top-Right): BIAS: Overall direction with confluence percentage RRG: Current quadrant and momentum FLOW: Smart money bias and volume status REGIME: Market condition and volatility percentile SESSION: Active trading session and current time LIQUIDITY: Active zones and grab signals SIGNAL: Actionable recommendation Chart Elements: Gold Diamond: Liquidity grab (potential reversal point) Teal Dashed Line: Support / Buy-side liquidity zone Purple Dashed Line: Resistance / Sell-side liquidity zone EMA 21/55/200: Trend structure with cloud fill Volatility Bands: ATR-based channels How to Use Step 1: Check the BIAS row for overall market direction Step 2: Check REGIME to understand market conditions Step 3: Identify key levels using liquidity zones and EMAs Step 4: Wait for confluence above 65% (bullish) or below 35% (bearish) Step 5: Look for gold diamond signals at key levels Best Setups Bullish: Confluence >65%, RRG in LEADING/IMPROVING, bullish flow, price near teal support zone. Bearish: Confluence <35%, RRG in LAGGING/WEAKENING, bearish flow, price near purple resistance zone. Reversal: Gold diamond appears after price sweeps a liquidity zone. Key Input Parameters Benchmark Symbol: Compare against (default: SPY) RS-Ratio/Momentum Lookback: RRG calculation periods Volume Analysis Period: Flow detection lookback Swing Length: Liquidity zone detection ATR Period/Rank Period: Regime classification Timezone: Session detection timezone Alerts Liquidity Grab Bull: Bullish sweep detected Liquidity Grab Bear: Bearish sweep detected High Confluence Bull: Confluence above 70% High Confluence Bear: Confluence below 30% Best Practices Use on 1H, 4H, or Daily timeframes for reliable signals Combine with price action for confirmation Respect the regime - don't fight strong trends Trade during London/NY overlap for best liquidity Wait for high confluence scores before entering Always use proper risk management Limitations Works best on liquid markets with sufficient volume Session features optimized for forex/crypto markets RRG requires a valid benchmark symbol No indicator predicts the future - use proper risk management Disclaimer This indicator is for educational and informational purposes only. It is not financial advice. Trading involves substantial risk of loss. Past performance does not guarantee future results. -Made with passion by officialjackofalltrades
Pine Script® インジケーター
officialjackofalltradesの投稿
6
[NBK] Cover Buy Sell for BTC Cover Buy Sell for BTC— Engulfing Reversals with EMA/ATR Trend & Quality Filters {Update for BTC} What it does This indicator flags high-quality bullish/bearish reversal candles only when they align with a short-term trend and pass several objective quality filters. It is not a simple mashup: each component serves a distinct role and they work together to keep early/low-quality signals out. How it works (components & interaction) Pattern engine (entry candidates) Bullish side (Cover Buy): Body Engulf: current green body fully covers the prior red body, or Piercing (relaxed): prior red → current green closes above the prior body’s midpoint (not beyond prior open). Bearish side (Cover Sell): Full-candle Engulf: current red candle (body + wicks) covers the entire prior candle, or Body Engulf: current red body fully covers the prior body, or Dark-Cloud (relaxed): prior green → current red closes below the prior body’s midpoint. Short-term trend gate (non-repainting) Trend is defined by the EMA slope between bar-1 and bar-2, scaled by ATR to require minimum strength. Slope < 0 → only bullish candidates pass. Slope > 0 → only bearish candidates pass. Body-size filter (noise control) Rejects tiny candles: each body is compared with the lookback average body size. For bearish candidates an additional ratio check requires current body ≥ a fraction of the prior body (to avoid weak top-ticks). Peak filters for bearish signals (late, cleaner tops) Distance above EMA: the high must be at least X × ATR above EMA (avoids mid-range noise). Near local high: the high of the current bar (or bar-1) must be close to the highest high in a recent window. Break confirmation: close must break low by at least Y × ATR (filters shallow dark-clouds). Only when a candidate satisfies the pattern ➝ trend ➝ size ➝ peak sequence is a signal printed/alerted. Inputs (key parameters) EMA length, Min EMA slope vs ATR, ATR length: trend strength. Lookback for average body, Min body vs average, Bear body ratio: body-quality filters. High distance above EMA (×ATR), Local high lookback, Tolerance to local high (×ATR), Min break of low (×ATR): bearish peak confirmation. Alerts Built-in alerts fire on bar close for both Cover Buy and Cover Sell. How to use Increase High distance above EMA / Local high lookback / Min break of low to reduce early Cover Sell in ranges. If you miss good tops, ease those thresholds slightly. Works across symbols/timeframes; evaluated on bar close; no repaint from the trend gate. Notes This tool is a signal screener, not financial advice. For best results, combine with your structure/SR zones, risk management, and execution rules. 13 thg 10 Phát hành các Ghi chú Cover Buy Sell — Engulfing Reversals with EMA/ATR Trend & Quality/Peak Filters What this script does Flags high-quality bullish/bearish engulfing reversals only when short-term trend and price-action quality conditions are met. Signals evaluate on bar close. No promotions, no links, no external calls. Why this is an original combination (mashup justification) Raw engulfing patterns are noisy in ranges. This script is a pipeline where each module solves a specific failure mode, not a simple merge of indicators: Pattern engine (candidates): Bullish (Cover Buy): body-engulf of prior red body, or relaxed Piercing (close above prior body midpoint, not beyond prior open). Bearish (Cover Sell): full-candle engulf (body+wicks), body-engulf, or relaxed Dark-Cloud (close below prior body midpoint). Short-term trend gate (non-repainting): EMA slope is measured between bar-1 and bar-2 and must exceed an ATR-scaled threshold (slopeAtrPct). Slope < 0 → only bullish candidates pass. Slope > 0 → only bearish candidates pass. Body-size filter (noise control): Bodies must not be tiny vs the average over lenBodyRef. For bearish candidates, an alternate check allows current body ≥ bearRatioMin × prior body to keep decisive tops. Bearish peak filters (late, cleaner tops): High must be far above EMA (≥ emaDistAtrMin × ATR), near the local high (current or prior bar within nearHighLen & nearHighTol × ATR), and the close must break prior low by ≥ breakAtrMin × ATR. These remove premature Cover Sell flags in chop and keep the later, higher-quality reversal. Only candidates that pass Pattern → Trend → Size → Peak become signals. This staged design is the core originality. How to use (practical guidance) To reduce early Cover Sell in ranges: raise emaDistAtrMin, raise nearHighLen, and/or raise breakAtrMin. If you miss clean tops: slightly lower those thresholds. Typical starting points: lenTrend=4–6, slopeAtrPct=0.03–0.06, atrLen=14; adjust to instrument/TF volatility. Combine with structure/SR zones and your risk rules. This tool is for analysis only and is not investment advice. Alerts Two alert conditions are included: Cover Buy and Cover Sell, both evaluated on bar close. Non-repainting note The trend gate uses confirmed data (EMA slope from bar-1 vs bar-2). Pattern and filters also use confirmed values; no forward-looking references. English translations of UI strings (if your on-chart UI uses another language) “Strict engulf (không cho bằng nhau)” → Strict engulf (no equality) “EMA length (trend ngắn hạn)” → EMA length (short-term trend) “Lookback tính thân trung bình” → Lookback for average body size “Ngưỡng thân tối thiểu vs trung bình” → Min body vs average (ratio) “Bear: thân hiện tại ≥ rRatio * thân trước” → Bear: current body ≥ rRatio × prior body “Bear: HIGH cách EMA tối thiểu (x ATR)” → Bear: HIGH distance above EMA (× ATR) min “Bear: cửa sổ đỉnh cục bộ (bars)” → Bear: local high lookback (bars) “Bear: dung sai tới đỉnh (x ATR)” → Bear: tolerance to local high (× ATR) “Bear: mức phá LOW tối thiểu (x ATR)” → Bear: min break of LOW (× ATR) Compliance notes English-only title, English appears first in this description; no ads, logos, links, or solicitations. This is an original, closed-source script with a meaningful explanation of what, how, why, and how to use. (Vietnamese short summary) Chỉ báo bắt tín hiệu engulfing chất lượng cao khi có xu hướng EMA ngắn hạn (đo bằng độ dốc/ATR) và vượt qua lọc kích thước thân + điều kiện đỉnh cho tín hiệu bán. Chuỗi xử lý Mẫu → Xu hướng → Kích thước → Đỉnh giúp loại tín hiệu sớm trong vùng đi ngang. Có alert Cover Buy/Sell, đánh giá theo bar close, không quảng cáo/đường link, và không phải khuyến nghị đầu tư.
Pine Script® インジケーター
Impressive6868の投稿
[NBK] Cover Buy Sell for XAU Cover Buy Sell for XAU — Engulfing Reversals with EMA/ATR Trend & Quality Filters {Update for XAU} What it does This indicator flags high-quality bullish/bearish reversal candles only when they align with a short-term trend and pass several objective quality filters. It is not a simple mashup: each component serves a distinct role and they work together to keep early/low-quality signals out. How it works (components & interaction) Pattern engine (entry candidates) Bullish side (Cover Buy): Body Engulf: current green body fully covers the prior red body, or Piercing (relaxed): prior red → current green closes above the prior body’s midpoint (not beyond prior open). Bearish side (Cover Sell): Full-candle Engulf: current red candle (body + wicks) covers the entire prior candle, or Body Engulf: current red body fully covers the prior body, or Dark-Cloud (relaxed): prior green → current red closes below the prior body’s midpoint. Short-term trend gate (non-repainting) Trend is defined by the EMA slope between bar-1 and bar-2, scaled by ATR to require minimum strength. Slope < 0 → only bullish candidates pass. Slope > 0 → only bearish candidates pass. Body-size filter (noise control) Rejects tiny candles: each body is compared with the lookback average body size. For bearish candidates an additional ratio check requires current body ≥ a fraction of the prior body (to avoid weak top-ticks). Peak filters for bearish signals (late, cleaner tops) Distance above EMA: the high must be at least X × ATR above EMA (avoids mid-range noise). Near local high: the high of the current bar (or bar-1) must be close to the highest high in a recent window. Break confirmation: close must break low by at least Y × ATR (filters shallow dark-clouds). Only when a candidate satisfies the pattern ➝ trend ➝ size ➝ peak sequence is a signal printed/alerted. Inputs (key parameters) EMA length, Min EMA slope vs ATR, ATR length: trend strength. Lookback for average body, Min body vs average, Bear body ratio: body-quality filters. High distance above EMA (×ATR), Local high lookback, Tolerance to local high (×ATR), Min break of low (×ATR): bearish peak confirmation. Alerts Built-in alerts fire on bar close for both Cover Buy and Cover Sell. How to use Increase High distance above EMA / Local high lookback / Min break of low to reduce early Cover Sell in ranges. If you miss good tops, ease those thresholds slightly. Works across symbols/timeframes; evaluated on bar close; no repaint from the trend gate. Notes This tool is a signal screener, not financial advice. For best results, combine with your structure/SR zones, risk management, and execution rules. 13 thg 10 Phát hành các Ghi chú Cover Buy Sell — Engulfing Reversals with EMA/ATR Trend & Quality/Peak Filters What this script does Flags high-quality bullish/bearish engulfing reversals only when short-term trend and price-action quality conditions are met. Signals evaluate on bar close. No promotions, no links, no external calls. Why this is an original combination (mashup justification) Raw engulfing patterns are noisy in ranges. This script is a pipeline where each module solves a specific failure mode, not a simple merge of indicators: Pattern engine (candidates): Bullish (Cover Buy): body-engulf of prior red body, or relaxed Piercing (close above prior body midpoint, not beyond prior open). Bearish (Cover Sell): full-candle engulf (body+wicks), body-engulf, or relaxed Dark-Cloud (close below prior body midpoint). Short-term trend gate (non-repainting): EMA slope is measured between bar-1 and bar-2 and must exceed an ATR-scaled threshold (slopeAtrPct). Slope < 0 → only bullish candidates pass. Slope > 0 → only bearish candidates pass. Body-size filter (noise control): Bodies must not be tiny vs the average over lenBodyRef. For bearish candidates, an alternate check allows current body ≥ bearRatioMin × prior body to keep decisive tops. Bearish peak filters (late, cleaner tops): High must be far above EMA (≥ emaDistAtrMin × ATR), near the local high (current or prior bar within nearHighLen & nearHighTol × ATR), and the close must break prior low by ≥ breakAtrMin × ATR. These remove premature Cover Sell flags in chop and keep the later, higher-quality reversal. Only candidates that pass Pattern → Trend → Size → Peak become signals. This staged design is the core originality. How to use (practical guidance) To reduce early Cover Sell in ranges: raise emaDistAtrMin, raise nearHighLen, and/or raise breakAtrMin. If you miss clean tops: slightly lower those thresholds. Typical starting points: lenTrend=4–6, slopeAtrPct=0.03–0.06, atrLen=14; adjust to instrument/TF volatility. Combine with structure/SR zones and your risk rules. This tool is for analysis only and is not investment advice. Alerts Two alert conditions are included: Cover Buy and Cover Sell, both evaluated on bar close. Non-repainting note The trend gate uses confirmed data (EMA slope from bar-1 vs bar-2). Pattern and filters also use confirmed values; no forward-looking references. English translations of UI strings (if your on-chart UI uses another language) “Strict engulf (không cho bằng nhau)” → Strict engulf (no equality) “EMA length (trend ngắn hạn)” → EMA length (short-term trend) “Lookback tính thân trung bình” → Lookback for average body size “Ngưỡng thân tối thiểu vs trung bình” → Min body vs average (ratio) “Bear: thân hiện tại ≥ rRatio * thân trước” → Bear: current body ≥ rRatio × prior body “Bear: HIGH cách EMA tối thiểu (x ATR)” → Bear: HIGH distance above EMA (× ATR) min “Bear: cửa sổ đỉnh cục bộ (bars)” → Bear: local high lookback (bars) “Bear: dung sai tới đỉnh (x ATR)” → Bear: tolerance to local high (× ATR) “Bear: mức phá LOW tối thiểu (x ATR)” → Bear: min break of LOW (× ATR) Compliance notes English-only title, English appears first in this description; no ads, logos, links, or solicitations. This is an original, closed-source script with a meaningful explanation of what, how, why, and how to use. (Vietnamese short summary) Chỉ báo bắt tín hiệu engulfing chất lượng cao khi có xu hướng EMA ngắn hạn (đo bằng độ dốc/ATR) và vượt qua lọc kích thước thân + điều kiện đỉnh cho tín hiệu bán. Chuỗi xử lý Mẫu → Xu hướng → Kích thước → Đỉnh giúp loại tín hiệu sớm trong vùng đi ngang. Có alert Cover Buy/Sell, đánh giá theo bar close, không quảng cáo/đường link, và không phải khuyến nghị đầu tư.
Pine Script® インジケーター
Impressive6868の投稿
Trend Pulse Algo (LTM)Trend Pulse Algo LTM Indicator Description Overview Trend Pulse Algo LTM is an advanced multi layer technical indicator designed for TradingView that combines moving average MA crossovers confirmation signals pivot based structure analysis imbalance zone detection and overextension warnings to identify potential trend shifts continuations and reversal points. It aims to provide traders with reliable entry and exit signals in trending markets while highlighting areas of market inefficiency imbalances and overextended price moves that could signal exhaustion. This indicator operates on a pulse concept where it detects rhythmic shifts in market momentum through layered MAs a quick MA for short term sensitivity a mid MA for intermediate confirmation and a long MA as a baseline trend filter. Signals are generated based on alignments and crosses between these MAs but with added layers of confirmation to reduce false positives such as requiring consecutive bars above below the long MA and breaks of prior pivot highs lows. It incorporates higher timeframe HTF analysis for imbalance zones to capture broader market context making it suitable for swing trading trend following or scalping on lower timeframes when combined with the overextension detector. Unlike simple MA crossover systems for example standard dual EMA strategies this algo uses adaptive MA types based on timeframe pivot deviation for structural breaks and a tally based confirmation to filter noise. Imbalance zones identify fair value gaps or inefficiencies between candle bodies and wicks where price may retrace to fill. Overextension is calculated relative to the mid MA using a rolling mean absolute deviation MAD ratio highlighting potential tops bottoms in strong trends. The result is a visually clean or detailed based on mode overlay that colors bars backgrounds plots labels for signals and pivots and draws zones to guide decision making. How It Works MA Layers and Signal Generation Three MAs quick mid long are computed using either SMA or EMA selected dynamically based on the charts timeframe for optimal responsiveness for example EMA on lower TFs for faster signals. Early Signals A crossover of the quick MA above the mid MA while above the long MA triggers a Possible Bull label indicating early momentum shifts. A crossunder below triggers Possible Bear. Confirmed Signals Bullish confirmation requires a set number of bars closing above the long MA plus alignment quick greater than mid and a break above the prior pivot high. Bearish requires bars below the long MA and a break below the prior pivot low. This uses a counter mechanism to ensure persistence reducing whipsaws. Breaks are detected via crossovers under of close versus prior highs lows. State persistence tracks the current regime bull bear warn early coloring the chart accordingly until a new signal overrides it. Pivot Detection and Structure Pivots are identified by scanning for highs lows separated by a minimum bar depth with a percentage deviation threshold to confirm validity. This follows a zigzag like approach but with deviation filtering for robustness. Labels like HH Higher High HL Higher Low LH Lower High LL Lower Low highlight market structure helping identify trends for example HH HL for uptrends or breakdowns. These are used internally to validate signal breaks. Imbalance Zones Zones detect imbalances or gaps between candle bodies and prior highs lows where unfilled inefficiencies attract price. For bullish zones If open greater than close and high minus low two less than zero a zone is drawn from calculated top bottom limits. Bearish similarly for close greater than open. Supports current TF HTF or both. Zones extend rightward until filled price touches the opposite side or mid line if enabled then either delete or shorten based on settings. Mid lines can act as fill triggers for partial closures. HTF data is fetched via security for broader context resetting on new HTF bars. Overextension Indicator Measures price deviation from the mid MA relative to a rolling average RMA of relative deviations over a length. Multipliers define tiers mild for example two times avg deviation moderate three times extreme four times. Circles plot above below bars in bull bear states when thresholds are exceeded signaling potential reversals for example red for extreme tops in uptrends. This is akin to a Bollinger Band squeeze expansion but normalized to MA distance for trend specific warnings. Chart Coloring and Visuals Background or candle coloring reflects the state green for bull red for bear orange for warn blue for early. Modes control clutter Clean hides MAs zones pivots Balanced shows essentials Detailed includes all. How to Use It Setup Add to your chart via TradingViews indicator search. Adjust inputs based on asset timeframe for example shorter MA periods for volatile cryptos longer for stocks. Trading Strategy Ideas Trend Following Enter long on Confirmed Bull labels exit on Confirmed Bear or extreme overextension circles. Use imbalance zones as support resistance for stops targets for example buy dips to unfilled bullish zones. Reversal Scalping Watch for Possible Bull Bear near pivot labels for example HL LL and overextension in the opposite direction. Confirm with zone fills. Multi TF Analysis Set HTF to D for daily context on hourly charts zones from HTF often act as magnets. Risk Management Place stops below prior lows in bulls or above highs in bears. Target zone edges or MA crosses. Avoid trading against strong states without confirmation. Alerts Set up via TradingView for Early Up Down or Up Down Confirm to notify on signal edges. Limitations Best in trending markets may lag in ranges. Test on historical data no indicator is foolproof combine with volume price action. Detailed Input Settings Below is a comprehensive breakdown of all user adjustable inputs from the settings panel grouped as in the script. Each explains what it controls its effect on the indicators logic and usage tips. Defaults are provided for reference. Chart Mode Chart Mode default Detailed Mode options Clean Mode Balanced Mode Detailed Mode Controls visual detail level. Clean Mode hides MAs imbalance zones and pivots for a minimal overlay focused on signals and coloring. Balanced Mode shows MAs and signals but omits zones pivots. Detailed Mode displays everything for in depth analysis. Use Clean for live trading to reduce clutter Detailed for backtesting structure review. Display Settings Color Style default Candles options Background Candles Determines how states bull bear warn early are visualized. Background colors the chart area for example green shading for bull. Candles colors bar bodies wicks directly. Background is subtler for multi indicator setups Candles emphasizes signals on naked charts. Imbalance Zone HTF Config Higher TF Period default D Sets the higher timeframe for imbalance detection for example D for daily four H for four hour. This fetches broader data to identify significant zones. Use a TF four to five times your current for context for example daily on one H charts avoid very high TFs like W on intraday for relevance. TF Mode default Current TF options Current TF Current plus HTF HTF Only Defines timeframe handling for zones. Current TF uses only your charts TF. Current plus HTF combines both for layered zones. HTF Only ignores current TF. Current plus HTF is ideal for multi TF confluence HTF Only simplifies for swing traders. Shift default ten min zero max five hundred Horizontal offset in bars for current TF zone labels. Higher values shift labels rightward to avoid overlap. Adjust if labels crowd the chart. HTF Shift default twenty min zero max five hundred Similar to Shift but for HTF zone labels. Use larger offsets for HTF to distinguish them visually. Imbalance Zone Core Options Mid Line Fill default false Enables a midpoint line in each zone zones fill close short when price touches this mid line instead of the far edge. Activates partial fill logic for more conservative zone closure. Enable for tighter risk in volatile markets. Remove Filled Zones default true If true completely deletes filled zones if false shortens them to the fill point keeping history. True clears clutter false retains context for review. Display TF on Zone default false Shows the timeframe for example D IZ on zone labels. Useful for distinguishing current versus HTF zones in combined mode. Max Upward Zones default twenty min one max fifty Limits displayed bullish upward zones removes oldest when exceeded. Lower for cleaner charts higher for historical depth. Max Downward Zones default twenty min one max fifty Same as above but for bearish downward zones. Imbalance Zone Visuals Upward Zone color green at ninety percent transparency Color for current TF upward imbalance zones. Adjust opacity for visibility. HTF Upward Zone color lime at eighty percent transparency Color for higher timeframe upward imbalance zones. Differentiate from current for example lighter shade. Downward Zone color red at ninety percent transparency Color for current TF downward imbalance zones. HTF Downward Zone color maroon at eighty percent transparency Color for higher timeframe downward imbalance zones. Mid Line Color color white at eighty five percent transparency Color for the optional midpoint line in zones. Text Color color white Color for text labels on zones. MA Layers Quick MA Period default ten min one Length for the fastest moving average sensitive to short term price. Shorter for example five for scalping longer for example fifteen for less noise. Mid MA Period default twenty min one Intermediate MA length used for crossovers and overextension base. Typically two times quick for balance. Long MA Period default fifty min one Baseline trend filter length. Longer for example one hundred for major trends shorter for active trading. MA Variants by Period Under one H default EMA options SMA EMA MA type for timeframes under one hour for example EMA for faster response. One H to less than five H default EMA options SMA EMA MA type for one to five hour timeframes. Five H to less than one D default EMA options SMA EMA MA type for five hour to one day timeframes. One D plus default EMA options SMA EMA MA type for daily and higher timeframes. Adapt to market EMA for trends SMA for mean reversion. Signal Confirmation Bull Confirm Bars default one min zero Consecutive bars needed above long MA for bull confirmation. Zero for instant higher for example three filters noise but delays entries. Bear Confirm Bars default two min zero Same for bear below long MA. Asymmetrical default higher for bears assumes uptrend bias. Pivot Detection Pivot Depth default six min one Min bars between pivots. Higher reduces minor swings lower captures more structure. Pivot Deviation percent default one point zero min zero point one Percent change required for new pivot. Higher ignores small moves for example two percent for stocks zero point five percent for forex. Display HH and HL default true Shows labels for Higher Highs Lows bullish structure. Display LH and LL default true Shows labels for Lower Highs Lows bearish structure. Overextension Indicator Show Overextension Circles Potential Tops default true Enables circles above bars in bull states for potential tops. Show Overextension Circles Potential Bottoms default true Enables below bars in bear states for bottoms. Overextension Length default fourteen min one Period for rolling relative deviation average. Matches RSI STOCH defaults for alignment. Mild Multiplier default two point zero min zero point zero Threshold for mild overextension yellow circle. Zero disables tier. Moderate Multiplier default three point zero min zero point zero For moderate orange. Extreme Multiplier default four point zero min zero point zero For extreme red. Tune lower for sensitive warnings in ranging markets.
Pine Script® インジケーター
HappyZombieの投稿
1
Gabriel's Squeeze Momentum📊 Gabriel’s Squeeze Momentum — Deluxe Volatility + Momentum Suite An advanced, all-in-one squeeze & momentum framework that times volatility compression/expansion and trend shifts, with optional CVD (cumulative volume delta) momentum, ATR zone context, Discontinued Signal Lines (DSL) scalps, Colored DMI trend label, Williams VIX Fix (WVF) low-volatility exhaustion pings, Buff’s VTTI/VPCI volume confirmation, and real-time divergence detection. What it does: Discover Squeezes. They occur when volatility contracts, often preceding significant price moves. Measures momentum with a fast, ATR-normalized linear regression—optionally on Price or CVD—so you see direction and “how hard it’s pushing.” 🧭 Signal Legend ~ Colors the squeeze so you instantly know regime: 🟡 / 🟣 (Tight/Very Tight): Coiled spring; prepare a plan. 🔴 / ⚫ = (Regular/Wide): Watch for Divergences between Price and Momentum. 🟢 (Fired): Expansion started; trade with momentum cross and bias. Adds context bands at ±1/±2/±3 ATR (“trend / expansion / OB-OS”) to filter late or weak signals. DSL (Discontinued Signal Lines) give early scalp flips on momentum vs. adaptive bands. DMI label & triangles communicate trend strength and whether +DI / −DI is in control. Williams VIX Fix flags capitulation/exhaustion style spikes (with optional VIX proxy). VTTI/VPCI modules confirm when volume aligns with price trend or contradicts it. Divergences (regular & hidden) auto-draw with optional live (may repaint) or on-close. 🎢 Squeeze Momentum — How the Logic Works 🎢 The Squeeze Momentum model is built on the principle of volatility compression and expansion. In markets, periods of low volatility are often followed by explosive moves, while high volatility eventually contracts. The “squeeze” seeks to identify these compression phases and prepare traders for the likely expansion that follows. This indicator achieves that by comparing Bollinger Bands (BB) to Keltner Channels (KC). Bands: Bollinger vs. Keltner Bollinger Bands (BB): Calculated using a Simple Moving Average (SMA) of price and standard deviations (σ) of the closing price. The bands expand and contract depending on volatility. Keltner Channels (KC): Built from an SMA plus/minus multiples of the Average True Range (ATR). Unlike some simplified squeeze indicators that approximate ATR, this implementation uses a true ATR-based KC, ensuring accuracy across different assets and timeframes. By comparing whether the Bollinger Bands are inside or outside the Keltner Channels, the indicator identifies different squeeze regimes, each representing a distinct volatility environment. 📦 Regime Colors The squeeze states are color-coded for quick interpretation: 🔹Wide Squeeze (⚫): BB inside KC with a high ATR multiplier. Extremely low volatility, often before major expansion. 🔹Normal Squeeze (🔴): BB inside KC with a moderate ATR multiplier (about 25% more sensitive than Wide). Typical compression setting. 🔹Narrow Squeeze (🟡): BB inside KC with a lower ATR multiplier (about 50% more sensitive than Wide). Signals tighter compression. 🔹Very Narrow Squeeze (🟣): BB inside KC with the lowest ATR multiplier (100% more sensitive than Wide). Indicates extreme coiling. 🔹Fired Squeeze (🟢): BB break outside KC. Marks the release of volatility and potential trend acceleration. This multi-layered system improves upon classical SQZPRO by using precisely calculated Keltner Channels and multiple sensitivity levels, giving traders more granular information about volatility states. 🔒 Multi-Timeframe Support The indicator automatically adjusts squeeze thresholds for different timeframes — hourly, 4-hour, daily, weekly, and monthly charts. Each regime has been manually tuned for its timeframe, allowing traders to use the same tool whether scalping, swing trading, or holding longer-term positions. 🎯 Momentum Core Detecting a squeeze is only half the equation — the indicator also includes a momentum engine to determine direction and strength. Price momentum is measured as the distance of Close from its Highest High and Lowest Low range, smoothed with a Simple Moving Average, and refined with Linear Regression. This value is then divided by ATR, normalizing momentum relative to volatility. Optionally, CVD Mode (Cumulative Volume Delta ÷ Volume) can replace price momentum for assets where order-flow and volume dynamics dominate (e.g., crypto). 🦆 Signal Line Momentum is paired with a Simple Moving Average signal line: 🔹Bullish: Momentum > Signal. 🔹Bearish: Momentum < Signal. This crossover logic provides directional bias and filters for false squeezes. 🚀 When to Use Price vs. CVD CVD Mode (Crypto, FX with tick volume): Best for assets with strong volume/order-flow signals. Price Mode (Equities, Commodities, Higher TFs): Best for assets with irregular or thin volume data. 🛢️ATR Zones (context filter) 🛢️ Its design is straightforward yet effective: it measures the difference between the current price from its highest highs, lowest lows, and a moving average over a chosen period, then expresses that difference in terms of the Average True Range (ATR) over the same period. By normalizing price deviations against volatility, ATR provides a clear sense of how far and how fast price is moving relative to its “normal” range. Interpreting the Zone Positive Values: When it is above zero, price is trading above its HH, LL, and moving average, suggesting bullish momentum. The higher the value, the stronger the momentum relative to volatility. Negative Values: When the Momentum is below zero, price is trading below its HH, LL, and moving average, signaling bearish momentum. The deeper the reading, the stronger the downside pressure. Magnitude Matters: Because the Momentum is expressed in ATR units, traders can immediately gauge whether the move is small (less than 1 ATR), moderate (1–2 ATRs), or extreme (3+ ATRs). This makes it especially useful for assessing overbought or oversold conditions in a normalized way. Strengths: 🔹Volatility-Normalized: Unlike simple squeeze momentum oscillators that have different OB/OS levels, this Momentum adjusts for volatility. This makes signals more consistent across assets with different volatility profiles. 🔹Simplicity: ±1 ATR: trending zone (bulls above +1, bears below −1) ±2 ATR: expansion (keep, add, or trail). Stretch/risk of mean reversion. ±3 ATR: potential exhaustion/mean-revert zone. 🔹Momentum Clarity: By framing momentum in ATR terms, it is easier to distinguish between a small deviation from trend and a genuinely significant move. Sometimes it is a good sign that it trend to ±3/2 ATR, looks for similar directional moves. Color: The script shades +2/+3 (OB) and −2/−3 (OS) areas and provides swing alerts at ±1 ATR. 💚 What Are Discontinued Signal Lines (DSL)? 💚 In technical analysis, one of the most common tools for smoothing out noisy data is the signal line. This concept appears in many indicators, such as the MACD or stochastic oscillator, where the raw value of an indicator is compared to a smoothed version of itself. The signal line acts as a lagging filter, making it easier to identify shifts in momentum, crossovers, and directional changes. While useful, the classic signal line approach has limitations. By design, a single smoothed line introduces lag, which means traders may receive signals later than ideal. Additionally, a one-size-fits-all smoothing process often struggles to adapt to different levels of volatility or rapidly changing market conditions. This is where Discontinued Signal Lines (DSL) come in. DSL is an advanced extension of the traditional signal line concept. Instead of relying on just one smoothed comparison, DSL employs multiple adaptive lines that adjust dynamically to the current state of the indicator. These adaptive lines effectively “discontinue” the dependence on a single, fixed smoothing method, producing a more flexible and nuanced representation of market conditions. How DSL Works? Traditional Signal Line: Compares an the Momentum against its own moving average. Provides crossover signals when the raw indicator value moves above or below the smoothed line. Strength: reduces noise. Weakness: delayed signals and limited adaptability. DSL Extension: Uses multiple adaptive lines that respond differently to the indicator’s current behavior. Instead of one static moving average, the DSL approach creates faster and slower “reaction lines.” These lines adapt dynamically, capturing acceleration or deceleration in the indicator’s state. Result: Traders see how momentum is evolving across multiple adaptive thresholds. This reduces false signals and improves responsiveness in volatile conditions. Benefits of Discontinued Signal Lines 🔹Nuanced Trend Detection DSL doesn’t just flag when momentum changes direction—it shows the quality of that shift, highlighting whether it is gaining strength, losing steam, or consolidating. 🔹Adaptability Across Markets Because DSL adjusts to the Momentum’s own dynamics, it works well across different asset classes and timeframes, from equities and futures to forex and crypto. 🔹Earlier Signal Recognition Multiple adaptive lines allow traders to spot developing trends earlier than with a single smoothed signal line, without being overwhelmed by raw indicator noise. 🔹Better Confirmation DSL is particularly useful for confirmation. If both adaptive lines agree then a fill is applied in the direction, confidence in the trend is higher as the color turns bull/bear. 🔹Practical Uses Momentum Trading: Spot acceleration or deceleration in trend strength. Trend Confirmation: Verify whether a breakout has momentum behind it. Noise Filtering: Smooth out erratic moves while retaining adaptability. ⚖️ Colored Directional Movement Index (CDMI) ⚖️ The Directional Movement Index (DMI), created by J. Welles Wilder, is one of the most respected trend-following indicators in technical analysis. It is actually a family of three separate indicators combined into one: the +DI (Positive Directional Indicator), the –DI (Negative Directional Indicator), and the ADX (Average Directional Index). Together, they measure not only whether the market is trending but also the strength of that trend. Traders have used the DMI for decades to identify trend direction, gauge momentum, and filter out periods of market noise. However, despite its reliability, the traditional DMI can be challenging to interpret. Reading three separate lines at once and extracting meaningful signals requires both experience and careful observation. This complexity often discourages newer traders from fully utilizing its power. The Colored Directional Movement Index (CDMI) is a modern reinterpretation of Wilder’s classic tool. It condenses the same information into a single visual line while using color, shape, and density to communicate what’s happening beneath the surface. The goal is simple: make the DMI’s insights faster to read, easier to act upon, and more intuitive to integrate into trading decisions. Key Features of CDMI 🔹Color Scale for Trend Strength The main triangle changes its base color depending on the strength of the DI reading. Dark Red or Green, colors correspond to stronger trends, while faded Gray or lighter yellow tones signal weaker or fading trends. This makes it visually clear when the market is consolidating versus trending strongly. 🔹Color Density for Momentum Beyond strength, the CDMI uses color density to represent momentum in the trend’s strength. If the ADX is rising (trend gaining momentum), the triangles grows more darker. If the ADX is falling (trend losing momentum), the triangle becomes paler. This provides an instant sense of whether a trend is accelerating or decelerating. 🔹Directional Triangles for Trend Direction To replace the separate +DI and –DI lines, the CDMI plots small triangle shapes along the bottom axis. An upward-facing triangle indicates that +DI is dominant, confirming bullish direction. A downward-facing triangle signals –DI dominance, confirming bearish direction. This way, both strength and direction are shown without the clutter of multiple overlapping lines. 🔹Label Display for Detailed Values For traders who want precise data alongside the visuals, CDMI includes a label that shows: Current trend strength (ADX value). Current +DI and –DI values. Momentum status of the ADX (rising or falling). Historical values of DMI readings, so traders can track how the indicator has evolved over time. Tooltips are also available to explain “How to read the colored DMI line”, making this version more beginner-friendly. Why CDMI Matters The CDMI retains the proven reliability of Wilder’s DMI while solving its biggest drawback—interpretation difficulty. Instead of juggling three separate plots, traders get a single, information-rich line supplemented with intuitive shapes and labels. This streamlined format makes trend verification, momentum analysis, and signal confirmation much faster. For trading applications, the CDMI can help: Confirm Entries by showing whether the market is trending strongly enough to justify a position. Avoid False Signals by filtering out periods of low ADX (weak trend). Enhance Timing by tracking momentum shifts in trend strength. By simplifying the complexity of the original DMI into an elegant, color-coded tool, the CDMI makes one of technical analysis’ most advanced indicators practical for everyday use. 😅 The VIX, the Williams Vix Fix, and Market Bottoms 😎 The VIX, formally known as the CBOE Volatility Index, has long been considered one of the most reliable indicators for spotting major market bottoms. Often referred to as the “fear gauge,” it measures the market’s expectation of volatility in the S&P 500 over the next 30 days. When fear grips investors and volatility spikes, the VIX rises sharply. Historically, these moments of extreme fear often coincide with powerful buying opportunities, as markets have a tendency to rebound once panic selling exhausts itself. Larry Williams, a well-known trader and author, developed the Williams Vix Fix as a way to replicate the insights of the VIX across any tradable asset. While the VIX itself is tied specifically to S&P 500 options, Williams wanted a tool that could capture similar panic-driven dynamics in stocks, futures, forex, and other markets where the VIX is not directly applicable. His “fix” uses price action and volatility formulas to approximate the same emotional extremes reflected in the official VIX, creating almost identical results in practice. This makes the Williams Vix Fix a powerful addition to the trader’s toolbox, allowing the same principle that works on U.S. equities to be applied universally. One of the most important characteristics of both the VIX and the Williams Vix Fix is that they are far more reliable at signaling market bottoms than market tops. The reason is psychological as much as it is mathematical. At market bottoms, fear and panic are widespread. Retail investors often capitulate, selling in a frenzy as prices drop. This panic drives volatility higher, producing the spikes we see in the VIX. At the same time, professional traders and institutions—those with larger capital and more disciplined strategies—tend to step in when volatility is stretched. They buy when others are fearful, using the panic of retail investors as an opportunity to acquire assets at discounted prices. This confluence of retail panic and institutional buying power is what makes the VIX such a strong bottom-finding tool. In contrast, at market tops, the dynamic is very different. Tops tend not to be marked by panic or fear. Instead, they form quietly as enthusiasm fades, liquidity dries up, and buying interest wanes. Investors are often complacent, assuming prices will continue to rise, while professional money begins distributing their positions. Because there is no surge in fear, volatility remains muted, and the VIX does not offer a clear warning. This is why traders who rely on the VIX or the Williams Vix Fix must understand its limitations: it is exceptional for detecting bottoms but less useful for anticipating tops. For traders, the lesson is straightforward. When you see the VIX or Williams Vix Fix spiking to extreme levels, it often indicates a high-probability environment for a rebound. These tools should not be used in isolation, but when combined with support levels, sentiment indicators, and market breadth, they can provide some of the most reliable bottom-fishing signals available. While no indicator is perfect, few have stood the test of time as consistently as the VIX—and thanks to Williams’ adaptation, its power can now be applied to nearly every market. Indicator Signals (Great in risk-off charts): 🔹Flags spike events (tops/bottoms) with both original and filtered (AE/FE) criteria. 🔹Great as a risk overlay: tighten stops into AE/FE, or require “no spike” to enter. 🤯 Volume Comfirmation: VTTI & VPCI (Buff Dormeier) 🤯 Volume Trend Technical Indicator (VTTI) The Volume Trend Technical Indicator (VTTI) is a momentum-style tool that analyzes how volume trends interact with price movement. Unlike basic volume measures that simply report how many shares or contracts were traded, the VTTI evaluates whether volume is expanding or contracting in the same direction as the prevailing price trend. The underlying logic is that healthy trends are supported by rising volume, while weakening trends often occur on shrinking volume. At its core, VTTI looks at the rate of change in volume compared to price movements. By smoothing and normalizing these relationships, the indicator helps traders determine whether momentum is accelerating, decelerating, or diverging. Rising VTTI: Suggests that volume is confirming the current price trend, strengthening the case for continuation. Flips BG Green after crossing it's signal. Falling VTTI: Indicates that the trend may be losing participation, often a sign of possible consolidation or reversal. Flips BG Red after crossing it's signal. Traders often use VTTI to filter entries and exits. For example, if price breaks out but VTTI does not rise above zero, the breakout may lack conviction. On the other hand, when both price and VTTI are aligned, probability of continuation improves. Volume Price Confirmation Indicator (VPCI) The Volume Price Confirmation Indicator (VPCI), developed by Buff Dormeier, takes the relationship between price and volume a step further. While traditional indicators like On-Balance Volume (OBV) or Chaikin Money Flow look at cumulative patterns, VPCI breaks price and volume into trend and volatility components and then recombines them to measure how well they confirm each other. In essence, VPCI asks: “Does volume confirm what price is signaling?” The formula integrates: Price Trend Component – whether the market is trending upward or downward. Volume Trend Component – whether trading activity supports that price trend. Volatility Adjustments – to account for irregular swings. The resulting oscillator fluctuates around a zero line: Positive VPCI: Indicates that price and volume trends are in agreement (bullish confirmation). Negative VPCI: Suggests that price and volume are diverging (bearish warning or false move). Crossovers of Zero: Can serve as potential buy or sell signals, depending on context. A key strength of VPCI is its sensitivity to divergence. When prices continue rising but VPCI begins falling, it often foreshadows a weakening rally. Conversely, a rising VPCI during a flat or down market can highlight early accumulation. VTTI (Entry Signal) vs. VPCI (Exit Signal) While both indicators study price-volume dynamics, their focus differs: VTTI is simpler, emphasizing the trend of volume relative to price for momentum confirmation. VPCI is more advanced, decomposing both price and volume into multiple components to produce a nuanced oscillator. Used together, they provide complementary insights. VTTI helps quickly spot whether volume is supporting a move, while VPCI offers deeper confirmation and highlights subtle divergences. Note: The Up/Down Volume Alert works better on the 4 HR, for Daily scalps or 30 minute for HR scalps. Intraday it's 2/10 minute. 🦅 Divergence toolkit 🦅 Divergences in Technical Analysis Divergence occurs when the price action of an asset moves in one direction while a technical indicator, such as RSI, MACD, or Momentum, moves in the opposite direction. This disagreement between price and indicator often signals a shift in underlying market dynamics. Traders use divergences to anticipate either potential reversals or continuations in trends. There are two main types of divergences: regular divergences, which typically precede reversals, and hidden divergences, which suggest continuation of the current trend. Regular Divergence (Reversal Signals) A regular divergence occurs when price and indicator disagree during a trend extension. These divergences signal that momentum is no longer fully supporting the current trend and that a reversal may be imminent. 🔹Regular Bullish Divergence Price Action: Forms a lower low. Indicator: Forms a higher low. Interpretation: Price is making new lows, but the indicator is gaining strength. This suggests that selling pressure is weakening, and a reversal to the upside may occur. Example: RSI rising while price dips to fresh lows. 🔹Regular Bearish Divergence Price Action: Forms a higher high. Indicator: Forms a lower high. Interpretation: Price is reaching new highs, but the indicator shows weakening momentum. This implies that buying pressure is fading, warning of a potential downside reversal. Example: MACD histogram falling while price makes higher highs. Regular divergences are often spotted near the end of trends and are most powerful when aligned with key support/resistance levels or overbought/oversold conditions. Hidden Divergence (Continuation Signals) A hidden divergence occurs during retracements within a trend. Unlike regular divergences, hidden divergences suggest that the prevailing trend still has strength and is likely to continue. 🔹Hidden Bullish Divergence Price Action: Forms a higher low. Indicator: Forms a lower low. Interpretation: Price is retracing within an uptrend, but the indicator is overshooting downward. This shows that momentum remains intact, supporting continuation upward. 🔹Hidden Bearish Divergence Price Action: Forms a lower high. Indicator: Forms a higher high. Interpretation: Price is retracing within a downtrend, while the indicator overshoots upward. This indicates that bearish momentum remains strong, supporting continuation downward. Hidden divergences often appear during pullbacks, helping traders time entries in the direction of the prevailing trend. Practical Use of Divergences 🔹Trend Reversal Alerts – Regular divergences are early warnings that a trend may be ending. 🔹Trend Continuation Signals – Hidden divergences help confirm that retracements are simply pauses, not full reversals. 🔹Confluence with Other Tools – Divergences are more reliable when combined with support/resistance, candlestick patterns, or volume analysis. 🔹Multi-Timeframe Analysis – Spotting divergences on higher timeframes often produces stronger signals. 🕭🔔🛎️ Alert 🛎️🔔🕭 🔹Squeeze 🟢 Fired Squeeze ⚫ Low (Wide) Squeeze / 🔴 Normal / 🟡 Tight / 🟣 Very Tight 🔹Momentum 🐂 Bullish Trend Reversal (Crossover of Momentum and Signal from sub −2) 🐻 Bearish Trend Reversal (Crossover of Momentum and Signal from above +2) 📈 Bullish Swing (cross above +1 ATR) / 📉 Bearish Swing (cross below −1 ATR) 🔹DSL 💚 Bullish DSL Scalp / 💔 Bearish DSL Scalp 🔹Volume 🎯 Strong Up Volume (VPCI > 0 and VTTI up) ⏳ Strong Down Volume (VPCI < 0 and VTTI down) 🔹Divergences 🦅 Bullish, 🦆 Bearish, 🦅 Bullish Hidden, 🦆 Bearish Hidden Management: Search Vanguard ETFs in your browser, look up full list of VOO holdings. Download it, or copy paste all the ticker symbols. Place that with a AI, just ask it to place , in between each ticker. NVDA, TSLA, AVGO, etc. Create a new watchlist, in the + add all tickers separated by commas. Place a watchlist alert ⚠️ only available for premium + subscribers. Practical playbook 1) Classic Squeeze Break Setup: 🔴(D)/🟡(2D)/🟣(3D) squeeze → wait for 🟢(1HR) Fired. Confirm: Momentum > Signal and above +1 ATR (or DMI strong & rising). Manage: add on pullbacks that hold +1 ATR; scale near +2 ATR or WVF AE/FE. 2) DSL Scalp in Trend Setup: Clear trend (DMI strong) + DSL bull/bear trigger in the direction of trend. Filter: avoid tight/very tight yellow/purple unless you want micro-scalps. Exit: opposite DSL or ATR midline loss. 3) Mean-Reversion Fade Setup: Momentum extended to ±3 ATR, WVF spike, and a regular divergence. Entry: Counter signal only when mom crosses back through ±3 ATR toward mid. Exit early if squeeze ⚫/🔴, Momentum may extend to ±3/2 ATR in the same direction. Risk: reduce size; this is a fade, not trend following. 4) Volume-Confirmed Breakout Setup: Squeeze → 🟢 Fired + VPCI > 0 and VTTI up → trend continuation. Manage: trail behind +1 ATR (long) or −1 ATR (short). 9 SMA works good. Inputs at a glance (key ones) Mode: Price or CVD momentum; Squeeze Sensitivity (σ); Momentum Length; Signal Length; ATR Smoothing. 🧮 Colors: SQZMOM: per squeeze regime, momentum, ATR fills. DSL: On/Off, Fast/Slow, Length. ATR Zones: Bullish/Bearish levels (±1), ±2/±3 zone lines & fills. DMI: Lengths, key & weak thresholds, label on/off. WVF/VIX: Lookbacks, bands, AE/FE toggles, VIX proxy symbol. VTTI/VPCI: Fast/slow/signal (VTTI), Short/Long (VPCI), and volume source (Tick/CVD/NVI/PVI/OBV/PVT/AccDist/VWAP). Divergences: Regular/Hidden toggles, Sensitivity %, Lifetime, Live vs On-Close, Lines/Labels. 🔎 Suggested defaults (feel free to tweak) Calibration: Size Momentum, so that when it's above zero the asset is trending up. For the signal, it can be kept the same or lower. Intraday (60–240m): σ = 2.0, 18~20, 3~5, DSL Fast, DMI key 23, weak 17. Daily/Weekly: keep σ = 2.0, consider DSL Slow, DMI key 25, weak 20, widen ATR filters; lean on VPCI/VTTI (4-HR). CVD mode: use where tick/volume quality is high (index futures, liquid equities, crypto majors). 🪟 Tips & caveats Swing Screener: Favor liquid underlyings (index futures/ETFs, large caps). Large-Cap, 2 M Vol, Mid-Cap, 500K Vol. Squeeze: BB( 20) upper < KC (20) upper, and BB (20) lower > KC (20) lower. Optional: Price above 9 SMA, 21 SMA, and 50 SMA, they are my SMA of choice. 200 SMA too, unless you are willing to fish in a bear market. Vice-versa for shorts. Optional: ADX 4 HR > 17, or 23 depending on what you are looking for. Scalp Screener: Same as above, change the D 9 SMA to 5, and the BB/KC from D to 1 HR. Scalps may last 2~3 days. Position Screener: Change all daily setting to W, aside from Volume. Optional: PEG < 1.5, FCF > 0, ROA > 8% or ROE > 6%. Good with Moving averages (9/21/50) and low-volume zones. Position size by IV, ATR, and account risk. Consider stop/hedge rules around ±2/±3 ATR. Let alerts stage your watchlist; act only on combined squeeze + momentum signals. Divergences in live mode can repaint (Real-Time); for algo or alerts, use on-close. Tight/Very tight squeezes are great for scalps but choppy; combine with DMI rising + VPCI>0. ±3 ATR is exhaustion context, not an auto-fade—look for WVF/Div/DSL confirmation. For alerts, pair “Fired Squeeze + Bullish Swing” (or bearish) to avoid false starts. 🎯 How to Trade Entry ~ Recap: Tight/very tight squeeze → fires → momentum crosses up (or DSL bull). Exit/Flip: Momentum crosses down into/after expansion or hits +2/+3 ATR with fade signs. Filter: Avoid fresh longs at +3 ATR; avoid fresh shorts at −3 ATR unless fading with confirmation. 📐 Options Integrations ✅ Risk Reversal/Modified Risk Reversal (Bullish: Short Put + Long Call) Use when: Squeeze fires up from 🟡/🟣 and momentum crosses above signal (or zero/DSL). Playbook Entry: On or just after the bullish fire and momentum upcross. DMI or Volume supports trend as well. Structure: Sell a put at/just below the −2 ATR reference (or recent swing support). Buy a call at/above the breakout zone (prior high/mid-range +1 to +2 ATR). A classic risk reversal is a long call plus a short put. That’s a very bullish structure—you gain if the price rallies (via the call), and you collect a premium by selling a put. But it has a naked downside risk. The modified risk reversal fixes that by adding a long lower put (making the short put into a defined put credit spread). Management: If momentum stays above signal, ride toward +2 → +3 ATR. Sell the put near the current price → receive big premium. Buy the lower put → spend part of that premium (risk cap). Buy the call above the current price → spend more, but the short put premium mostly pays for it. Exits/Adjust: Momentum downcross or squeeze flips back on (new compression) → reduce. If price retests −1/−2 ATR and holds, you can roll the short put down/out. Breakout = Big Success; No Breakout = you keep the initial credit. Reversal = Max loss is capped by the long lower put. ✅ Iron Condor (Neutral: Short OTM Put Spread + Short OTM Call Spread) Use when: Squeeze is active (🟡/🟣), momentum is flat near zero, and there is no directional edge. 🟢 lasts for around 5~8 bars typically. I measure the historical duration of it, and wait for a range period to occur. Playbook Entry: During compression, set wings outside ±2 ATR (or recent range extremes). I prefer identifying boxes where the rectangle pattern occurs on the chart. Management: Time decay works while price remains trapped in the coil. High-winrate ~80%, but 1 loser can wipe most of the gains. Exits/Adjust: If a squeeze fires and momentum breaks hard one way, close the losing side, consider converting to a vertical or rotating to a directional spread aligned with momentum. 4HR-Bullish, closing one wing: Tip: Align daily/weekly context with your intraday entries. 9 > 50 on Weekly, similar on Daily. Sell premium into compression; switch to directional spreads on expansion and momentum confirmation. ✅ Naked Call/Puts (Directional: 10~30 Delta Calls) Stick to naked calls and puts when the squeezes are fired from either 🔴 or ⚫. Look for Strikes slightly out of the money with an OI and Volume spread less than <10%. If Strike Date is >45, manage 21 Days before expiration. Scalp: Expiration Strikes of 1/4 of the Squeeze period. Leap: Expiration Strikes of 1.75x of the Squeeze period. 📐 Futures Integrations Playbook Entry: Verify if the squeeze on the hourly is red or green, and enter on the 2- or 5-minute during a similar squeeze state. Trend-Following: Traditional 2 Renko Block above 21 SMA and Momentum is bullish, or vice versa. (2~ES, 5~NQ) Structure: Go long at/just below the ATR reference (or recent swing support). Exit below the breakout zone (prior high/mid-range +1 to +2 ATR). Management: If momentum stays above +1 ATR ride toward +2 → +3 ATR, etc. House-money, should be kept. Exits/Adjust: Momentum downcross or squeeze flips back on (new compression) → exit. On Renko Charts, lower the sensitivity to 0.7~1. If price retests 0/−1/−2 ATR and holds, you can enter when the 9 SMA flips. The 50 SMA is better for Daily and up; I wouldn't trade against it then. 📌 FOMO Trading Playbook Credits & License Credits: @JF10R (Multi-Timeframe Squeeze), @BigBeluga (DSL), @OskarGallard (Colored DMI base), @ChrisMoody (WVF ideas), @PineCodersTASC (VTTI/VPCI), @EliCobra (Divergence toolkit). License: Mozilla Public License 2.0 (MPL-2.0). Author: © GabrielAmadeusLau
Pine Script® インジケーター
GabrielAmadeusLauの投稿
9
Emperor RSI CandleDescription: The Emperor RSI Candle is a real-time, non-lagging trading indicator that colors candles based on RSI (Relative Strength Index) levels. It offers instant visual feedback on market momentum, making it easy to identify trend strength, overbought/oversold zones, and potential reversals with precision. Unlike traditional RSI indicators, which display RSI values in a separate panel, Emperor RSI Candle integrates RSI signals directly into the candles, providing a cleaner, more intuitive charting experience. Its multi-timeframe RSI box shows RSI values across different timeframes, offering confluence confirmation for better trade decisions. 🔥 Emperor RSI Candle is original because it includes a multi-timeframe RSI box that displays RSI values from: 1 min → Monthly timeframes simultaneously. 📊 How this is unique: Traders can instantly compare RSI values across different timeframes. This helps them spot confluence and divergences, which is not possible with standard RSI indicators. The multi-timeframe confluence feature makes the indicator highly effective for both short-term and long-term traders. 🚀 What the script does: Real-time candle coloring based on RSI levels. Multi-timeframe RSI box for confluence insights. Customizable RSI settings for adaptability. How it benefits traders: Instant visual feedback for momentum and reversals. No lag signals for precise trading decisions. Flexible customization for different trading styles. Unique visual signals: Green, red, parrot green, and blue candles → Clearly indicating bullish/bearish momentum and overbought/oversold zones. Multi-timeframe RSI box → For cross-timeframe confluence. ⚡️ 🔥 UNIQUE FEATURES 🔥: ✅ Multi-Timeframe RSI Box: Displays RSI values from 1 min to monthly timeframes, helping traders confirm confluence across different timeframes. ✅ Fully Customizable RSI Levels & Display: Modify RSI thresholds, source, and appearance to fit your trading style. ✅ Dynamic Candle Borders for Weak Signals: Green border → Weak bullishness (RSI between 50-60). Red border → Weak bearishness (RSI between 40-50). ✅ Lag-Free, Real-Time Accuracy: No repainting or delay—instant visual signals for accurate decisions. ✅ Scalable for Any Trading Style: Perfect for both intraday scalping and positional trading. 📊 🔥 HOW IT WORKS 🔥: The indicator dynamically colors candles based on RSI values, providing real-time visual signals: 🟢 Above 60 RSI → Green candle: Indicates bullish momentum, signaling potential upward continuation. 🟩 Above 80 RSI → Parrot green candle: Overbought zone → Possible reversal or profit booking. 🟥 Below 40 RSI → Red candle: Signals bearish momentum, indicating potential downward continuation. 🔵 Below 20 RSI → Blue candle: Oversold zone → Possible reversal opportunity. 🔲 Neutral candles: 50-60 RSI → Green border: Weak bullishness. 40-50 RSI → Red border: Weak bearishness. 📊 🔥 MULTI-TIMEFRAME RSI BOX 🔥: The Emperor RSI Candle includes an RSI box displaying multi-timeframe RSI values from 1 min to monthly. This provides: ✅ Confluence confirmation: Compare RSI across multiple timeframes to strengthen trade conviction. ✅ Spot divergences: Identify hidden trends by comparing smaller and larger timeframes. ✅ Validate trade entries/exits: Use higher timeframe RSI to confirm smaller timeframe signals ⚙️ 🔥 HOW TO USE IT 🔥: To maximize the accuracy and clarity of Emperor RSI Candle, follow these steps: 🔧 STEP 1: Chart Settings Configuration Go to Chart Settings → Symbols Uncheck the following options: Body Borders Wick ✅ This ensures that only the Emperor Candle colors are visible, making the signals clear and distinct. 🔧 STEP 2: Style Settings for Emperor Candle After applying the Emperor RSI Candle: Go to Settings → Style tab Wick section: Select Color 2 and Color 3 → Set Opacity to 100%. Border section: Select Color 2 and Color 3 → Set Opacity to 100%. ✅ This ensures the candles display with full visibility and accurate colors. ⚙️ 🔥 CUSTOMIZATION OPTIONS 🔥: Emperor RSI Candle offers full flexibility to match your trading style: ✅ RSI Length: Modify the period used for RSI calculation (default: 10). ✅ Top & Bottom Levels: Adjust the overbought (default: 80) and oversold (default: 20) thresholds. ✅ Intermediate Levels: Up Level: Default: 60 → Bullish RSI threshold. Down Level: Default: 40 → Bearish RSI threshold. Mid Level: Default: 50 → Neutral zone. ✅ RSI Source: Select the price source for RSI calculation (Close, Open, High, Low). ✅ RSI Period: Customize the RSI calculation period (default: 10). ✅ Font Size: Adjust the RSI box font size for better visibility. ✅ Box Position: Choose where to display the RSI box: Top Left / Top Center / Top Right Bottom Left / Bottom Center / Bottom Right 💡 🔥 HOW IT IMPROVES TRADING 🔥: ✅ Clear trend identification: Instantly recognize bullish, bearish, or neutral conditions through candle colors. ✅ Precise entries and exits: Spot overbought and oversold zones with visual clarity. ✅ Multi-timeframe confirmation: Validate trades with RSI confluence across multiple timeframes. ✅ No lag, real-time accuracy: Immediate visual signals for faster and more reliable trade decisions. ✅ Customizable settings: Tailor the indicator to fit your trading strategy and preferences. ✅ Works for all trading styles: Suitable for scalping, day trading, and swing trading. 🔥How Traders Can Use Emperor RSI Candle for Trading: 🟢 Green Candles (Above 60 RSI) → Bullish Momentum: Indicates strong upward movement → Ideal for long entries. Traders can hold until RSI approaches 80 for profit booking. 🟥 Red Candles (Below 40 RSI) → Bearish Momentum: Signals strong downward movement → Ideal for short trades. Traders can exit or book profits near RSI 20. 2. Spotting Overbought and Oversold Zones for Reversals: 🟩 Parrot Green Candles (Above 80 RSI) → Overbought Zone: Indicates potential for reversals or profit booking. Traders can tighten stop-losses or exit positions. 🔵 Blue Candles (Below 20 RSI) → Oversold Zone: Signals a potential reversal opportunity. Traders can look for buy signals with confluence confirmation. 3. Catching Weak Bullish and Bearish Trends with Border Colors: 🟢 Green Border (RSI 50-60) → Weak Bullishness: Indicates mild upward momentum. Traders can consider cautious long entries. 🔴 Red Border (RSI 40-50) → Weak Bearishness: Indicates mild downward pressure. Traders can consider cautious short entries. 4. Using the RSI Multi-Timeframe Box for Confluence: ✅ Displays RSI values from 1 min to monthly timeframes. Usage: Confluence confirmation: Multiple timeframes showing bullish RSI → Strong uptrend → Reliable buy signals. Multiple timeframes showing bearish RSI → Strong downtrend → Reliable sell signals. Spotting divergences: If lower timeframes are bullish but higher timeframes are bearish, it indicates a potential reversal. 5. Customization Tips for Different Trading Styles: ✅ For Scalping: Use a smaller RSI period (9-10) for faster signals. Check the multi-timeframe RSI box to confirm signals quickly. ✅ For Swing Trading: Use the default RSI period (14-15) for more accurate signals. Focus on higher timeframes (1 hr, 4 hr, daily) for stronger trend confirmation.
Pine Script® インジケーター
LiveTradingEmperorの投稿
1
YinYang TrendTrend Analysis has always been an important aspect of Trading. There are so many important types of Trend Analysis and many times it may be difficult to identify what to use; let alone if an Indicator can/should be used in conjunction with another. For these exact reasons, we decided to make YinYang Trend. It is a Trend Analysis Toolkit which features many New and many Well Known Trend Analysis Indicators. However, everything in there is added specifically for the reason that it may work well in conjunction with the other Indicators prevalent within. You may be wondering, why bother including common Trend Analysis, why not make everything unique? Ideally, we would, however, you need to remember Trend Analysis may be one of the most common forms of charting. Therefore, many other traders may be using similar Trend Analysis either through plotting manually or within other Indicators. This all boils down to Psychology; you are trading against other traders, who may be seeing some of the similar information you are, and therefore, you may likewise want to see this information. What affects their trading decisions may affect yours as well. Now enough about Trend Analysis, what is within this Indicator, and what does it do? Well, first let’s quickly mention all of its components, then we will, through a Tutorial, discuss each individually and finally how each comes together as a cohesive whole. This Indicator features many aspects: Bull and Bear Signals Take Profit Signals Bull and Bear Zones Information Tables displaying: (Boom Meter, Bull/Bear Strength, Yin/Yang State) 16 Cipher Signals Extremes Pivots Trend Lines Custom Bollinger Bands Boom Meter Bar Colors True Value Zones Bar Strength Indexes Volume Profile There are many things to cover within our Tutorial so let's get started, chronologically from the list above. Tutorial: Bull and Bear Signals: We’ve zoomed out quite a bit for this example to help give you a broader aspect of how these Bull and Bear signals work. When a signal appears, it is displaying that there may be a large amount of Bullish or Bearish Trend Analysis occurring. These signals will remain in their state of Bull or Bear until there is enough momentum change that they change over. There are a couple Options within the Settings that dictate when/where/why these signals appear, and this example is using their default Settings of ‘Medium’. They are, Purchase Speed and Purchase Strength. Purchase Speed refers to how much Price Movement is needed for a signal to occur and Purchase Strength refers to how many verifications are required for a signal to occur. For instance: 'High' uses 15 verifications to ensure signal strength. 'Medium' uses 10 verifications to ensure signal strength. 'Low' uses 5 verifications to ensure signal strength. 'Very Low' uses 3 verifications to ensure signal strength. By default it is set to Medium (10 verifications). This means each verification is worth 10%. The verifications used are also relevant to the Purchase Speed; meaning they will be verified faster or slower depending on its speed setting. You may find that Faster Speeds and Lower Verifications may work better on Higher Time Frames; and Slower Speeds and Higher Verifications may work better on Lower Time Frames. We will demonstrate a few examples as to how the Speed and Strength Settings work, and why it may be beneficial to adjust based on the Time Frame you’re on: In this example above, we’ve kept the same Time Frame (1 Day), and scope; but we’ve changed Purchase Speed from Medium->Fast and Purchase Strength from Medium-Very Low. As you can see, it now generates quite a few more signals. The Speed and Strength settings that you use will likely be based on your trading style / strategy. Are you someone who likes to stay in trades longer or do you like to swing trade daily? Likewise, how do you go about identifying your Entry / Exit locations; do you start on the 1 Day for confirmation, then move to the 15/5 minute for your entry / exit? How you trade may determine which Speed and Strength settings work right for you. Let's jump to a lower Time Frame now so you can see how it works on the 15/5 minute. Above is what BTC/USDT looks like on the 15 Minute Time Frame with Purchase Speed and Strength set to Medium. You may note that the signals require a certain amount of movement before they get started. This is normal with Medium and the amount of movement is generally dictated by the Time Frame. You may choose to use Medium on a Lower Time Frame as it may work well, but it may also be best to change it to a little slower. We are still on the 15 Minute Time Frame here, however we simply changed Purchase Speed from Medium->Slow. As you can see, lots of the signals have been removed. Now signals may ‘hold their ground’ for much longer. It is important to adjust your Purchase Speed and Strength Settings to your Time Frame and personalized trading style accordingly. Above we have now jumped down to the 5 Minute Time Frame. Our Purchase Speed is Slow and our Purchase Strength is Medium. We can see it looks pretty good, although there is some signal clustering going on in the middle there. If we change our Settings, we may be able to get rid of that. We have changed our Purchase Speed from Slow->Snail (Slowest it can go) and Purchase Strength from Medium->Very Low (Lowest it can go). Changing it from Slow-Snail helped get rid of the signal clustering. You may be wondering why we lowered the Strength from Medium->Very Low, rather than going from Medium->High. This is a use case scenario and one you’ll need to decide for yourself, but we noticed when we changed the Speed from Slow->Snail that the signal clustering was gone, so then we checked both High and Very Low for Strengths to see which produced the best looking signal locations. Please remember, you don’t have to use it the exact way we’ve displayed in this Tutorial. It is meant to be used to suit your Trading Style and Strategy. This is why we allow you to modify these settings, rather than just automating the change based on Time Frames. You’ll likely need to play around with it, as you’ll notice different settings may work better on certain pairs and Time Frames than others. Take Profit Signals: We’ve reset our Purchase Settings, everything is on defaults right now at Medium. We’ve enabled Take Profit signals. As you can see there are both Take Profit signals for the Bulls and the Bears. These signals are not meant to be used within automation. In fact, none of this indicator is. These signals are meant to show there has been a strong change in momentum, to such an extent that the signal may switch from its current (Bull or Bear) and now may be a good time to Take Profit. Your Take Profit Settings likewise has a Speed and Strength, and you can set them differently than your Purchase Settings. This is in case you want to Take Profit in a different manner than your Purchase Signals. For instance: In the example above we’ve kept Purchase Strength and Speed at Medium but we changed our Take Profit Speed from Medium->Snail and our Take Profit Strength from medium->Very Low. This greatly reduces the amount of Take Profit signals, and in some cases, none are even produced. This form of Take Profit may act more as a Trailing Take Profit that if it’s not hit, nothing appears. In this example we have changed our Purchase Speed from Medium->Fast, our Purchase Strength from Medium->Very Low. We’ve also changed our Take Profit Speed from Snail->Medium and kept our Take Profit Strength on Very Low. Now we may get our signals quicker and likewise our Take Profit may be more rare. There are many different ways you can set up your Purchase and Take Profit Settings to fit your Trading Style / Strategy. Bull and Bear Zones: We have disabled our Take Profit locations so that you can see the Bull and Bear Zones. These zones change color when the Signals switch. They may represent some strong Support and Resistance locations, but more importantly may be useful for visualizing changes in momentum and consolidation. These zones allow you to see various Moving Averages; and when they start to ‘fold’ (cross) each other you may see changes in momentum. Whereas, when they’re fully stretched out and moving all in the same direction, it can provide insight that the current rally may be strong. There is also the case where they look like they’re ‘twisted’ together. This happens when all of the Moving Averages are very close together and may be a sign of Consolidation. We will go over a few examples of each of these scenarios so you can understand what we’re referring to. In this example above, there are a few different things happening. First we have the yellow circle, where the final and slowest Moving Average (MA) crossed over and now all of the MA’s that form the zone are Bullish. You can see this in the white circle where there are no MA’s that are crossing each other. Lastly, within the blue circle, we can see how some of the faster MA’s are crossing under each other. This is a bullish momentum change. The Faster moving MA’s will always be the first ones to cross before the Slower ones do. There is a color scheme in place here to represent the Speed of the MA within the Zone. Light blue is the fastest moving Bull color -> Light Green and finally -> Dark Green. Yellow is the fastest moving Bear color -> Orange and finally -> Red / Dark Red within the Zone. Next we will review a couple different examples of what Consolidation looks like and why it is very important to look out for. Consolidation is when Most, if not All of the MA’s are very tightly ‘twisted’ together. There is very little spacing between almost all of the MA’s in the example above; highlighted by the white circle. Consolidation is important as it may indicate a strong price movement in either direction will occur soon. When the price is consolidating it means it has had very little upwards or downwards movement recently. When this happens for long enough, MA’s may all get very similar in value. This may cause high volatility as the price tries to break out of Consolidation. Let's look at another example. Above we have two more examples of what Consolidation looks like and how high Volatility may occur after the Consolidation is broken. Please note, not all Consolidation will create high Volatility but it is something you may want to look out for. Information Tables displaying: (Boom Meter, Bull/Bear Strength, Yin/Yang State): Information tables are a very important way of displaying information. It contains 3 crucial pieces of information: Boom Meter Bull/Bear Strength Yin/Yang State Boom Meter is a meter that goes from 0-100% and displays whether the current price is Dumping (0 - 29%), Consolidating (30 - 70%) or Pumping (71 - 100%). The Boom Meter is meant to be a Gauge to how the price is currently fairing. It is composed of ~50 different calculations that all vary different weights to calculate its %. Many of the calculations it uses are likewise used in other things, such as the Bull/Bear Strength, Bull/Bear Zone MA cross’, Yin/Yang State, Market Cipher Signals, RSI, Volume and a few others. The Boom Meter, although not meant to be used solely to make purchase decisions, may give you a good idea of current market conditions considering how many different things it evaluates. Bull/Bear Strength is relevant to your Purchase Speed and Strength. It displays which state it is currently in, and the % it is within that state. When a % hits 0, is when the state changes. When states change, they always start at 100% initially and will go down at the rate of Purchase Strength (how many verifications are needed). For instance, if your Purchase Strength is set to ‘Medium’ it will move 10% per verification +/-, if it is set to High, it will move 6.67% per verification +/-. Bull/Bear Strength is a good indicator of how well that current state is fairing. For instance if you started a Long when the state changed to Bull and now it is currently at Bull with 20% left, that may be a good indication it is time to get out (obviously refer to other data as well, but it may be a good way to know that the state is 20% away from transitioning to Bear). Yin/Yang State is the strongest MA cross within our Indicator. It is unique in the sense that it is slow to change, but not so much that it moves slowly. It isn’t as simple as say a Golden/Death Cross (50/200), but it crosses more often and may hold similar weight as it. Yin stands for Negative (Bearish) and Yang stands for Positive (Bullish). The price will always be in either a state of Yin or Yang, and just because it is in one, doesn’t mean the price can’t/won’t move in the opposite direction; it simply means the price may be favoring the state it is in. 16 Cipher Signals: Cipher Signals are key visuals of MA cross’ that may represent price movement and momentum. It would be too confusing and hard to decipher these MA’s as lines on a chart, and therefore we decided to use signals in the form of symbols instead. There are 12 Standard and 4 Predictive/Confirming Cipher signals. The Standard Cipher signals are composed of 6 Bullish and 6 Bearish (they all have opposites that balance each other out). There can never be 2 of the same signal in a row, as the Bull and Bear cancel each other out and it's always in a state of one or the other. When all 6 Bullish or Bearish signals appear in a row, very closely together, without any of the opposing signals it may represent a strong momentum movement is about to occur. If you refer to the example above, you’ll see that the 6 Bullish Cipher signals appeared exactly as mentioned above. Shortly after the Green Circle appeared, there was a large spike in price movement in favor of the Bulls. Cipher signals don’t need to appear in a cluster exactly like the white circle in this photo for momentum to occur, but when it does, it may represent volatility more than if it is broken up with opposing signals or spaced out over a longer time span. Above is an example of the opposite, where all 6 Bearish Cipher signals appeared together without being broken by a Bullish Cipher signal or being too far spaced out. As you can see, even though past it there was a few Bullish signals, they were quickly reversed back to Bearish before a large price movement occurred in favor of the Bears. In the example above we’ve changed Cipher signals to Predictive and Confirming. Support Crosses (Green +) and Blood Diamonds (Red ♦) are the normal Cipher Signals that appear within the Standard Set. They are the first Cipher Signal that appears and are the most common ones as well. However, just because they are the first, that doesn’t mean they aren’t a powerful Cipher signal. For this reason, there are Predictive and Confirming Cipher signals for these. The Predictive do just that, they appear slightly sooner (if not the same bar) as the regular and the Confirming appear later (1+ bars usually). There will be times that the Predictive appears, but it doesn’t resort to the Regular appearing, or the Regular appears and the Confirming doesn’t. This is normal behavior and also the purpose of them. They are meant to be an indication of IF they may appear soon and IF the regular was indeed a valid signal. Extremes: Extremes are MA’s that have a very large length. They are useful for seeing Cross’ and Support and Resistance over a long period of time. However, because they are so long and slow moving, they might not always be relevant. It’s usually advised to turn them on, see if any are close to the current price point, and if they aren’t to turn them off. The main reason being is they stretch out the chart too much if they’re too far away and they also may not be relevant at that point. When they are close to the price however, they may act as strong Support and Resistance locations as circled in the example above. Pivots: Pivots are used to help identify key Support and Resistance locations. They adjust on their own in an attempt to keep their locations as relevant as possible and likewise will adjust when the price pushes their current bounds. They may be useful for seeing when the Price is currently testing their level as this may represent Overbought or Oversold. Keep in mind, just because the price is testing their levels doesn’t mean it will correct; sometimes with high volatility or geopolitical news, movement may continue even if it is exhibiting Overbought or Oversold traits. Pivots may also be useful for seeing how far the price may correct to, giving you a benchmark for potential Take Profit and Stop Loss locations. Trend Lines: Trend Lines may be useful for identifying Support and Resistance locations on the Vertical. Trend Lines may form many different patterns, such as Pennants, Channels, Flags and Wedges. These formations may help predict and drive the price in specific directions. Many traders draw or use Indicators to help create Trend Lines to visualize where these formations will be and they may be very useful alone even for identifying possible Support and Resistance locations. If you refer to the previous example, and now to this example, you’ll notice that the Trend Line that supported it in 2023 was actually created in June 2020 (yellow circle). Trend Lines may be crucial for identifying Support and Resistance locations on the Vertical that may withhold over time. Custom Bollinger Bands: Bollinger Bands are used to help see Movement vs Consolidation Zones (When it's wide vs narrow). It's also very useful for seeing where the correction areas may be. Price may bounce between top and bottom of the Bollinger Bands, unless in a pump or dump. The Boom Meter will show you whether it is currently: Dumping, Consolidation or Pumping. If combined with Boom Meter Bar Colors it may be a good indication if it will break the Bollinger Band (go outside of it). The Middle Line of the Bollinger Band (White Line) may be a very strong support / resistance location. If the price closes above or below it, it may be a good indication of the trend changing (it may indicate one of the first stages to a pump or dump). The color of the Bollinger Bands change based on if it is within a Bull or Bear Zone. What makes this Bollinger Band special is not only that it uses a custom multiplier, but it also incorporates volume to help add weight to the calculation. Boom Meter Bar Colors: Boom Meter Bar Colors are a way to see potential Overbought and Oversold locations on a per bar basis. There are 6 different colors within the Boom Meter bar colors. You have: Overbought and Very Bullish = Dark Green Overbought and Slightly Bullish = Light Green Overbought and Slight Bearish = Light Red Oversold and Very Bearish = Dark Red Oversold and Slightly Bearish = Orange Oversold and Slightly Bullish = Light Purple When there is no Boom Meter Bar Color prevalent there won’t be a color change within the bar at all. Just because there is a Boom Meter Bar Color change doesn’t mean you should act on it purchase or sell wise, but it may be an indication as to how that bar is fairing in an Overbought / Oversold perspective. Boom Meter Bar Colors are mainly based on RSI but do take in other factors like price movement to determine if it is Overbought or Oversold. When it comes to Boom Meter Bar Color, you should take it as it is, in the sense that it may be useful for seeing how Individual bars are fairing, but also note that there may be things such as: When there is Very Overbought (Dark Green) or Very Oversold (Dark Red), during massive pump or dumps, it will maintain this color. However, once it has lost ‘some’ momentum it will likely lose this color. When there has been a massive Pump or Dump, and there is likewise a light purple or light red, this may mean there is a correction or consolidation incoming. True Value Zones: True Value zones are our custom way of displaying something that is similar to a Bollinger Band that can likewise twist like an MA cross. The main purpose of it is to display where the price may reside within. Much like a Bollinger Band it has its High and Low within its zone to specify this location. Since it has the ability to cross over and under, it has the ability to specify what it thinks may be a Bullish or Bearish zone. This zone uses its upper level to display what may be a Resistance location and its lower level to display what may be a Support location. These Support and Resistance locations are based on Momentum and will move with the price in an attempt to stay relevant. You may use these True Values zones as a gauge of if the price is Overbought or Oversold. When the price faces high volatility and moves outside of the True Value Zones, it may face consolidation or likewise a correction to bring it back within these zones. These zones may act as a guideline towards where the price is currently valued at and may belong within. Bar Strength Indexes: Bar Strength Indexes are our way of ranking each bar in correlation to the last few. It is based on a few things but is highly influenced on Open/Close/High/Low, Volume and how the price has moved recently. They may attempt to ‘rate’ each bar and how Bullish/Bearish each of these bars are. The Green number under the bar is its Bullish % and the Red number above the bar is its Bearish %. These %’s will always equal 100% when combined together. Bar Strength Indexes may be useful for seeing when either Bullish or Bearish momentum is picking up or when there may be a reversal / consolidation. These Bar Strength Indexes may allow you to decipher different states. If you refer to the example above, you may notice how based on how the numbers are changing, you may see when it has entered / exited Bullish, Bearish and Consolidation. Likewise, if you refer to the current bar (yellow circle), you can see that the Bullish % has dropped from 93 to 49; this may be signifying that the Bullish movement is losing momentum. You may use these changes in Bar Indexes as a guide to when to enter / end trades. Volume Profile: Volume Profile has been something that has been within TradingView for quite some time. It is a very useful way of seeing at what Horizontal Price there has been the most volume. This may be very useful for seeing not only Support and Resistance locations based on Volume, but also seeing where the majority of Limit Orders are placed. Limit Orders are where traders decide they want to either Buy / Sell but have the order placed so the trade won’t happen until the price reaches a certain amount. Either through many orders from many traders, or a single order from a ‘Whale’ (trader with a lot of capital); you may see Support and Resistance at specific Price Points that have large Volume. Many Volume Profile Indicators feature a breakdown of all the different locations of volume, along with a Point Of Control (POC) line to designate where the most Volume has been. To try and reduce clutter within our already very saturated Toolkit Indicator, we’ve decided to strip our Volume Profile to only display this POC line. This may allow you to see where the crucial Volume Support and Resistance is without all of the clutter. You may be wondering, well how important is this Volume Profile POC line and how do I go about using it? Aside from it being a gauge towards where Support and Resistance may be within Volume, it may also be useful for identifying good Long/Short locations. If you think of the line as a ‘Battle’ between the Bulls and Bears, they’re both fighting over that line. The Bears are wanting to break through it downwards, and the Bulls are wanting to break through it upwards. When one side has temporarily won this battle, this means they may have more Capital to push the price in their direction. For instance, if both the Bulls and the Bears are fighting over this POC price, that means the Bears think that price is a good spot to sell; however, the Bulls also deem that price to be a good point to buy. If the Bulls were to win this battle, that means the Bears either canceled their orders to reevaluate, or all of their orders have been completed from the Bulls buying them all. What may happen after that is, if the Bulls were able to purchase all of these Limit Sell Orders, then they may still have more Capital left to continue to pressure the price upwards. The same may be true for if the Bears were to win this ‘Battle’. How to use YinYang Trend as a cohesive whole: Hopefully you’ve read and understand how each aspect of this Indicator works on its own, as knowing how/what they each do is important to understanding how it is used as a cohesive whole. Due to the fact that this Toolkit of an Indicator displays so much data, you may find it easier to use and understand when you’re zoomed in a little, somewhat like we are in this example above. If we refer to the example above, you may like us, deduce a few things: 1. The current price may be VERY Overbought. This may be seen by a few different things: The Boom Meter Bar Colors have been exhibiting a Dark Green color for 6 bars in a row. The price has continuously been moving the High (red) Pivot Upwards. Our Boom Meter displays ‘Pumping’ at 100%. The price broke through a Downward Trend Line that was created in February of 2022 at 45,000 like it was nothing. The Bar Strength Index hit a Bullish value of 93%. The Price broke out of the Bollinger Bands and continues to test its upper levels. The Low is much greater than our fastest moving MA that creates the Purchase Zones. The Price is vastly outside of the True Value Zone. The Bar Strength Index of our current bar is 50% bullish, which is a massive decrease from the previous bar of 93%. This may indicate that a correction is coming soon. 2. Since we’ve identified the current price may be VERY Overbought, next we need to identify if/when/to where it may correct to: We’ve created a new example here to display potential correction areas. There are a few places it has the ability to correct to / within: The downward Trend Line (red) below the current bar sitting currently at 32,750. This downward Trend Line is at the same price point as the Fastest MA of our Purchase Zone which may provide some decent Support there. Between two crucial Pivot heights, within a zone of 30,000 to 31,815. This zone has the second fastest MA from the Purchase Zone right near the middle of it at 31,200 which may act as a Support within the Zone. Likewise there is the Bollinger Band Basis which is also resting at 30,000 which may provide a strong Support location here. If 30,000 fails there may be a correction all the way to the bottom of our True Value Zone and the top of one of our Extremes at 27,850. If 27,850 fails it may correct all the way to the bottom of our Purchase Zone / lowest of our Extremes at 27,350. If all of the above fails, it may test our Volume Profile POC of 26,430. If this POC fails, the trend may switch to Bearish and continue further down to lower levels of Support. The price can always correct more than the prices mentioned above, but considering overall this Indicator is favoring the Bulls, we will tailor this analysis in Favor of the Bullish Momentum maintaining even during this correction. For these reasons, we think the price may correct between the 30,000 and 31,815 zone before continuing upwards and maintaining this Bullish Momentum. Please note, these correction estimates are just that, they’re estimates. Aside from the fact that the price is very overbought right now and our Bar Strength Index may be declining (bar hasn’t closed yet); the Boom Meter Strength remains at 100%, meaning there may not be much Bearish momentum changes happening yet. We just want to show you how an Preemptive analysis may be done before there are even Bearish Cipher Signals appearing. Using this Indicator, you may be able to decipher Entry and Exits. In the previous example, we went over how you may use it to see where a correction (Exit / Take Profit) may be and how far this correction may go. In this example above we will be discussing how to identify Entry locations. We will be discussing a Bullish Buy entry but the same rules apply for a Bearish Sell Entry just the opposite with the Cipher Signals. If you refer to where we circled in white, this is where the Purchase Zones faced Consolidation. When the Purchase Zones all get tight and close together like that, this may represent Volatility and Momentum in either direction may occur soon. This was then followed by all 6 of the Standard Cipher Signals closely in succession to each other. This means the Momentum may be favoring the Bulls. If this was likewise all 6 of the Bearish Cipher Signals closely in succession, than the momentum change would favor the Bears. If you were looking for an entry, and you saw Consolidation with the Purchase Zones and then shortly after you saw the Green Circle and Blue Flag (they can swap order); this may now be a good Entry location. We will conclude this Tutorial here. Hopefully this has taught you how this Trend Analysis Toolkit may help you locate multiple different types of important Support and Resistance locations; as well as possible Entry and Exit locations. Settings: 1. Bull/Bear Zones: 1.1. Purchase Speed (Bull/Bear Signals and Take Profit Signals): Speed determines how much price movement is needed for a signal to occur. 'Sonic' uses the extremities to try and get you the best entry and exit points, but is so quick, its speed may reduce accuracy. 'Fast' may attempt to capitalize on price movements to help you get SOME or attempt to lose LITTLE quickly. 'Medium' may attempt to get you the most optimal entry and exit locations, but may miss extremities. 'Slow' may stay in trades until it is clear that momentum has changed. 'Snail' may stay in trades even if momentum has changed. Snail may only change when the price has moved significantly (This may result in BIG gains, but potentially also BIG losses). 1.2. Purchase Strength (Bull/Bear Signals and Take Profit Signals): Strength ensures a certain amount of verifications required for signals to happen. The more verifications the more accurate that signal is, but it may also change entry and exit points, and you may miss out on some of the extremities. It is highly advised to find the best combination between Speed and Strength for the TimeFrame and Pair you are trading in, as all pairs and TimeFrames move differently. 'High' uses 15 verifications to ensure signal strength. 'Medium' uses 10 verifications to ensure signal strength. 'Low' uses 5 verifications to ensure signal strength. 'Very Low' uses 3 verifications to ensure signal strength. 2. Cipher Signals: Cipher Signals are very strong EMA and SMA crosses, which may drastically help visualize movement and help you to predict where the price will go. All Symbols have counter opposites that cancel each other out (YinYang). Here is a list, in order of general appearance and strength: White Cross / Diamond (Predictive): The initial indicator showing trend movement. Green Cross / Diamond (Regular): Confirms the Predictive and may add a fair bit of strength to trend movement. Blue Cross / Diamond (Confirming): Confirms the Regular, showing the trend might have some decent momentum now. Green / Red X: Gives momentum to the current trend direction, possibly confirming the Confirming Cross/Diamond. Blue / Orange Triangle: may confirm the X, Possible pump / dump of decent size may be coming soon. Green / Red Circle: EITHER confirms the Triangle and may mean big pump / dump is potentially coming, OR it just hit its peak and signifies a potential reversal correction. PAY ATTENTION! Green / Red Flag: Oddball that helps confirm trend movements on the short term. Blue / Yellow Flag: Oddball that helps confirm trend movements on the medium term (Yin / Yang is the long term Oddball). 3. Bull/Bear Signals: Bear and Bull signals are where the momentum has changed enough based on your Purchase Speed and Strength. They generally represent strong price movement in the direction of the signal, and may be more reliable on higher TimeFrames. Please don’t use JUST these signals for analysis, they are only meant to be a fraction of the important data you are using to make your technical analysis. 4. Take Profit Signals: Take Profit signals are guidelines that momentum has started to change back and now may be a good time to take profit. Your Take Profit signals are based on your Take Profit Speed and Strength and may be adjusted to fit your trading style. 5. Information Tables: Information tables display very important data and help to declutter the screen as they are much less intrusive compared to labels. Our Information tables display: Boom Meter, Purchase Strength of Bull/Bear Zones and Yin/Yang State. Boom Meter: Uses over 50 different calculations to determine if the pair is currently 'Dumping' (0-29%), 'Consolidating' (30-70%), or 'Pumping' (71-100%). Bull / Bear Strength: Shows the strength of the current Bull / Bear signal from 0-100% (Signals start at 100% and change when they hit 0%). The % it moves up or down is based on your 'Purchase Strength'. Yin / Yang state: Is one of the strongest EMA/SMA crosses (long term Oddball) within this Indicator and may be a great indication of which way the price is moving. Do keep in mind if the price is consolidating when changing state, it may have the highest chance of switching back also. Once momentum kicks in and there is price movement the state may be confirmed. Refer to other Cipher Symbols, Extremes, Trend, BOLL, Boom %, Bull / Bear % and Bar colors when Bull / Bear Zones are consolidating and Yin / Yang State changes as this is a very strong indecision zone. 6. Bull / Bear Zones: Our Bull / Bear zones are composed of 8 very important EMA lengths that may act as not only Support and Resistance, but they help to potentially display consolidation and momentum change. You can tell when they are getting tight and close together it may represent consolidation and when they start to flip over on each other it may represent a change in momentum. 7. MA Extremes: Our MA Extremes may be 3 of the most important long term moving averages. They don’t always play a role in trades as sometimes they’re way off from the price (cause they’re extreme lengths), but when they are around price or they cross under or over each other, it may represent large changes in price are about to occur. They may be very useful for seeing strong resistance / support locations based on price averages. Extremes may transition from a Support to a Resistance based on its position above or below them and how many times the price has either bounced up off them (Supporting) or Bounced back down after hitting them (Resistance). 8. Pivots: Pivots may be a very important indicator of support and resistance for horizontal price movement. Pivots may represent the current strongest Support and Resistance. When the Pivot changes, it means a new strong Support or Resistance has been created. Sometimes you'll notice the price constantly pushes the pivot during a massive Pump or Dump. This is normal, and may indicate high levels of volatility. This generally also happens when the price is outside of the Bollinger Bands and is also Over or Undervalued. The price usually consolidates for a while after something like this happens before more drastic movement may occur. 9. Trend Lines: Trend lines may be one of the best indicators of support and resistance for diagonal price movement. When a Trend Line fails to hold it may be a strong indication of a dump. Keep a close eye to where Upward and Downward Trend Lines meet. Trend lines can create different trading formations known as Pennants, Flags and Wedges. Please familiarize yourself with these formations So you know what to look for. 10. Bollinger Bands (BOLL): Bollinger Bands may be very useful, and ours have been customized so they may be even more accurate by using a modified calculation that also incorporates volume. Bollinger Bands may be used to see Movement vs Consolidation Zones (When it’s wide vs narrow). It also may be very useful for seeing where the correction areas are likely to be. Price may bounce between top and bottom of the BOLL, unless perhaps in a pump or dump. The Boom Meter may show you whether it is currently: Dumping, Consolidation or Pumping, along with Boom Meter Bar Colors, may be a good indication if it will break the BOLL. The Middle Line of the BOLL (White Line) may be a very strong support / resistance line. If the price closes above or below it, it may be a good indication of the trend changing (it may be one of the first stages to a pump or dump). 11. Boom Meter Bar Colors: Boom Meter bar colors may be very useful for seeing when the bar is Overbought or Underbought. There are 6 different types of boom meter bar colors, they are: Dark Green: RSI may be very Overbought and price going UP (May be in a big pump. NOTICE, chance of small dump correction if Cherry Red bar appears). Light Green: RSI may be slightly Overbought and price going UP (chance of small pump). Light Purple: RSI may be very Underbought and price going UP (May have chance of small correction). Dark Red: RSI may be very Underbought and price going DOWN (May be in a big dump. NOTICE, chance of small pump correction if Light Purple bar appears). Light Orange: RSI may be slightly Underbought and price going DOWN (chance of small dump). Cherry Red: RSI may be very Overbought and price going DOWN (Chance of small correction). 12. True Value Zone: True Value Zones display zones that represent ranges to show what the price may truly belong within. They may be very useful for knowing if the Price is currently not valued correctly, which generally means a correction may happen soon. True Value Zones can swap from Bullish to Bearish and are represented by Red for Bearish and Green for Bullish. For example, if the price is ABOVE and OUTSIDE of the True Value Zone, this means it may be very overvalued and might correct to go back inside the True Value Zone. This correction may be done by either dumping in price back into the zone, or consolidating horizontally back into it over a longer period of time. Vice Versa is also true if it is BELOW and OUTSIDE of the True Value Zone. 13. Bar Strength Index: Bar Strength Index may display how Bullish/Bearish the current bar is. The strength is important to help see if a pump may be losing momentum or vice versa if a dump may correct. Keep in mind, the Bar Strength Index does a small 'refresh' to account for new bars. It may help to keep the Index more accurate. 14. Volume Profile: Volume Profiles may be important to know where the Horizontal Support/Resistance is in Price base on Volume. Our Volume Profile may identify the point where the most volume has occurred within the most relevant timeframe. Volume Profiles are helpful at identifying where Whales have their orders placed. The reason why they are so helpful at identifying whales is when the volume is profiled to a specific area, there may likely be lots of Limit Buy and/or Sells around there. Limit Buys may act as Support and Limit Sells may act as Resistance. It may be very useful to know where these lie within the price, similar to looking at Order Book Data for Whale locations. If you have any questions, comments, ideas or concerns please don't hesitate to contact us. HAPPY TRADING!
Pine Script® インジケーター
YinYangAlgorithmsの投稿
2
Black RSI (Pro Suite)Black RSI (Pro Suite) is combination of RSI (Relative Strength Index), Volume RSI, Heikin Ashi RSI & other multi Oscillators with multi features into one indicator, features like (Quad Divergences, Multi Time Frame RSI, MTF RSI Panel, Oscillator Support/Resistance/Wedges/Trendlines, Oscillator Moving Average/BBs, Smooth RSI, RSI Price Estimator, Oscillator Over bought/sold Bars, Osc OB/OS Zones, Osc OB/OS Highlights, additionally Black RSI indicator is flexible & completely customizable). Indicator goal: I have tried my best to organized RSI & other suitable oscillators and oscillator useful tools into one simple and free indicator for Tradingview users (specifically for Tradingview 'basic' subscription users). suggestions are always welcome. please give feedback & appreciate if you like my work. Black RSI Indicator Features Summary: Black RSI indicator includes many features mainly relevant to RSI and other Oscillators, these are briefly highlighted below: Black RSI Dashboard Multi Oscillators: Choose between multiple oscillators. All oscillators settings are customizable. Multi Symbol: Multi Symbol Support, applicable on all oscillators RSI (Relative Strength Index) VRSI (Volume Relative Strength Index) HA RSI (Heikin Ashi Relative Strength Index) OBV (On Balance Volume) CVD (Comulative Volume Delta) MFI (Money Flow Index) UO (Ultimate Oscillator) MOM (Momentum Oscillator) ATR (Average True Range) Stoch (Stochastic Oscillator) Stoch RSI (Stochastic RSI) Oscillator Primary Tools ◢ Oscillator Moving Average/Bollinger Bands Smooth RSI Multi Timeframe RSI Multi Timeframe RSI Panel RSI Price Estimator Oscillator Support/Resistance/Wedges/Trendlines Oscillator Moving Average/BBs: Shows Moving Average for selected oscillator. Smooth Smooth: Smooths out RSI Multi Timeframe RSI: Displays Multiple Time Frame/Multiple Symbol RSI and converts it and shows it as it is in current time frame without effecting Primary RSI Multi Timeframe RSI Panel: Displays Multiple Time Frame/Multiple Symbol RSI values of user input specific timeframes in compact panel (max 8 Time frames) RSI Price Estimator: Calculates RSI estimate price values of 3 different user specific RSI input levels, RSI x MA cross price and RSI future value of user specific price input level. Oscillator Support/Resistance/Wedges/Trendlines: Draws Trendlines, Wedges and Support & Resistance lines on selected oscillator Oscillator Quad Divergence ◢ 1st Oscillator Divergence: Traditional divergence indicator with enhancements & customization 2nd Oscillator Divergence: Traditional divergence indicator with enhancements & customization 3rd Oscillator Divergence: Advanced Divergence indicator with source selection, RSI/Price threshold, potential divergences & customization 4th Oscillator Divergence: Pivots divergence indicator with flexible pivots selection & customization Regular bullish divergences are indicated when price is forming lower lows while an oscillator shows higher lows. Regular bearish divergences are indicated when price is forming higher highs while an oscillator shows lower highs. While regular divergences indicate trend reversals, hidden divergences indicate a trend continuation. When the price is making higher lows and the oscillator is showing lower lows, we speak of a bullish hidden divergence. When the price is making lower highs and the oscillator shows higher highs, it's a bearish hidden divergence. Oscillator Secondary Tools ◢ Oscillator HH/LL pivots Osc OB/OS Color Bars Osc OB/OS Zones Osc OB/OS Highlights Background Oscillator HH/LL pivots: Shows HH/LL pivot points on selected oscillator Osc OB/OS Color Bars: Plots color chart bars based on RSI, MFI, Stochastic, Stochastic RSI or combine overbought/oversold conditions Osc OB/OS Zones: Plots Osc OB/OS Zones with user input levels Osc OB/OS Highlights: Highlight oscillator OB/OS background area Background: background color customization + Primary RSI Settings ▾ - Primary RSI Length: User input RSI Length value - Primary RSI Source: User RSI Source selection - RSI Overbought Threshold: Allows the user to set the RSI overbought threshold value. This Overbought Threshold value will also be applied on "RSI Divergence overbought condition", "RSI OB Color Bars" and "Primary RSI Color Schemes - RSI Oversold Threshold: Allows the user to set the RSI oversold threshold value. The lower band (oversold line) of RSI. This Oversold Threshold value will also be applied on "RSI Divergence oversold condition", "RSI OS Color Bars" and "Primary RSI Color Schemes - RSI Middle Band: Allows the user to set the RSI middle band value. This value will also applied to "Center Line" color scheme from "Primary RSI Color Schemes" drop menu - Primary RSI Colors: Range color specifies a gradient of colors from the overbought to the oversold threshold user inputs from "Primary RSI" section. Color interpolation also a gradient but smoother than Range color. Center Line is similar but is not a gradient, linked to Middle Band ("Primary RSI" section) and changes color with RSI Middle Band. Traditional is simple with Overbought and Oversold colors change. - RSI Bullish Band: Allows the user to plot extra/optional RSI band on RSI Oscillator (Note: it will not be plotted if "OB/OS Zone only" enabled from "OB/OS Zone Settings" section) - RSI Bearish Band: Allows the user to plot extra/optional RSI band on RSI Oscillator (Note: it will not be plotted if "OB/OS Zone only" enabled from "OB/OS Zone Settings" section) + Primary RSI Smooth Settings ▾ - Smooth Moving Average Type: User selected Smooth MA type. With RSI Smooth enabled, will also effect all RSI Divergences detection (all divergences will be plot according to "Smoothed RSI line") - Smooth Moving Average Length: User input Smooth MA length value + Oscillator Moving Average Settings ▾ - Osc Moving Average Colors: Allows user to select Bullish/Bearish colors of Oscillator Moving Average - Osc Moving Average Type: Allows user to select Oscillator MA Type - Osc Moving Average Length: User input Oscillator MA length value - Osc Moving Average Thickness: User input Oscillator MA thickness - BB StdDev: user input Bollinger Bands standard deviation value + Stochastic Oscillator Settings ▾ - Same as Traditional/Default indicator + Stochastic RSI Oscillator Settings ▾ - Same as Traditional/Default indicator + Money Index Flow Settings ▾ - Same as Traditional/Default indicator + Ultimate Oscillator Settings ▾ - Same as Traditional/Default indicator + Momentum Oscillator Settings ▾ - Same as Traditional/Default indicator + Average True Range Settings ▾ - Same as Traditional/Default indicator + Multi Timeframe RSI Settings ▾ - MTF RSI Time Frame: Allows user to select MTF RSI Time Frame - MTF RSI Symbol: Allows user to select MTF RSI Time Symbol - MTF RSI Length: User input MTF RSI length value - MTF RSI Source: User selected MTF RSI source - MTF RSI Line Width: User input MTF RSI line thickness value - Number of Bars for MTF RSI plot - MTF RSI Color > OB color > OS color : Allows user to select MTF RSI color with additionally Overbought/Oversold colors + MTF RSI Panel Settings ▾ - Select MTF RSI Type: If "Primary RSI" or "Volume RSI" selected MTF RSI Panel will show output values based on "Primary RSI" or "Volume RSI" parameters e.g. source, length, but without smooth. - MTF RSI Panel Symbol: Allows user to select MTF RSI Panel symbol, leave symbol blank or uncheck "checkbox" for current chart symbol - Show Symbol in Panel: Shows symbol ticker(current or user selected) in MTF RSI Panel - Panel Background: Allows user to select MTF RSI Panel Background (enable/disable) and Background color selection - TF1: MTF RSI Timeframe 1 user selection - TF2: MTF RSI Timeframe 2 user selection - TF3: MTF RSI Timeframe 3 user selection - TF4: MTF RSI Timeframe 4 user selection - TF5: MTF RSI Timeframe 5 user selection - TF6: MTF RSI Timeframe 6 user selection - TF7: MTF RSI Timeframe 7 user selection - TF8: MTF RSI Timeframe 8 user selection - Panel Top Offset: MTF RSI Panel offset input value - Position: MTF RSI Panel position selection - Text Size: MTF RSI Panel text size selection - Bullish Colors: MTF RSI Panel bullish color selection. (Bullish colors range RSI >75, <75 to >65, <65 to >55) - Bearish Colors: MTF RSI Panel bearish color selection. (Bearish colors range RSI <45 to >35, <35 to >25, <25) + RSI Price Estimator Settings ▾ - Price 1: User input value for RSI future price - Price 2: User input value for RSI future price - Price 3: User input value for RSI future price - Panel Position Offset: User input value for panel position offset - Price Decimals: User input value for output price decimals in panel - Show RSI/OscMA cross Price: Enable/Disable RSIxOscillator MA cross future price - Show RSI Level for Input Price: User input price for future RSI level - Invisible Background: Enable/Disable Background Auto Text Color > Auto color change of Panel text according to Dark/Light chart theme + Oscillator Support/Resistance Settings ▾ - Show Support line: Allows user to Enable/Disable Oscillator support line Color > Auto Color: Auto color change of support line according to Dark/Light chart theme - Show Resistance line: Allows user to Enable/Disable Oscillator resistance line Color > Auto Color: Auto color display of resistance line according to Dark/Light chart theme - Lookback lows/highs: User input of Lookback lows/highs value - Distance threshold: Distance from the line to the low - Line touch points: Number of points that have to be around the line - Low/High left bars: User input of Low/High left bars value - Low/High right bars: User input of Low/High right bars value - Line style: User selection of line style - Line thickness: User input of line thickness value + Oscillator 1st Divergence Settings ▾ - Divergence Source: User selection of divergence source. "High/Low" (high/low of oscillator/price divergence detection), "Close" (close of oscillator/price divergence detection) and "Both" (Both Close + High/Low of oscillator/price divergence detection). (Note: Traditional Divergence indicator default source is "High/Low") - Pivot Lookback Right: How many candle to compare on the right side of a candle when deciding whether it is a pivot. The lower the number is, the earlier pivots (and therefore divergences) will be signaled, but the quality of those detections could be lower. - Pivot Lookback Left: How many candle to compare on the left side of a candle when deciding whether it is a pivot. The lower the number is, the earlier pivots (and therefore divergences) will be signaled, but the quality of those detections could be lower. - Divergence Max Length (Bars): The maximum length of a divergence (number of bars). If a detected divergence is longer than this, it will be discarded - Divergence Min Length (Bars): The minimum length of a divergence (number of bars). If a detected divergence is shorter than this, it will be discarded - Show Divergence as: - Line Thickness: User input divergence line thickness value - Label Transparency: it could reduce labels mess on oscillator line, input "100" for label text only without label background - Labels Text Color: User label text color selection Auto Text Color > Auto color change of label text according to Dark/Light chart theme - Bull Divergences: Enable/Disable of Bull divergences > Color: User selection of Bull divergence color > Oversold only: It will show Regular Bullish RSI divergences in oversold zone only, RSI oversold threshold can be configure in "Primary RSI Settings" section. - Bear Divergences: Enable/Disable of Bear divergences > Color: User selection of Bear divergence color > Overbought only: It will show Regular Bearish RSI divergences in overbought zone only, RSI overbought threshold can be configure in "Primary RSI Settings" section. - Hidden Bull Div: Enable/Disable of Hidden Bull divergences > Color: User selection of Hidden Bull divergence color - Hidden Bear Div: Enable/Disable of Hidden Bear divergences > Color: User selection of Hidden Bear divergence color + Oscillator 2nd Divergence Settings ▾ - Same as Oscillator 1st Divergence Settings + Oscillator 3rd Divergence Settings ▾ - Divergence source: User selection of divergence source . "oscillator" (divergence detection with high/low or close of selected oscillator), "price" (divergence detection with high/low or close of price) - Bull price source: User selection of Bull price source. Bull price source: "Low" (low of price divergence detection), "Close" (close of price divergence detection) (linked to "price" in "Divergence source") - Bear price source: User selection of Bear price source. Bear price source: "High" (high of price divergence detection), "Close" (close of price divergence detection) (linked to "price" in "Divergence source") - Low/High left bars: How many candle to compare on the left side of a candle when deciding whether it is a pivot. The lower the number is, the earlier pivots (and therefore divergences) will be signaled, but the quality of those detections could be lower. - Low/High right bars: How many candle to compare on the right side of a candle when deciding whether it is a pivot. The lower the number is, the earlier pivots (and therefore divergences) will be signaled, but the quality of those detections could be lower. - Maximum lookback bars: The maximum length of a divergence (number of bars). If a detected divergence is longer than this, it will be discarded. - Price threshold: User selection of Price threshold, higher values more lines - RSI threshold: User selection of RSI threshold, higher values more lines - Show Lows: Displays lows of RSI - Show Highs: Displays highs of RSI - Show Divergence as: - Line Style: - Line thickness: User input divergence line thickness value - Label Transparency: it could reduce labels mess on oscillator line, input "100" for label text only without label background - Labels Text Color: User label text color selection Auto Text Color > Auto color change of label text according to Dark/Light chart theme - Bull Divergences: Enable/Disable of Bull divergences > Color: User selection of Bull divergence color > Potential Bull: It will plot potential regular bull divergence with dotted line. - Bear Divergences: Enable/Disable of Bear divergences > Color: User selection of Bear divergence color > Potential Bear: It will plot potential regular bear divergence with dotted line. - Hidden Bull Div: Enable/Disable of Hidden Bull divergences > Color: User selection of Hidden Bull divergence color > Potential H.Bull: It will plot potential hidden bull divergence with dotted line. - Hidden Bear Div: Enable/Disable of Hidden Bear divergences > Color: User selection of Hidden Bear divergence color > Hidden Bear divergence: It will plot potential hidden bear divergence with dotted line. > Regular Bull oversold only: It will show Regular Bullish RSI divergences in oversold zone only, RSI oversold threshold can be configure in "Primary RSI Settings" section. > Regular Bear overbought only: It will show Regular Bearish RSI divergences in overbought zone only, RSI overbought threshold can be configure in "Primary RSI Settings" section. + Oscillator 4th Divergences Settings ▾ - Upper Length: User pivot input value of draw upper divergence line From - To Pivot: - Lower Length: User pivot input value of draw lower divergence line From - To Pivot: - Show Divergence as: - Line Style: - Line thickness: User input divergence line thickness value - Label Transparency: it could reduce labels mess on oscillator line, input "100" for label text only without label background - Labels Text Color: User label text color selection Auto Text Color > Auto color change of label text according to Dark/Light chart theme - Bull Divergences: Enable/Disable of Bull divergences > Color: User selection of Bull divergence color - Bear Divergences: Enable/Disable of Bear divergences > Color: User selection of Bear divergence color - Regular Bull oversold only: It will show Regular Bullish RSI divergences in oversold zone only, RSI oversold threshold can be configure in "Primary RSI Settings" section. - Regular Bear overbought only: It will show Regular Bearish RSI divergences in overbought zone only, RSI overbought threshold can be configure in "Primary RSI Settings" section. + Oscillator HHLL Pivots Settings ▾ - Pivot Length: User input value of HH/LL pivot length > L.Text Color: User label text color selection - HH color: User HH Label color selection - HL color: User HL Label color selection - LH color: User LH Label color selection - LL color: User LL Label color selection + Oscillator OB/OS Colored Bars Settings▾ - Overbought/Oversold Bars Oscillator: Plots Overbought/Oversold color bars based on RSI, MFI, Stoch, Stoch RSI overbought/oversold threshold conditions separately or combined(when every oscillator reach its OB or OS threshold condition at same time). - Overbought Bar Color: User RSI OB Bars color selection - Oversold Bar Color: User RSI OS Bars color selection + Primary RSI Range Color ▾ - OB: Overbought Color - OS: Oversold Color - Bullish: Bullish Color - Bearish: Bearish Color + Primary RSI Color interpolation ▾ - RSI Color: RSI Color - OB: Overbought Color - OS: Oversold Color + Primary RSI Center Line Color ▾ - OB: Overbought Color - Bullish: Bullish Color - Bearish: Bearish Color - OS: Oversold Color + Primary RSI Traditional Color ▾ - RSI Color: RSI Color - OB: Overbought Color - OS: Oversold Color Osc Overbought/Oversold Zones Settings ▾ - OB/OS Zone Band Lines: Enable/Disable OB/OS Zone Band Lines - OB/OS Zones only: Only shows OB/OS Zones and disable all RSI band lines except Middle Band. Background will not be effected by this setting. - Overbought Zone: User input value of Overbought Zone from > To: - Oversold Zone: User input value of Oversold Zone from > To: Osc Overbought/Oversold Highlights ▾ - Overbought Highlights : Enable/Disable Overbought Highlights - Oversold Highlights : Enable/Disable Oversold Highlights - Transparency: Gradient transparency of highlighted area + 'Oscillators Color Settings ▾ - Show Osc Symbol label : Enable/Disable of oscillator symbol label. Displays current oscillator symbol, but with "Override Oscillator Symbol" enabled from "Black RSI Dashboard" it will Auto/forcefully displays Override Oscillator Symbol on Oscillator - Fade out Oscillator line: Fade out the oscillator line color, focusing only the most recent periods prominent for a clearer chart - Fill Stoch/StochRSI lines: Fills Stoch/Stoch RSI lines - Oscillator line thickness: user input value of oscillator line thickness - Oscillator line offset: Shifts the oscillator to the left or to the right on the given number of bars, Default is 0 - OBV Color - MFI Color - ATR Color - UO Color - MOM Color - CVD Bullish Color - CVD Bearish Color + Background Setting ▾ - Custom Background Color: User selection of Background color Authors & Credits: I'd like to THANK to Nabeel Black(myself), LonesomeTheBlue, iFuSiiOnzZ, jmosullivan, zdmre, creengrack, and TradingView for the locally sourced ingredients. Disclaimer: DYOR. Not financial advice. Not a trading system. I am not affiliated with TradingView or any authors mentioned here; You alone have the sole responsibility of evaluating the script output and risks associated with the use of the script. Trading success is all about following your trading strategy and the indicators should fit within your trading strategy, and not to be traded upon solely. Always trade with confluence and Risk Management. Feedback & Bug report if you found any bug in this indicator or any suggestion, please let me know. Please give feedback & appreciate if you like to see more future updates and indicators. Thank you
Pine Script® インジケーター
NabeelBlackの投稿
14